G-20 Finance Ministers Recently Announce Continuing Efforts to Achieving Automatic Information Exchange

 

 

 


The international tax evasion crisis has been in the center of the radar screen not only of the Congress, Treasury and Internal Revenue Service, but by the governments and tax administrators of our treaty partners as well as other governments, including developing nations as well as tax havens and bank secrecy jurisdictions. This has led to a strong push by members of the EU and the United States for exchange of information agreements among nations preferably to take shape in the form of  automatic information exchange as compared with a mere "request" for information exchange provision contained in many treaties and TIEAs which request may be subject to exemption or supported by laying a proper factual foundation.

The Organization for Economic Development and Cooperation (OECD), through its direct effort in forming a broad based coalition of governments based on conformity with its model treaty provisions, and  the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes or “Global Forum”,  which is comprised of OECD members, have pushed for the wide-spread adoption of the  Mutual Assistance Convention of 1998 which was revised by a Protocol issued in May, 2010. The United States signed the Protocol to the Mutual Assistance Convention in May, 2010 and President Obama submitted the Convention to the U.S. Senate for ratification in May, 2012.

Various articles of the 1998 Convention set forth principles for the treatment of exchange of information, automatic exchange of information, mutual audit procedures, foreign country based audits and other procedural rules designed to promote transparency and the free flow of tax information among contracting states. The Convention was developed by the OECD and the Council of Europe and has been open to all countries since June 2011.

A by-product of the international tax evasion scandals which became publicized in 2007 through the present, has been the strong degree of  pressure that has been placed on tax haven and bank secrecy jurisdictions to adopt rules of full financial and ownership transparency or  face economic or other sanctions from the G-20 members and other countries. The business and tax press have cited various instances where tax haven jurisdictions have decided to no longer shield foreigner investors and companies from information exchange.

Against this background, the nations  comprising the G-20 on April 19 called on all countries to adopt measures to facilitate the automatic exchange of information in tax matters and looked to the OECD to lead the way by developing a new multilateral standard. Meeting in April in Washington, D.C., the finance ministers of the representative G-20 countries issued a joint communique which applauded the progress and efforts being made by the international community towards achieving automatic information exchange. The recent notice released by the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia of information sharing is obviously a milepost that has been set towards the G-20 achieving broad based cooperation. This subject is of great importance to countries hard hit by the financial crisis starting in 2007 and especially countries within the EU.

In particular, the joint statement highlights the OECD's efforts to achieve a global standard on automatic information exchange and identifies the Multilateral Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters as the pathway by which all nations interested in participating would follow.  The OECD has been working with member and nonmember countries (including Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) to develop a technical platform to implement automatic exchange of bank information. That work entails defining what information should be exchanged and deciding which legal instruments can be used to authorize the exchange, such as through bilateral tax treaties or the  Convention on Mutual Assistance in Tax Matters.

 

In recent months France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom have announced the commencement of a test program on multilateral automatic information exchange based on the U.S. statutory model set forth in FACTA.  Belgium, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Poland, and Romania announced on April 13 that they will take part in the pilot program if it is implemented. Luxembourg, long a bank secrecy jurisdiction, announced that in January 2015 it will begin to automatically exchange information with its EU partners on interest payments made to EU residents holding bank accounts in Luxembourg.

 

The international tax evasion crisis has been in the center of the radar screen not only of the Congress, Treasury and Internal Revenue Service, but by the governments and tax administrators of our treaty partners as well as other governments, including developing nations as well as tax havens and bank secrecy jurisdictions. This has led to a strong push for exchange of information among nations preferably to take share in the form of  automatic information exchange.

The Organization for Economic Development and Cooperation (OECD) through its direct effort in forming a broad based coalition of governments based on conformity with its model treaty provisions and  the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes or “Global Forum”,  which is comprised of OECD members have pushed for the wide-spread adoption of the  Mutual Assistance Convention of 1998 which was revised by a Protocol issued in May, 2010. The United States signed the Protocol to the Mutual Assistance Convention in May, 2010 and President Obama submitted the Convention to the U.S. Senate for ratification in May, 2012. Various articles of the 1998 Convention set forth principles for the treatment of exchange of information, automatic exchange of information, mutual audit procedures, foreign country based audits and other procedural rules designed to promote transparency and the free flow of tax information among contracting states. The Convention was developed by the OECD and the Council of Europe and has been open to all countries since June 2011.

A by-product of the international tax evasion scandals which became publicized in 2007 through the present, pressure has been placed on tax haven and bank secrecy jurisdictions to adopt rules of full transparency or else face economic or other sanctions from the G-20 members and other countries. The business and tax press and cited various instances where tax haven jurisdictions have decided to no longer shield foreigner investors and companies from information exchange.

Against this background, the nations  comprising the G-20 on April 19 called on all countries to adopt measures to facilitate the automatic exchange of information in tax matters and looked to the OECD to lead the way by developing a new multilateral standard. Meeting in April in Washington, D.C., the finance ministers of the representative G-20 countries issued a joint communique which applauded the progress and efforts being made by the international community towards achieving automatic information exchange. The recent notice released by the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia of information sharing is obviously a milepost that has been set towards the G-20 achieving broad based cooperation. This subject is of great importance to countries hard hit by the financial crisis starting in 2007 and especially countries within the EU.

In particular, the report highlights the OECD's efforts to achieve a global standard on automatic information exchange and identifies the Multilateral Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters as the pathway by which all nations interested in participating would follow.  The OECD has been working with member and nonmember countries (including Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) to develop a technical platform to implement automatic exchange of bank information. That work entails defining what information should be exchanged and deciding which legal instruments can be used to authorize the exchange, such as through bilateral tax treaties or the  Convention on Mutual Assistance in Tax Matters.

 

 

G-20 Finance Ministers Recently Announce  Continuing Efforts to Achieving Automatic Information Exchange

The international tax evasion crisis has been in the center of the radar screen not only of the Congress, Treasury and Internal Revenue Service, but by the governments and tax administrators of our treaty partners as well as other governments, including developing nations as well as tax havens and bank secrecy jurisdictions. This has led to a strong push for exchange of information among nations preferably to take share in the form of  automatic information exchange.

The Organization for Economic Development and Cooperation (OECD) through its direct effort in forming a broad based coalition of governments based on conformity with its model treaty provisions and  the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes or “Global Forum”,  which is comprised of OECD members have pushed for the wide-spread adoption of the  Mutual Assistance Convention of 1998 which was revised by a Protocol issued in May, 2010. The United States signed the Protocol to the Mutual Assistance Convention in May, 2010 and President Obama submitted the Convention to the U.S. Senate for ratification in May, 2012. Various articles of the 1998 Convention set forth principles for the treatment of exchange of information, automatic exchange of information, mutual audit procedures, foreign country based audits and other procedural rules designed to promote transparency and the free flow of tax information among contracting states. The Convention was developed by the OECD and the Council of Europe and has been open to all countries since June 2011.

A by-product of the international tax evasion scandals which became publicized in 2007 through the present, pressure has been placed on tax haven and bank secrecy jurisdictions to adopt rules of full transparency or else face economic or other sanctions from the G-20 members and other countries. The business and tax press and cited various instances where tax haven jurisdictions have decided to no longer shield foreigner investors and companies from information exchange.

Against this background, the nations  comprising the G-20 on April 19 called on all countries to adopt measures to facilitate the automatic exchange of information in tax matters and looked to the OECD to lead the way by developing a new multilateral standard. Meeting in April in Washington, D.C., the finance ministers of the representative G-20 countries issued a joint communique which applauded the progress and efforts being made by the international community towards achieving automatic information exchange. The recent notice released by the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia of information sharing is obviously a milepost that has been set towards the G-20 achieving broad based cooperation. This subject is of great importance to countries hard hit by the financial crisis starting in 2007 and especially countries within the EU.

In particular, the report highlights the OECD's efforts to achieve a global standard on automatic information exchange and identifies the Multilateral Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters as the pathway by which all nations interested in participating would follow.  The OECD has been working with member and nonmember countries (including Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) to develop a technical platform to implement automatic exchange of bank information. That work entails defining what information should be exchanged and deciding which legal instruments can be used to authorize the exchange, such as through bilateral tax treaties or the  Convention on Mutual Assistance in Tax Matters.

 

In recent months France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom have announced the commencement of a test program on multilateral automatic information exchange based on the U.S. statutory model set forth in FACTA.  In another recent development, Belgium, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Poland, and Romania announced on April 13 that they will take part in the pilot program if it is implemented. Luxembourg, long a bank secrecy jurisdiction, announced that in January 2015 it will begin to automatically exchange information with its EU partners on interest payments made to EU residents holding bank accounts in Luxembourg.

 

United States, United Kingdom and Australian Tax Administrators Announce Data Sharing Arrangements


 

In press releases issued last week from the HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) as well as the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and Australian Tax Office (ATO), the tax administrators announced that have been and will continue to share over 400 gigabytes of data on the use of companies, foundations and trusts in a number of territories around the world, including the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, the Cook Islands and Singapore.  It was not revealed how the information was compiled although the size of the data  is enormous. The collected data includes the identities of owners of such entities and the advisers who helped establish such trusts, foundations and companies. The data may also be shared with other tax administrations, particularly among the G-20 counties, as part of a worldwide effort to fight against tax evasion.

Under the HMRC press release, it announced that it has identified over 100 individuals who benefited, presumably in an improper manner, from the use of such structures and a number of those individuals who had already been identified and are under criminal investigation for offshore tax evasion. The HMRC has identified more than 200 UK accountants, lawyers and other professional advisors who advise on setting up such structures, including foundations, trusts and companies and announced such professionals will be scrutinized and investigated.  The HMRC has announced a voluntary compliance initiative and encourages early disclosure of potential acts of tax evasion or other tax compliance failures. Failure to come forward may result in criminal prosecution or significant fines and penalties.  While both the Chancellor of the Exchequer and the HMRC Commissioner and Director General for Enforcement and Compliance acknowledged that there is nothing inherently illegal about adopting an international structure, especially in light of the global economy, when they involve tax evasion or other serious offenses, including money laundering, then such structures will lead to prosecution of the individuals involved, including the professional lawyers and accountants.

Similarly, the Internal Revenue Service announced in IR-2013-48 issued on May 9, 2013,  that the three counties have been working together already on the gathered data. Again, the Service warned that taxpayers who are non-compliant should participate in the IRS Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Program if and when appropriate or risk possible criminal prosecution. Ultimate authority whether to prosecute for tax evasion and FBAR failures as well as other U.S. Title 18 offenses, will lie with the Department of Justice.

On May 10, 2013, the Australian Tax Office (ATO) also announced the agreement among the three countries and acknowledged that more than 100 Australian taxpayers have been identified as being involved in suspicious offshore arrangements. The ATO is looking at cases involving “tens of millions of dollars” in suspected tax avoidance through the use of “shell companies” and “trusts” around the world including Singapore, the BVI, the Cayman Islands and the Cook Islands.  The ATO acknowledged that two cases have been referred for criminal investigation and 30 more cases are underway. 

In one case currently under investigation, the ATO described the conduct as involving a company based in Sydney which has extensive offshore loans (exceeding $20 million) which has alleged claimed millions of dollars in false interest expense. The loans appear to be shams since the offshore lender is controlled by the Australian taxpayers.

In another case under investigation, a Melbourne based individual has been involved in dealing extensively in Australian schemes. The taxpayer stated that he has transacted in securities on behalf of offshore entities or clients. But, the information mined under the data indicates that he is the real owner of such shares, which have a value in excess of $25,000,000. 

As with the U.K. and the U.S., Australia has also entered into numerous tax information exchange agreements with foreign countries, including non-treaty countries.

 

Government Claims Report That It Has Disqualified Many Previously Accepted Taxpayers Under OVDP Overstated

 

In the April 22nd edition of Tax Notes, it was reported that the number of taxpayers who were previously accepted in the IRS’ 2012 Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Program and now were notified that they were ineligible was relatively small and that taxpayers “should not be afraid to enter the program”. A recent posting on this blog announced  the Service's initial notice that individuals and persons who were notified by disclosures made by certain banks to IRS demands for lists of account holders and depositors would not be eligible even if previously accepted into the program.

John Mc Dougal, special trial counsel and division counsel, IRS Small Business/Self-Employed Division stated during an ABA Tax Section webcast that media coverage of the policy position on disqualification was overblown and only “dozens” but not “hundreds” were affected. Although some U.S. taxpayers who had previously been accepted into the IRS's offshore voluntary disclosure program (OVDP) have since been deemed ineligible, the numbers are small, and taxpayers should not be afraid to enter the program, government officials said April 10. Individuals who attempt to block disclosure under bank secrecy laws of the jurisdiction in which the account is located or were previously identified on disclosures made to the IRS from the foreign financial institutions are stated to be ineligible.

The Service and apparently the Department of Justice Tax Division, who also had a senior litigation counsel on the program, felt that it had to continue to endorse the merits of the program. It will be interesting to see if individuals who were “accepted” and subsequently “disqualified” and subject to prosecution will be able to quash a resulting information or indictment on notions of due process or agency estoppel. In such case the government would be expected to vigorously challenge such efforts.

G-20 Meeting in Washington Calls For Automatic Exchange of Information on Tax Matters

The G-20 on April 19 called on all countries to adopt measures to facilitate the automatic exchange of information in tax matters and looked to the OECD to lead the way by developing a new multilateral standard. Shortly after the conclusion of the G-20 finance ministers' April 18-19 meeting in Washington, the group issued a communiqué  praising the progress made so far in the international movement toward automatic information exchange -- a topic that has in recent weeks dominated news headlines, especially in the EU. The portions of the Communique’ related to exchange of information and transparency of investors are set forth below; other provisions are deleted.

“Communiqué Meeting of Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors

Washington, 18-19 April 2013

1. We, the G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors, met to discuss the current situation in the global economy and to bring forward the policy agenda for our Leaders’ summit in September.

14. More needs to be done to address the issues of international tax avoidance and evasion, in particular through tax havens, as well as non-cooperative jurisdictions. We welcome the Global Forum's report on the effectiveness of information exchange. We commend the progress made by many jurisdictions, but urge all jurisdictions to quickly implement the recommendations made, in particular the 14 jurisdictions, where the legal framework fails to comply with the standard. Moreover, we are looking forward to overall ratings to be allocated by year end to jurisdictions reviewed on their effective practice of information exchange and monitoring to be made on a continuous basis.  In view of the next G20 Summit, we also strongly encourage all jurisdictions to sign or express interest in signing the Multilateral Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters and call on the OECD to report on progress. We welcome progress made towards automatic exchange of information which is expected to be the standard and urge all jurisdictions to move towards exchanging information automatically with their treaty partners, as appropriate. We look forward to the OECD working with G20 countries to report back on the progress in developing of a new multilateral standard on automatic exchange of information, taking into account country-specific characteristics. The Global Forum will be in charge of monitoring. We welcome the progress made in the development of an action plan on tax base erosion and profit shifting by the OECD and look forward to a comprehensive proposal and a substantial discussion at our next meeting in July.

 

15. We reiterate our support for FATF work, notably the identification and monitoring of high-risk jurisdictions with strategic AML/CFT deficiencies. We must tackle the risks raised by opacity of legal persons and legal arrangements, and encourage all countries to take measures to ensure they meet the FATF standards regarding the identification of the beneficial owners of legal persons, other corporate vehicles and trusts, that is also relevant for tax purposes.

 

Financial Inclusion

16. We welcome the launch of the Financial Inclusion Support Framework. We welcome the upcoming Seminar on “Women and Finance” and the launch of the Women’s Finance Hub hosted by the SME Finance Forum, which will provide best practices and knowledge sharing.  We call on the Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion to report on the gaps and challenges in the global environment for SME finance, as well as potential policy responses, by our July meeting. We welcome the Financial Action Task Force’s revised Guidance on Financial Inclusion as an important step in helping to create an enabling regulatory environment for innovative financial inclusion.”

The Communique also stated: "We welcome progress made towards automatic exchange of information which is expected to be the standard and urge all jurisdictions to move towards exchanging information automatically with their treaty partners, as appropriate," the group said.

The G-20 comments came shortly after the OECD on April 19 released a report  prepared for the finance ministers' meeting to update them on the work the organization has been doing to tackle tax evasion and improve information exchange.

In particular, the report highlights the OECD's efforts to achieve a global standard on automatic information exchange and identifies the Multilateral Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters (the convention) as the quintessential tool to allow all nations to participate in that activity. The convention was developed by the OECD and the Council of Europe and has been open to all countries since June 2011.

As part of its efforts to improve tax transparency, the OECD has been working with member and nonmember countries (including Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) to develop a technical platform to implement automatic exchange of bank information. That work entails defining what information should be exchanged and deciding which legal instruments can be used to authorize the exchange, such as through bilateral tax treaties or the convention.

"The political support for automatic exchange of information on investment income has never been greater," OECD Secretary-General Angel Gurría said in a statement . This is proven by the FACTA legislation in the U.S. and the move towards Model IGA agreements for foreign governments to sign off on and still honor domestic law limitations.

Recently finance ministers from five EU countries -- France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and the United Kingdom -- announced on April 9 that they will begin a pilot multilateral automatic information facility based on the FATCA intergovernmental framework. Belgium, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Poland, and Romania announced on April 13 that they will take part in the pilot program if it is implemented.

Luxembourg, which prides itself on its long tradition of bank secrecy, announced on April 10 that as of January 2015, it will begin to automatically exchange information with its EU partners on interest payments made to EU residents holding bank accounts in Luxembourg. The G-20 is also pushing all jurisdictions to either sign or at least express an interest in signing the convention and tasked the OECD's Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes with tracking and reporting on the countries' progress.

The G-20 countries will continue a peer review and update progress on the automatic exchange of information. Stay tuned for further development.

New York Court of Appeals Rejects Amazon.Com.'s and Overstock.com's Constitutional Challenge to the New York Internet Tax

[Editor's Note: While I try to post  exclusively on Federal Income Taxation matters, the New York Court of Appeal's Decision on the facial validity of the New York Internet Sales Tax is most noteworthy. The Commerce Clause and Due Process Clause challenges ultimately will have to be resolved by the U.S. Supreme Court.]

 

 

On March 28, 2013, the Court of Appeals for New York rejected the arguments made by Amazon.com. and Overstock.com. that New York’s sales tax on certain internet transactions, N.Y. Tax Law §1101(b)(8)(vi) was unconstitutional. The argument supporting that the Internet Tax should be struck down was that it violated the Commerce Clause or the Due Process Clause of the U.S. Constitution. Overstock com. v. New York State Department of Taxation and Finance, N.Y. Ct. App. Dkt. No. 33 (3/28/13) and Amazon. Com. V. New York State Department and Finance, N.Y. Ct. App. Dkt. No. 34 (3/28/13).

 

In a 4-1 decision, the Court of Appeals, in a majority opinion written by Chief Judge Jonathan Lippman, held that the Internet Tax does not violate the Commerce Clause or the Due Process Clause of the U.S. Constitution. The Court accordingly rejected the arguments advanced by the plaintiffs that the Internet Sales (and Use) Taxes imposed a tax on online retailers which did not have a physical presence in New York thereby violating the Commerce Clause or did not violate the Due Process clause by creating an irrational, irrebuttable presumption of solicitation of business within the State.

 

Background Facts

 

Amazon.com. is organized as a Delaware limited liability company or LLC. Amazon Services LLC is also an LLC formed in Nevada, which the Court collectively referred to as “Amazon”.

 

 

Its principal corporate offices are located in the State of Washington. Amazon is strictly an online retailer and sells merchandise solely through the Internet and represents that it does not maintain any offices or property in New York.

 

Amazon offers an "Associates Program". This program allows third parties to place links on their own websites that, when clicked, become direct users to Amazon's website. The Associates are compensated on a commission basis based on a percentage of revenue when a customer clicks on the Associate's link and completes a purchase from the Amazon site. The operating agreement governing the Associates Program recites that the Associates are independent contractors and that there is no employment relationship between the parties. Thousands of entities that enrolled in the Associates Program provided a New York address in connection with their applications.

 

The other plaintiff in the proceeding, Overstock.com is a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business in Utah. Overstock likewise sells its merchandise solely through the Internet and does not maintain any office, employees or property in New York. Similar to Amazon, Overstock had an "Affiliates" program through which third parties would place links for Overstock.com on their own websites. When a customer clicked on the link, he was immediately directed to Overstock.com, and if the customer completed a purchase, the Affiliate received a commission. As with the Associates Program conducted by Amazon, the Court also noted that the Affliates were independent contractors without the authority to obligate or bind Overstock.

 

In April 2008, the New York legislature amended the Tax Law to include the subdivision at issue here. In connection with the statutory definition of "vendor," the Internet tax provides that:

 

"a person making sales of tangible personal property or services taxable under this article ('seller') shall be presumed to be soliciting business through an independent contractor or other representative if the seller enters into an agreement with a resident of this state under which the resident, for a commission or other consideration, directly or indirectly refers potential customers, whether by a link on an internet website or otherwise, to the seller, if the cumulative gross receipts from sales by the seller to customers in the state who are referred to the seller by all residents with this type of an agreement with the seller is in excess of ten thousand dollars during the preceding four quarterly periods". NYS Tax Law §1101[b][8][vi].

 

 The statutory presumption of soliciting business through an independent contractor or other representative in New York may be rebutted by proof that the resident with whom the seller has an agreement did not engage in any solicitation in the state on behalf of the seller that would satisfy the nexus requirement of the United States constitution during the four quarterly periods in question.

 

Guidance on the Internet Tax was issued shortly after its adoption by the Department of Taxation and Finance. Its memorandum clarified that advertising alone would not invoke the statutory presumption, but further observed that, for purposes of this statute, the placement of a link to the seller's website where the resident was compensated on the basis of completed sales deriving from that link would not be considered mere advertising (see NY St Dept of Taxation & Fin Memorandum No. TSB-M-08[3]S). The memorandum also explained that the statutory presumption could be rebutted through proof that the residents' only activity in New York on behalf of the seller was to provide a link to the seller's website and that the residents did not engage in any in-state solicitation directed toward potential. New York customers (see NY St Dept of Taxation & Fin Memorandum No. TSB-M-08[3]S).

 

A second memorandum was issued by the Department of Taxation and Finance providing further details on how sellers could rebut the statutory presumption. The presumption would be deemed successfully rebutted if the seller satisfied two conditions: (i) where the parties' contract prohibited the resident representative from engaging in any solicitation activities in New York State on behalf of the seller, and (ii) where each resident representative submitted an annual, signed certification stating that the resident had not engaged in any of the proscribed solicitation (see NY St Dept of Taxation & Fin Memorandum No. TSB-M-08[3.1]S).

 

Amazon filed an action against the DTF on April 25, 2008 and Overstock commenced its action on May 30, 2008, and further sought injunctive relief. The New York Supreme Court, in separate decisions, granted DTF's motions to dismiss the complaints for failure to state a cause of action and denied plaintiffs' cross motions for summary judgment as moot, rejecting all of plaintiffs' challenges to the constitutionality of the statute (Amazon.com LLC v. New York State Dept.of Taxation & Fin., 23 Misc 3d 418 [Sup Ct, NY County 2009]).

 

 

The Appellate Division affirmed the portions of the orders that dismissed challenges to the Commerce and Due Process Clauses and declared the Internet Tax constitutional on its face (81 AD3d 183 [1st Dept 2010]). However, the Court modified by reinstating the as-applied challenges, finding that further discovery was required before those claims could be determined. Plaintiffs then entered into stipulations of discontinuance withdrawing their as-applied constitutional challenges with prejudice, which were deemed the final judgments. Then they filed appeals pursuant to CPLR 5601 (b)(1) and CPLR 5601 (d), bringing up for review the prior nonfinal Appellate Division order.

 

 

Court of Appeals Decides in Favor of the NY Department of Taxation and Finance

 

The plaintiffs then decided to bypass their as-applied challenges and sought a reversal from the Court of Appeals by meeting its burden to prove that the Internet Tax is unconstitutional on its face. Chief Judge Lippman noted that “It is well settled that facial constitutional challenges are disfavored”.  

"Legislative enactments enjoy a strong presumption of constitutionality… [and] parties challenging a duly enacted statute face the initial burden of demonstrating the statute's invalidity 'beyond a reasonable doubt.' Moreover, courts must avoid, if possible, interpreting a presumptively valid statute in a way that will needlessly render it unconstitutional" (LaValle v. Hayden, 98 NY2d 155, 161 [2002] [citations omitted]).

 

 

While the Court of Appeals noted that there is a dispute as to the proper standard for evaluating a facial (invalidity) challenge under the Commerce Clause, the Court stated that under either standard, i.e., the “no set of circumstances” under which the tax would be valid or the stricter test of “whether the statute has a plainly legitimate sweep”, the Internet Tax is constitutional on its face.

 

The Commerce Clause has been interpreted by certain courts to prohibit states from imposing an undue tax burden on interstate commerce. Matter of Orvis Co. v. Tax Appeals Trib. of State of N.Y., 86 NY2d 165, 170-171 [1995]). However, in the absence of an improper burden, entities participating in interstate commerce will not be excused from the obligation to pay their fair share of state taxes. More specifically, a state tax impacting the Commerce Clause will be upheld

"'[1] when the tax is applied to an activity with a substantial nexus with the taxing State, [2] is fairly apportioned, [3] does not discriminate against interstate commerce, and [4] is fairly related to the services provided by the State'" Moran Towing, 99 NY2d at 449; Complete Auto Transit, Inc. v. Brady, 430 US 274, 279 [1977]). The parties agree that the only prong at issue here is whether the statute satisfies the "substantial nexus" test.

 

In National Bellas Hess, Inc. v. Department of Revenue of Illinois, 386 US 753 1967, the United States Supreme Court held that a use tax could not be imposed on an out-of-state mail-order business that did not have offices, property or sales representatives in Illinois. The Supreme Court observed that, if Illinois were permitted to impose that type of tax burden, every other taxing jurisdiction in the country could do the same, which would result in a morass of obligations to local governments.

 

The Supreme Court confronted a similar issue involving a mail-order business in Quill Corp. v. North Dakota , 504 US 298, 314, 1992 and considered whether the emphasis in Bellas Hess on physical presence within the state had been rendered obsolete by the Court's shift toward "more flexible balancing analysis" under the Commerce Clause. While allowing that the result might have been different if the issue was being considered for the first time, the Court retained the bright line presence requirement articulated in Bellas Hess, recognizing the benefits provided by a clear rule that established the limits of State taxing authority.  

 

Questioning the Physical Presence Test as Outdated: Defer to U.S. Supreme Court

 

The Court of Appeals then observed that the “world has changed dramatically in the last two decades, and it may be that the physical presence test is outdated.” An entity may now have a profound impact upon a foreign jurisdiction solely through its virtual projection via the Internet. But Chief Judge Lippman noted that “That question, however, would be for the United States Supreme Court to consider. We are bound, and adjudicate this controversy, under the binding precedents of that Court, the ultimate arbiter of the meaning of the Commerce Clause.”

 

Subsequent to Quill, supra, the Court of Appeals for New York required that an in-state physical presence is necessary, it need not be substantial. Rather, it must be demonstrably more than a slightest presence. The presence requirement will be satisfied if economic activities are performed in New York by the seller's employees or on its behalf .

 

The Court acknowledged that there are clearly parallels between a mail-order business and an online retailer –- both are able to conduct their operations without maintaining a physical presence in a particular state. Indeed, physical presence is not typically associated with the Internet in that many websites are designed to reach a national or even a global audience from a single server whose location is of minimal import. However, through this statute, the legislature has attached significance to the physical presence of a resident website owner. The decision to do so recognizes that, even in the Internet world, many websites are geared toward predominantly local audiences — including, for instance, radio stations, religious institutions and schools -– such that the physical presence of the website owner becomes relevant to Commerce Clause analysis. Indeed, the Appellate Division record in this case contains examples of such websites urging their local constituents to support them by making purchases through their Amazon links. Essentially, through these types of affiliation agreements, a vendor is deemed to have established an in-state sales force.

 

Viewed in this manner the Court of Appeals held that New York's Internet Tax sales tax statute plainly satisfies the substantial nexus requirement. Active, in-state solicitation that produces a significant amount of revenue qualifies as "demonstrably more than a 'slightest presence'" under the Orvis standard. While not controlling per se, it also merits notice that vendors are not required to pay these taxes out-of-pocket. Rather, they are collecting taxes that are unquestionably due, which are exceedingly difficult to collect from the individual purchasers themselves, and as to which there is no risk of multiple taxation. The majority decision based its conclusion that “if a vendor is paying New York residents to actively solicit business in this State, there is no reason why that vendor should not shoulder the appropriate tax burden. We will not strain to invalidate this statute where plaintiffs have not met their burden of establishing that it is facially invalid.”

 

The Court next addressed the admittedly closely related challenge based on the Due Process Clause, which, as with the dormant Commerce Clause, limits the taxing powers of the states. Unlike the bright line presented by the Commerce Clause, physical presence is not required in order to satisfy due process test.Instead, the focus is on whether a party has purposefully directed its activities toward the forum state and whether it is reasonable, based on the extent of a party's contacts with that state and the benefits derived from such access, to require it to collect taxes for that state. Citing Quill, supra. Indeed, an entity "that is engaged in continuous and widespread solicitation of business within a State… clearly has fair warning that [its] activity may subject [it] to the jurisdiction of a foreign sovereign," even in the absence of physical presence (Quill, 504 US at 308 [internal quotation marks and citation omitted]). In this respect, the Court of Appeals opined that "a brigade of affiliated websites compensated by commission" are the equivalent of "a deluge of catalogs" and "a phalanx of drummers" .

 

Plaintiffs argued that the Internet tax violates due process because the statutory presumption is irrational and essentially irrebuttable. In order for the presumption to be constitutionally valid, there must be "a rational connection between the Facts proven and the fact presumed, and… a fair opportunity for the opposing party to make [a] defense" . Matter of Casse v. New York State Racing & Wagering Bd., 70 NY2d 589, 595 (1987).

 

 

Under the facts of both Associates Programs involved, residents of New York are compensated for referrals that result in purchases. The fact presumed is that at least some of those residents will actively solicit other New Yorkers in order to increase their referrals and, consequently, their compensation. The Court held that it is “plainly rational to presume that, given the direct correlation between referrals and compensation, it is likely that residents will seek to increase their referrals by soliciting customers. More specifically, it is not unreasonable to presume that affiliated website owners residing in New York State will reach out to their New York friends, relatives and other local individuals in order to accomplish this purpose.” The presumption would be less rational if it were applied to those who receive some types of "other consideration" i.e., those whose compensation is unrelated to actual sales.

Plaintiffs also claim that the presumption is irrebuttable because it will be extremely difficult, if not impossible, to prove that none of their New York affiliates is soliciting customers on the retailers' behalf. However, as noted above, DTF has set forth a method (contractual prohibition and annual certification) through which the retailers will be deemed to have rebutted the presumption. Obtaining the necessary information may impose a burden on the retailers, but inconvenience does not render the presumption irrebuttable. In addition, while not determinative, it is notable that the presumption sensibly places the burden on the retailers to provide information about the activities of their own affiliates –- information that DTF would have significant difficulty uncovering on its own . Lavine v. Milne, 424 US 577, 585 (1976).

 

The Court of Appeals therefore found that the New York Internet Tax is facially unconstitutional under either the Commerce or the Due Process Clause and affirmed the orders of the Appellate Division below.

 

Dissenting Opinion by Justice Robert S. Smith

 

In registering the lone dissent, Justice Smith starts off his analysis by noting that the majority opinion correctly summarizes the law by saying that "if New York residents were merely engaged to post passive advertisements on their websites" no tax could be collected, but that a vendor who "is paying New York residents to actively solicit business in this State" may be required to remit tax. In his view, the issue for the court was whether certain New York-based websites — Overstock's "Affiliates" and Amazon's "Associates" — are the equivalent of sales agents, soliciting business for Overstock and Amazon, or are only media in which Overstock and Amazon advertise their products. Justice Smith thought there was insufficient nexus based on the facts and that the tax was applied in an unconstitutional manner.

 

The Overstock and Amazon links that appear on websites owned by New York proprietors serve essentially the same function as advertising that a more traditional out-of-state retailer might place in local newspapers. The websites are not soliciting customers for Overstock and Amazon in the fashion of a local sales agent. Of course the website owners solicit business for themselves; they encourage people to visit their websites, just as a newspaper owner would seek to boost circulation. But there is no basis for inferring that they are actively soliciting for the out-of-state retailers. Justice Smith made further comment distinguishing the in-state website owners as not being the same as a direct commission agent.

 

The statute at issue here tries to turn advertising media into an in-state sales force through a presumption. The statute says that a seller "shall be presumed to be soliciting business through an independent contractor or other representative" if it enters an agreement under which a New York resident "for a commission or other consideration, directly or indirectly refers potential customers, whether by a link on an internet website or otherwise". But of course a statutory presumption cannot by itself permit a state to do what the United States Constitution forbids. To presume that every website that has an agreement under which it carries an Overstock or Amazon link is a sales agent for Overstock or Amazon would be to nullify the rule that advertising in in-state media is not the equivalent of physical presence.

 

 

According to Justice Smith, the scope of the Internet Tax suffers from overbreadth, i.e., the statute would reach essentially all internet advertising that links to a seller's website: it includes any agreement for referral of customers, by a link or otherwise, "for a commission or other consideration." Since this literal reading would unquestionably render the statute unconstitutional, the Department of Taxation and Finance has adopted a narrowing construction, largely ignoring the words "or other consideration," and applying the presumption only where the website receives a commission or similar compensation — i.e., where "the consideration for placing the link on the Web site is based on the volume of completed sales generated by the link" (NY St Dept of Taxation and Fin Memorandum No. TSB-M-08[3]S at 2). The narrowing construction, in Judge Smith’s view, does not save the statute. The Internet Tax is invalid under the Commerce Clause.

 

It has been mentioned that the case will be appealed to the United States Supreme Court. It would be hoped that the Supreme Court will grant certioari and hear the dispute and determine if the New York Internet Tax will require companies like Amazon.com and Overstock.com to collect and remit New York sales tax on internet sales sourced from websites having a New York address, etc.

 

 

Criminal Investigation Division of the Internal Revenue Service Issues Disqualification Notices under the Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Program

 

 

 

In a recent report (to be) published in Tax Notes Today, March 11, 2013, the Criminal Investigation Division of the Internal Revenue Service has been issuing letters to certain taxpayers who had previously been accepted into, and accordingly had made disclosures of financial and tax return information that would in many instances be of an incriminating nature, that they are no longer eligible for relief under the OVDP. 

As a quick summary of the background of the OVDP, in August 2009, the IRS announced that it had completed successful negotiation with the Swiss government that would allow it to receive requested information on U.S. account holders at Swiss bank UBS. Such requests would be made to the Swiss government under the treaty with the U.S. As a result, many taxpayers that had kept unreported income in unreported offshore accounts were no longer going to hold secure the belief that their identity and information would be protected by the Swiss bank secrecy rules.

It was at that time that the IRS announced the 2009 Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Program (“2009 OVDP”), under which taxpayers that voluntarily and timely disclosed unreported offshore income for 2003-2008 could qualify for reduced penalties and escape criminal prosecution. In February 2011, a second Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Initiative (“2011 OVDI”) allowed taxpayers with undisclosed income from undisclosed offshore financial and bank accounts for the 2003-2010 period the opportunity to restore their tax compliance profile. The initial deadline for the 2011 OVDI was August 31, 2011 and was extended until September 9 due to Hurricane Irene. The 2011 OVDI carries higher penalties than the original disclosure initiative, but also offered the promise of non-prosecution and reduced penalties. The 2011 OVDI allows a taxpayer to disclose his or her unreported offshore financial and bank accounts omitted from required F-BAR and other filings, including disclosure and reporting of income on federal income tax returns in exchange for a reduced 25% penalty (or in some cases, a 5% or 12.5% penalty) on the highest aggregate value of the accounts and any related assets for a particular tax year between 2003 and 2010, and payment of up to eight years of taxes and interest.

The IRS began an open-ended offshore voluntary disclosure program (OVDP) in January 2012 on the heels of strong interest in the 2011 and 2009 programs. The IRS has announced that it may end the 2012 program at any time in the future. The IRS is  currently offering people with undisclosed income from offshore accounts another opportunity to get current with their tax returns. The 2012 OVDP has a higher penalty rate than the previous program but offers clear benefits to encourage taxpayers to disclose foreign accounts now rather than risk detection by the IRS and possible criminal prosecution. That is what the relevant IRS website states. See http://www.irs.gov/uac/2012-Offshore-Voluntary-Disclosure-Program

Now, we fast forward to the Tax Notes Today news item that reported that disqualification (of OVDI/P) letters were sent to certain account holders of an Israeli bank, Bank Leumi le-Israel, Bm. The Department of Justice Criminal Tax Division had previusly opened an investigation alleging that Swiss branches of three of Israel’s largest banks, Bank Leumi le Israel BM, Bank Hapoalim and Mizrahi-Tefahot, were assisting their U.S. clients to evade taxes. In an August 31, 2012 letter sent by U.S. Deputy Attorney General James Cole to Michael Ambuehl, Swiss state secretary for international financial and tax matters, a demand was made for the immediate production of information related to private U.S. taxpayers who deposited at least $50,000 in Swiss accounts between January 1, 2002, and July 31, 2010. A similar demand for information and the identity of U.S. account holders was made to several Swiss banks, including Credit Suisse, which banks were also alleged to have conspired to help U.S. account holders evade U.S. taxes and associated filing obligations. The named banks would shortly issue statements acknowledging their cooperation with the U.S. Department of Justice and that the information demanded would be delivered. Some banks were then notifying their U.S. bank customers that they received such notices which in turn prompted many to race to file requests for eligibility under the OVDI with the IRS.  

Under the “Frequently Asked Questions” and responses notice on the OVDI issued by the Internal Revenue Service, FAQ #21 takes on heightened relevance in the context of the recent report in Tax Notes Today.

“21. If the IRS has served a John Doe summons, made a treaty request, or taken similar action seeking information that may identify a taxpayer as holding an undisclosed foreign account or undisclosed foreign entity, does that make the taxpayer ineligible to make a voluntary disclosure under this program?

No. The mere fact that the Service served a John Doe summons, made a treaty request or took similar action does not make every member of the John Doe class, or group identified in the treaty request or other action ineligible to participate. However, once the Service or the Department of Justice obtains information under a John Doe summons, treaty request or similar action that provides evidence of a specific taxpayer's noncompliance with the tax laws or Title 31 reporting requirements, that particular taxpayer will become ineligible for OVDP and Criminal Investigation's Voluntary Disclosure Practice. For this reason, a taxpayer concerned that a party subject to a John Doe summons, treaty request or similar action will provide information about him to the Service should apply to make a voluntary disclosure as soon as possible.

Furthermore, there are two other ways in which a taxpayer will become ineligible. First, if a taxpayer appeals a foreign tax administrator's decision authorizing the providing of account information to the IRS and fails to serve the notice as required under existing law, see 18 U.S.C. § 3506, of any such appeal and/or other documents relating to the appeal on the Attorney General of the United States at the time such notice of appeal or other document is submitted, the taxpayer will be ineligible to participate. Second, the IRS may announce that certain taxpayer groups that have or had accounts at specific financial institutions will be ineligible due to U.S. government actions in connection with the specific financial institution. Such announcements will provide notice of the prospective date upon which eligibility for the specific taxpayer group ends and will be posted to the web . . .” (emphasis added).

The anxiety and concern generated by the retraction notices from eligibility under the OVDP is quite logical. It is a cause for much if not great concern for those affected. Upon filing for the OVDP, which may have, in many instances, included a pre-clearance inquiry for eligibility under the program from CID, taxpayers, including those having previously undisclosed accounts with the Bank of Leumi,  were deemed eligible to participate in the program. They may have felt, therefore, that if they were forthcoming and paid all taxes, penalties and interest, that they would not be prosecuted for tax evasion or related criminal offenses. But that impression may have suffered from being overly optimistic where the Department of Justice may have already received information from cooperating foreign banks identifying such U.S. persons.

Under FAQ #21, such individuals were therefore ineligible to participate. This presumably is what happened to certain U.S. persons who filed for OVDP relief with respect to their Swiss accounts with Bank of Leumi and other banks where the Department of Justice already has mined the incriminating data by agreed production from the banks where CID does not know of such prior disclosures as to individuals it has given clearance to participate. 

Perhaps the take-away from this is that “post-clearance disqualification letters” are not new or unforeseeable under the OVDP/I. That is exactly what FAQ #21 explains. But the idea that CID would “accept” for participation a taxpayer who then volunteers incriminating information in the expectation of non-prosecution (and reduced penalties) only to later disqualify such individual based on information DOJ may already have on such individual should be expected to produce a judicial challenge. See Kastigar v. United States, 406 U.S. 441 (1972). It clearly reveals there’s a “catch-22” in a taxpayer’s seeking to expunge prior sins and obtain a clean bill of tax compliance and F-BAR reporting good health despite being told he or she has been declared “eligible” by the Criminal Investigative Division of the Internal Revenue Service for the OVDI.

So, disqualification by notice is not new but what if a taxpayer who filed under the OVDI program had made requests for information from the bank involved and the bank had previously submitted the offending information to the DOJ? The taxpayer receives the information from the bank but may not have been told that it had already delivered such information to the Department of Justice. Such individual is not to be envied since he may have  produced incriminating information in waiver of his rights under the Fifth Amendment, made incriminating statements and affidavits with CID, and in hindsight, through the acts of the bank that once shielded him under bank secrecy laws, has done so without any promise of immunity from prosecution being received from the government. The taxpayer considering the filing of an OVDP or has already been accepted under the program, is under much pressure to make sure his or her filings are made prior to the DOJ’s obtaining their names and account information directly from the foreign banks.

Consider the potential misfortune that a participating taxpayer may suffer as a result of the terms set forth FAQ #21 combined with the failure of the DOJ to notify CID that it has information that makes the taxpayer ineligible for the OVDI. It such taxpayer was declared "eligible" by CID under the OVDI program, he later receives a letter that he is disqualified. In the interim, the taxpayer has submitted amended tax returns, paid the outstanding taxes, interest and penalties due and filed F-BARs or supplemental F-BAR information with CID. Is the taxpayer still going to be prosecuted or has the case perhaps lost its jury appeal to the prosecution deciding what to do. Perhaps the prosecutor will move forward on the bank information and agree the taxpayer produced information is tainted. Are the amounts involved then determinative? Of course, the facts and various instances of acts of concealment and badges of fraud will be taken into account.  Also relevant would be whether other violations of law the Title 18 (U.S.C.), e.g., money laundering, would be in issue. So, whether the government will indict an “accepted” and later “disqualified” OVDI taxpayer for tax evasion and/or F-BAR criminal violations (as well as other related offenses) is a matter that is left for the Criminal Division of the Department of Justice to decide. See, e.g., United States v. Simon, 106 AFTR 2d 2010-6739 (D.C. Ind. 2010).

 

President Obama's State of the Union Address Continues His Efforts to Obtain Corporate Tax Reforms

 

In his State of the Union speech before Congress on February 12, President Obama again called upon members of Congress to reform the tax code, increase jobs and continue to grow our economy. He continued to endorse his set of corporate tax proposals, including international tax revisions, that he had announced last February in a Joint Report with the Treasury Department.

On February 22, 2012, President Obama released a Joint Report by The White House and the Department of the Secretary of the Treasury labeled “The President’s Framework for Business Tax Reform”. Among the key elements would be the reduction in the maximum marginal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 28% and eliminate approximately $250 billion in business tax expenditures. The Framework would also impose a minimum tax on foreign earnings, such as the earnings of a foreign subsidiary of a U.S. parent corporation, and reduces the top effective rate on manufacturers to 25% through a manufacturing deduction designed to encourage “greater research and development” as well as the production of clean energy.

 

Among the casualties of the Framework would be the oil and gas industry’s sacred cowl, the depletion allowance rules and write off of intangible drilling costs. The carried interest rule would be eliminated and taxed at ordinary income rates. The LIFO accounting method would also be eliminated. The overhaul would be fully paid for, according to the framework.

 

This post sets forth some of the more notable features and aspects of the Joint Report.

 

“PRESIDENT OBAMA'S FIVE ELEMENTS OF BUSINESS TAX REFORM

 

I. Eliminate dozens of tax loopholes and subsidies, broaden the base and cut the corporate tax rate to spur growth in America: The Framework would eliminate dozens of different tax expenditures and fundamentally reform the business tax base to reduce distortions that hurt productivity and growth. It would reinvest these savings to lower the corporate tax rate to 28 percent, putting the United States in line with major competitor countries and encouraging greater investment in America.

 

II. Strengthen American manufacturing and innovation: The Framework would refocus the manufacturing deduction and use the savings to reduce the effective rate on manufacturing to no more than 25 percent, while encouraging greater research and development and the production of clean energy.

 

III. Strengthen the international tax system, including establishing a new minimum tax on foreign earnings, to encourage domestic investment: Our tax system should not give companies an incentive to locate production overseas or engage in accounting games to shift profits abroad, eroding the U.S. tax base. Introducing a minimum tax on foreign earnings would help address these problems and discourage a global race to the bottom in tax rates.

 

IV. Simplify and cut taxes for America's small businesses: Tax reform should make tax filing simpler for small businesses and entrepreneurs so that they can focus on growing their businesses rather than filling out tax returns.

 

V. Restore fiscal responsibility and not add a dime to the deficit: Business tax reform should be fully paid for and lead to greater fiscal responsibility than our current business tax system by either eliminating or making permanent and fully paying for temporary tax provisions now in the tax code.”

 

I. Cut Loopholes and Subsidies, Broaden the Base, and Cut the Corporate Tax Rate

 

The United States has the second highest statutory tax rate among advanced countries. In April 2012, after the scheduled reductions in Japanese tax rates go into effect, the United States will have the highest statutory corporate income tax rate in the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

 

COMPARISON OF STATUTORY CORPORATE TAX RATES

IN THE UNITED STATES AND OECD COUNTRIES

          TABLE 1: 2011 G-7 STATUTORY CORPORATE TAX RATES (IN PERCENT)

 ______________________________________________________________________________

                                     Statutory Corporate    Effective Marginal

                                     Tax Rate (including    Tax Rate (including

 Country                             subnational taxes)     subnational taxes)

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Canada                                       27.6                    33.0

 France                                         34.4                    28.3

 Germany                                     30.2                     23.3

 Italy                                               31.3                    24.0

 Japan                                          39.5                    42.9

 United Kingdom                         26.0                     32.3

 United States                              39.2                     29.2

 G-7 average excl.U.S.                32.3                    31.9

 

 Distorting The Form of Investment by Industry and Asset Type

 

 

The Joint Report recognizes that our federal tax system is replete with industry type tax preferences which have the effect of favoring certain industry sectors over others and at wide margins. Take one comment made for example, “because of accelerated depreciation and other features of the tax code, in 2005 income from a typical investment in structures for oil and gas faced an effective total marginal tax rate (including corporate and investor level taxes) of about 9 percent as compared to a 32 percent rate for manufacturing buildings.”

 

This hodge-podge system of preferences produces an unlevel planning field that distorts investment decisions. This lack of horizontal equity based on industry tax incentives (or the lack of such incentives) is reflected in another table contained in the Joint Report.

 

             TABLE 2: EFFECTIVE ACTUAL FEDERAL CORPORATE TAX RATES

                          BY INDUSTRY FOR 2007 - 2008

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Industry                                   Effective Actual Corporate Tax Rate

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting                   22%

 Mining                                                                              18%

 Utilities                                                                             14%

 Construction                                                                    31%

 Manufacturing                                                                  26%

 Wholesale and Retail Trade                                           31%

 Transportation and Warehousing                                  19%

 Information                                                                        25%

 Insurance                                                                           25%

 Finance and Holding Companies                                  28%

 Real Estate                                                                       23%

 Leasing                                                                             18%

 All Services                                                                       29%

 Average Effective Actual Tax Rate                                 26%

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Source: U.S. Department of the Treasury, Office of Tax Analysis

 

Distortion in Financing Investment: Overuse of Debt

 

 

As we know, the corporate tax provisions, as with Chapter 1 of the Code in general, favors financing capital by the use of debt over equity. This is because interest is generally deductible in computing taxable income while dividends are not.  Adding to the advantage of debt is that depreciation allowances, including accelerated depreciation, yields even lower costs associated with debt capital. In many instances the advantages of debt-financed capital investment can yield an effective marginal tax rate that is negative. But added debt brings on added risk which is can ultimately result in bankruptcy or perhaps “quick” or “fire” sales of assets to avoid bankruptcy.

 

                 EFFECTIVE MARGINAL TAX RATES FOR DEBT AND EQUITY

            FINANCED CORPORATE INVESTMENTS: SELECTED OECD COUNTRIES

 ______________________________________________________________________________

                           Effective Marginal           Effective Marginal

                           Tax Rate                           Tax Rate

 Country             Equipment (Equity)          Equipment (Debt)     Difference

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Australia                         31                                    -23                -54

 Austria                            27                                    -14                -41

 Belgium                            5                                     -50                -55

 Canada                           28                                    -21                -49

 Finland                            27                                    -18                -45

 France                            29                                     -59                -88

 Germany                         32                                     -10                -42

 Greece                            14                                     -26                -40

 Ireland                              15                                      -4                -19

 Italy                                   38                                       1                -37

 Japan                               49                                       -4                -53

 Netherlands                     27                                     -14                -41

 Norway                             33                                     -11                -43

 Portugal                           22                                     -34                -56

 Spain                               36                                     -22                -58

 Sweden                           24                                     -24                -48

 Switzerland                     22                                     -18                -40

 UK                                    30                                      -9                 -40

 United States                 37                                    -60                -97

 Average, Excl. US           34                                    -17                -51

 (unweighted)

 G-7 Average, Excluding U.S.       37                      -15                -51

 (unweighted)

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 Source: U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Tax Analysis.

 

Distortion of Form of Business Organizations

 

 

The Joint Report then compared our tax entity friends, Subchapter S, Subchapter K  and noted the double tax, non-integrated tax system under Subchapter C. Subchapter S is partially integrated with the built-in gains tax under Section 1374 being the main corporate tax vestige. Subchapter K offers a fully integrated tax regime with taxes imposed at the owner level. The combined effect of this varying tax treatment has contributed to a lower effective tax rate for pass-through entities relative to C-corporations. The effective marginal tax rate on new investment by C-corporations is now 32.3 percent, while the effective marginal tax rate on new investment by pass-through businesses 26.4 percent. As a result, large companies are increasingly avoiding corporate tax liability by organizing themselves as pass-through businesses. Pass-through businesses represented less than one quarter of net business income in 1980, but more than 70 percent of net business income in 2008.

 

Distortions in Favor of Shifting Production and Profits Overseas

 

The higher corporate income tax rate in the U.S. is a major factor in outsourcing capital and labor from the United States to lower tax jurisdictions. In fact, there is no offsetting benefit in many instances by doing business overseas realized by the U.S. companies through foreign tax credits when the jurisdictions in which they are doing business have no or little tax.

The Joint Report notes that income-shifting behavior by multinational corporations is a significant concern. Note the controlled foreign corporation provisions which can be used to block or defer income in which case only the local country tax is paid which in many cases is lower than the United States.

 

Subject to the rigors of transfer pricing rules, there is more than anecdotal evidence to confirm that  companies generally purposely engage in efforts to shift income from high-tax foreign countries to low-tax foreign countries, and that this phenomenon is particular hard-felt in the United States. There are also "intangibles" relocations of brandnames, trademarks, and similar valuable intangibles to low tax jurisdictions. High U.S. corporate income tax rates also discourage foreign investment in the U.S. and many merger activity results in a non-U.S. situs for the pooled entities. These somewhat long-standing trends are viewed by the current Administration as matters which need to be corrected, corrected quickly and in a manner which attracts capital and labor to the U.S.

 

President's Framework for Reform

 

 

Well, many of us who have worked with our domestic and international tax laws have known the bias in favor of moving business operations overseas for many, many years. It was somewhat shocking to see the delay in not responding to this capital and labor drain from our economy. Perhaps some influential lobbyists kept the Congress asleep long enough to move business operations overseas. Indeed Congress did not wise up until perhaps the inversion provision was enacted which is contained in Section 7874.

Now, The President's Framework would eliminate dozens of different tax expenditures and fundamentally reform the business tax base to reduce distortions that hurt productivity and growth. The Reforms proposed by the President are designed to remove the distortions and bias under current law, and restore the United States to a more competitive environment for promoting growth in the United States for U.S. based companies and attract far more foreign investment.

 

The Specifics of the President’s Framework.

 

•           Reduce the corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 28 percent.

 

•           Eliminate dozens of business tax loopholes and tax expenditures. This would include. reductions in tax expenditures and loophole closers that should be part of any reform:

 

1. Eliminate "last in first out" accounting. Under the "last-in, first-out" (LIFO) method of accounting for inventories, it is assumed that the cost of the items of inventory that are sold is equal to the cost of the items of inventory that were most recently purchased or produced. This allows some businesses to artificially lower their tax liability. The Framework would end LIFO, bringing us in line with international standards and simplifying the tax system.

2. Eliminate oil and gas tax preferences. This includes repeal of  the expensing of intangible drilling costs, a provision that allows oil companies to immediately write-off these costs rather than recovering the cost over time as for most capital investments in other industries. This includes repeal of  percentage depletion for oil and natural gas wells, which allows certain oil producers and royalty owners to recover the cost of oil and gas wells based on a percentage of the income they earn from selling oil and gas from the property rather than on the exhaustion of the property..

3. Reform taxation of insurance products and the insurance industry. Under current law, companies can invest in life insurance for their officers, directors, or employees, benefit from "inside build up" (gains on that investment) that are tax-deferred or never taxed, and finance that investment through debt that allows the corporation to take interest deductions earlier than any gain realized on the life insurance. The Framework would close this loophole and not allow interest deductions allocable to life insurance policies unless the contract is on an officer, director, or employee who is at least a 20 percent owner of the business. The Framework would also make a number of other reforms to the treatment of insurance companies and products to improve information reporting, simplify tax treatment, and close loopholes.

4. Taxing carried (profits) interests as ordinary income. Currently, many hedge fund managers, private equity partners, and other managers in partnerships are able to pay a 15 percent capital gains rate on their labor income (on income that is known as "carried interest"). The President proposes to tax carried interests in investment services partnerships (by its managers) at ordinary income tax rates.  

5. Eliminate special depreciation rules for corporate purchases of aircraft. Extend the useful life of aircraft (non-commercial) from 5 to 7 years.  

6.  Reform the corporate tax base to invest savings in cutting the tax rate and reducing harmful distortions. This Framework lays out a menu of options that should be under consideration in reform. At least several of these would be necessary to get the rate down to 28 percent:

7. Lighten up on accelerated depreciation. Lower corporate tax rates and a base broadening would end up with lower or slower rates of deprecation.

8. Reducing the bias toward debt financing. This is accomplished by lowering the corporate tax rate and perhaps reducing the overall deductibility of interest.

9. Establishing greater parity between large corporations and large non-corporate counterparts.

10. Improve transparency and reduce accounting gimmicks. Corporate tax reform should increase transparency and reduce the gap between book income, reported to shareholders, and taxable income, reported to the IRS. These reforms could include greater disclosure of annual corporate income tax payments.

 

Strengthen American Manufacturing and Innovation

 

The President wants to increase U.S. based manufacturing. He wants to enhance the continuation of R&D activities in the United States with building bridges for producing U.S. manufacturing and IT jobs that are produced from such new processes and inventions. The Framwork notes that R&D is especially important for manufacturing, which is a technology-intensive sector. In the 1980s, the United States was the leader in providing tax incentives for R&D through the Research and Experimentation Tax Credit (R&E Tax Credit). Today, however, many nations provide far more generous tax incentives for research than does the United States.

 

The President also wants to move to a  clean energy economy will reduce air and water pollution and enhance our national security by reducing dependence on oil. Cleaner energy will play a crucial role in slowing global climate change, meeting the President's goal of producing 80 percent of our nation's electricity from clean sources by 2035.

 

President's Framework for Reform To Strength American Manufacturing and Innovation

 

•           Effectively cut the top corporate tax rate on manufacturing income to 25 percent and to an even lower rate for income from advanced manufacturing activities by reforming the domestic production activities deduction. See Section 199. It would focus the Section 199 deduction more on manufacturing activity, expand the deduction to 10.7 percent, and increase it even more for advanced manufacturing. This would effectively cut the top corporate tax rate for manufacturing income to 25 percent and even lower for advanced manufacturing.

 

•           Expand, simplify and make permanent the R&E Tax Credit. Currently, businesses must choose between using a complex formula for calculating their R&E Tax Credit that provides a 20 percent credit rate for investments over a certain base and a much simpler one that provides a 14 percent credit in excess of a base amount. The complex formula is outdated that it takes into account the amount of a business's R&D expenses from 1984 to 1988. The President's Framework would increase the rate of the simpler credit to 17 percent and make it permanent.  

 

•           Extend, consolidate, and enhance key tax incentives to encourage investment in clean energy. The President's Framework would make permanent the tax credit for the production of renewable electricity, like wind and solar. In addition, the structure of renewable production and investment tax credits has required many firms to invest in inefficient tax planning through tax equity structures so that they can benefit even when they do not have tax liability in a given year because of a lack of taxable income. The President's Framework would address this issue by making the permanent production tax credit refundable.

 

Strengthen the International Tax System to Encourage Domestic Investment

 

 

The Framework reiterates that the current U.S. tax system subjects foreign subsidiaries of U.S.-based multinationals to taxes on their overseas income (while allowing a tax credit for foreign taxes paid). However, often corporations do not need to pay taxes in the United States on such income until repatriated. Many companies never repatriate foreign earnings which results in economic loss and reduced tax revenues. The use of the CFC rules and other planning schemes has made the payment of U.S. tax by U.S. multinationals somewhat elective. Indeed, the Administration knows that many companies are sensitive to higher rates of tax, and why not? So the country needs to be more competitive by lowering tax rates here while at the same time changing some of the tax incentives to moving business operations overseas. A table set forth in the report demonstrates that profits of some U.S. corporations reported in select, small countries with very low tax rates far exceeds the country's actual output,  which indicates that the earnings were generated outside of the tax havens.

 

The Framework notes that there are different proposals to reform the international tax rules. One proposal, previously finding support from the Bush 43 Administration is to switch to a pure territorial system under which all active foreign income would either be taxed little or not at all in the United States. However, President Obama believes that a pure territorial system could aggravate, rather than ameliorate, many of the problems in the current tax code.

 

Under a territorial system,  foreign earnings of U.S. multinational corporations would not be taxed at all creating even greater incentives to locate operations abroad or use accounting mechanisms to shift profits out of the United States. This could also foster a “race to the bottom” on international tax rates.

Instead, the Joint Report states that tax reform should be a foundation to maximize investment, growth and jobs in the United States. It should reduce tax incentives to locate overseas with the need for U.S. companies to be able to compete overseas; some overseas investments and operations are necessary to serve and expand into foreign markets in ways that benefit U.S. jobs and economic growth.

 

President's Framework for Reform In the Area of International Taxation

 

•           Require companies to pay a minimum tax on overseas profits. The President believes we must prevent companies from reaping the benefits of locating profits in low-tax countries, put the United States on a more level playing field with our international competitors, and help end the race to the bottom in corporate tax rates. Specifically, under the President's proposal, income earned by subsidiaries of U.S. corporations operating abroad must be subject to a minimum rate of tax. Foreign income deferred in a low-tax jurisdiction would now become subject to immediate U.S. taxation up to the minimum tax rate with a foreign tax credit allowed for income taxes on that income paid to the host country.

 

•           Remove tax deductions for moving productions overseas and provide new incentives for bringing production back to the United States. The tax code currently allows companies moving operations overseas to deduct their moving expenses -- and reduce their taxes in the United States as a result. The President is proposing that companies will no longer be allowed to claim tax deductions for moving their operations abroad. At the same time, to help bring jobs home, the President is proposing to give a 20 percent income tax credit for the expenses of moving operations back into the United States.

 

•           Other reforms to reduce incentives to shift income and assets overseas. The Framework would also clean up the international tax code and reduce incentives and opportunities to shift income and assets overseas. For example, as noted above, U.S. companies may use accounting rules or aggressive transfer pricing to shift profit offshore. This is particularly true in the case of profits associated with intangible assets (assets like intellectual property). The Framework would strengthen the international tax rules by taxing currently the excess profits associated with shifting intangibles to low tax jurisdictions. In addition, under current law, U.S. businesses that borrow money and invest overseas can claim the interest they pay as a business expense and take an immediate deduction to reduce their U.S. taxes, even if they pay little or no U.S. taxes on their overseas investment. The Framework would eliminate this tax advantage by requiring that the deduction for the interest expense attributable to overseas investment be delayed until the related income is taxed in the United States.

 

Simplify the Internal Revenue Code  and Cut Taxes for America's Small Businesses

President's Framework for Reform

 

•           Allow small businesses to expense up to $1 million in certain qualified investments.

 

•           Allow cash method of accounting on businesses with up to $10 million in gross receipts. Small businesses with up to $5 million in gross receipts are currently allowed to use this simplified form of accounting. Under the President's Framework, this threshold would increase to $10 million.

In the Budget, the President has also proposed a number of discrete reforms that simplify the tax code for small businesses and provide them with tax relief -- and that Congress could act on immediately and should also be included in any fundamental reform.

 

•           Double the deduction for start-up costs. This would double the amount of start-up expenses entrepreneurs can immediately deduct from their taxes from $5,000 to $10,000. This offers an immediate incentive for investing in starting up new small businesses, and it also simplifies accounting for small businesses, which must otherwise write off start-up expenses over a period of 15 years.

 

•           Reform and expand the health insurance tax credit for small businesses. This credit, created in the Affordable Care Act, helps small businesses afford the cost of health insurance. This reform would allow small businesses with up to 50 workers to qualify for the credit (up from 25), provide a more generous phase-out schedule, and substantially simplify and streamline the tax credit's rules.

 

Back to where we are now with the sequestration already upon us. Congress continues to engage in a partisan bickering that never seems to end. Still there may be hope that a compromise will be reached. The President has his own set of tax reforms on the table from the Joint Report as well as perhaps some new ones to be unveiled. There are other tax proposals, including on the international side, that are being made by members of Congress. It may be that this year both sides of the political fence will agree to rate reduction in exchange for base broadening. But then, maybe not. We shouldn't be surprised though if one Spring or Fall day in 2013, we learn that Congress has agreed on a comprehensive tax reform measure one that will hopefully lower the rate of tax on C corporations and create incentives to provide greater economic growth in the manufacturing, energy and other business sectors operating in the United States or looking to bring new capital and add jobs to our country.

 

Its about time!

 

 

 

United States and Japan Sign New Protocol to Amend the Japan-U.S. Income Tax Treaty

 

 

As reported by the tax press and news release by the Treasury, Japan's Ambassador to the United States, Kenichiro Sasae and U.S. Treasury Deputy Secretary Neal S. Wolin, on January 24 signed a new protocol to amend the existing Japan-U.S. income tax treaty (2003) and the accompanying protocol.

 

The proposed protocol is noteworthy in that it marks the first time that Japan will allow a general withholding tax exemption for interest paid to a U.S. person entitled to benefit under the treaty. The proposed protocol would also widen the scope of the withholding tax exemption for certain dividends, set forth a new binding arbitration procedure, facilitate tax administration, and bring the current treaty into greater conformity with model treaty provisions of the United States and tax policy directives of Japan. Revisions were also made to the treatment of directors’ fees, exchange of information, and assistance in tax collection. The proposed protocol would remove the current provision for teachers and researchers. The treaty also strengthened the reach of Code Section 897, FIRPTA, on Japaneese residents.

 

Deputy Secretary Woline stated the proposed protocol stating that "These amendments provide important clarity for investors and businesses and will help foster cross-border investment between our countries."

 

Dividends

 

The proposed protocol would lower the eligibility threshold for the withholding tax exemption for dividends found in Article 10, ¶3 by reducing the required ownership threshold from from "more than 50 percent" to "at least 50 percent" of the voting stock of the company paying the dividends. This would facilitate equal joint venture arrangements in a Japaneese corporation to qualify for dividend exemption if other requirements are met. The required minimum holding period for dividend relief would be reduced in half from the current 12 months to 6 months.  

The proposed amendments would align the threshold for the withholding tax exemption for dividends in the Japan-U.S. income tax treaty with some of the thresholds in Japan's other income tax treaties, such as its treaties with the Netherlands, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom but is still less favorable than Japan’s treaties with other countries, including France.  

 

Interest

 

Article 11 presently provides for a 10% withholding tax rate for interest that is paid to a beneficial owner that is a resident of the other contracting state and that satisfies the other conditions. However, a withholding tax exemption is available in some cases: for example, if the interest is beneficially owned by a specified governmental body, financial institution, or pension fund. The proposed protocol would bring the Japan-United States income tax treaty into closer conformity with the current treaty policies of both countries by generally exempting interest from source-country taxation. However, exceptions may apply in the case of  equity kicker type debt or contingent interest, interest paid in connection with ownership interests in an entity used for the securitization of real estate mortgages or other assets, interest that is effectively connected with a permanent establishment, or when the amount of interest is not at arm's length. The proposed protocol also includes anti-conduit rules that would deny treaty benefits in the case of some back-to-back financing arrangements in which financing is provided by a person who does not enjoy equivalent or more favorable treaty benefits and is not a resident of either contracting state.

 

 

Gains From Real Property

 

 

Article 13 ¶1 presently  provides that gains derived by a resident of a contracting state from the alienation of real property situated in the other contracting state may be taxed in that other contracting state. Article V of the proposed protocol allows both contracting states to tax gains from the alienation of real property situated in their respective states by inserting a new definition of the term "real property situated in the other Contracting State". This would be inserted as Article 13, ¶2. Under the new and more expansive definition, real property situated in Japan would include "shares or interests in a company, partnership or trust deriving the value of its property directly or indirectly principally from real property referred to in Article 6 and situated in Japan." The new definition is broader than the current provision because it refers to "a company" regardless of where it is resident. The current treaty, Article 13, ¶2 provides that the rule applies only to "a company that is a resident of the other Contracting State."

 

The proposed revised definition of subject real property subject to tax on disposition in the other contracting state is anticipated to result in a greater amount of taxable gain in some cases that involve a partnership or trust deriving the value of its property, directly or indirectly, principally from real property.  The idea is that the contracting state in which the real property is situated may be able to tax the entire amount of gain from the alienation of an interest in such a partnership or trust, whereas current Article 13, ¶2 would limit the tax to the extent gain is attributable to assets that consist of real property situated in Japan. By defining the term "real property situated in the other Contracting State" to include a U.S. real property interest in the case of the United States, Article V of the proposed protocol would allow Section 897 to apply in full.

 

The proposed protocol, since it does not define the term "principally," is unclear whether the current test based on 50% of a company's value, as set forth in Article 13, ¶2, at present would continue to apply. It is also unclear how the term "principally" should apply in the case of a partnership or trust. Perhaps this uncertainty will be address by the Treasury in the form of a technical explanation of the proposed protocol or other pronouncement. Japan does not issue technical explanations of its income tax treaties.

 

Directors' Fees

 

Paragraph 3 of the notes clarifies the tax treatment of remuneration received by executive officers and other employees who are residents of a contracting state from a company that is a resident of the other contracting state. Such remuneration would fall outside the scope of Article 15 of the treaty, as amended, unless the person in the first contracting state serves as a member of the board of directors of the company. This reduces the risk of double taxation attributable to a possible wider interpretation of the term "directors" and a wider scope of taxable income applicable to "directors" under Japanese tax law.

 

Teachers and Researchers

 

The proposed protocol would delete the two-year tax exemption for individuals who visit a contracting state temporarily for the purpose of teaching or conducting research at a university, college, school, or other educational institution under Article 20 of the current treaty.

 

Elimination of Double Taxation

 

Under the proposed protocol, Article 23, ¶1 of the present treaty would be amended to conform with the foreign dividend exemption system that was enacted in 2009 by Japan. Subject to the applicable provisions of Japan's domestic tax law, if dividends are paid by a U.S. resident company to a Japanese resident company that has owned at least 10% of the total shares or 25% of the voting stock issued by the U.S. resident company, during the six-month period immediately before the day when the obligation to pay dividends is confirmed, 95%  of the dividends would be excluded from the Japanese resident shareholder's taxable income for Japanese tax purposes. Accordingly, in such instance Japan would not provide a foreign tax credit for any U.S. withholding tax imposed on the dividends.

 

Mandatory Binding Arbitration

 

The proposed protocol would amend present Article 25 to set forth a mandatory binding arbitration procedures.  Where a person presents a case under Article 25 to the competent authority of a contracting state of which the person is a resident on the basis that the actions of one or both of the contracting states have resulted, for that person, in taxation that is not in accordance with the provisions of the Japan-U.S. income tax treaty, and the competent authorities are unable to reach an agreement to resolve the case within two years from the presentation of the case to the competent authority of the other contracting state, any unresolved issues generally would be submitted to arbitration if the person so requests. The provision is intended presumably to calm U.S. multinational companies  that may presently feel that the mutual agreement process under the current treaty is not working.

 

The move to mandatory binding arbitration under bilateral tax conventions is gaining momentum. This would be, when entered into force,  Japan's third tax treaty to include such provisions. The United States currently has income tax treaties that provide for mandatory arbitration procedures with four other countries (Belgium, Germany, Canada, and France); its pending protocols with Switzerland and Spain also include such provisions. U.S. income tax treaties with some other countries -- including Mexico and the Netherlands -- incorporate authority for establishing voluntary binding arbitration procedures.

 

Exchange of Information

 

Articles 26 and 27 of the current treaty would be revised under the proposed protocol to allow the full exchange of information between the competent authorities for the administration of each country's tax laws and to enable the competent authorities to assist each other in the collection of taxes. In the case of Japan, the scope of taxes covered under Article 27 would be expanded to include the national consumption tax, the inheritance tax, and the gift tax.

 

Effective Dates

 

Article XV of the proposed protocol provides that for withholding taxes, the proposed protocol would apply to dividends and interest paid or credited on or after the first day of the third month following the date on which the proposed protocol enters into force. For other taxes, the proposed protocol generally would apply to taxable years beginning on or after January 1 of the year following the date on which the proposed protocol enters into force. However, teachers and researchers who are entitled to the benefits of article 20 of the current treaty at the time of the entry into force of the proposed protocol would continue to enjoy such benefits until such time that the benefits would have expired if the proposed protocol had not entered into force.

 

The provisions regarding mandatory arbitration procedures would have effect for cases that are under consideration by the competent authorities as of the date on which the proposed protocol enters into force and also cases that subsequently come under consideration.

 

Articles 26 and 27 of the current treaty, as amended by the proposed protocol, would have effect from the date of entry into force.

IRS Deputy Commissioner (International), Large Business and International Division Criticizes India's Competent Authority and Tax Administration Features

Starting Point: the United States-Republic of India Income Tax Treaty

 

 

The Convention and Protocol between the United States of America and the Republic of India signed on September 12, 1989 (“the Convention”). Negotiations took as their starting point the U.S. Treasury Department's draft Model Income Tax Convention, published on June 16, 1981 (“the U.S. Model”), the Model Double Taxation Convention published by the United Nations in 1980 (“the U.N. Model”) and other treaties of both countries.

 

In the Treasury Technical Explanation 00/00/1989 (1989 Income tax treaty), Article 27 (Mutual Agreement Procedure) of the Treaty provides for cooperation between the competent authorities of the Contracting States to resolve disputes which may arise under the Convention and to resolve cases of double taxation not provided for in the Convention. The competent authorities of the two Contracting States are identified in subparagraph h) of paragraph 1 of Article 3 (General Definitions).

 

Where a person is of the view that actions of one or both of the countries will cause the person to pay a tax not under the treaty can present its case to the competent authority of its country of residence or nationality [Article 27(1)] . This may be done before the person has exhausted remedies provided under the laws of that country. However, a case must be presented to the competent authorities no later than three years from the date of receiving notification of the assessment that gave rise to the objection. If the competent authority determines that the objection appears justified, and it isn't able to arrive at a satisfactory solution itself, the competent authority will endeavor to resolve the case by mutual agreement with the competent authority of the other country. If agreement is reached in this way, it is to be implemented even if action is otherwise barred by the statute of limitations or some other procedural limitation. However, time or other procedural limitations can be overridden only to make refunds and not to impose additional tax [see Article 17, Mutual Agreement Procedure, Treasury Technical Explanation].

 

The competent authorities are authorized to seek to resolve difficulties or doubts that may arise as to the application or interpretation of the treaty[Article 27(3)] . The competent authorities may also communicate with each other for the purpose of reaching agreement under this Article[Article 27(4)] .

For advance pricing agreements to be negotiated between the competent authorities, see Rev. Proc. 96-53, 1996-2 CB 375.

 

A Closer Look At Article 27 of the United States-Republic of India Income Tax Treaty (1989)

 

Paragraph 1 provides that where a resident of a Contracting State considers that the actions of one or both Contracting States will result for him in taxation which is not in accordance with the Convention he may present his case to the competent authority of his State of residence or nationality. It is not necessary for a person first to have exhausted the remedies provided under the national laws of the Contracting States before presenting a case to the competent authorities. The paragraph provides that a case must be presented to the competent authorities no later than three years from the date of the receipt of notification of the assessment which gives rise to the double taxation or taxation not in accordance with the provisions of the Convention. Thus, for example, if the Internal Revenue Services makes a section 482 adjustment on a taxpayer's 1990 return, and, in 1994, sends the statutory notice of assessment which results in double taxation, the taxpayer has until 1997 to present his case to the competent authority. When the case results from the combined action of the tax authorities in the two Contracting States, the three year time period begins to run when the formal notification of the second action is given. Although it is preferred U.S. policy to provide no time limit for the presentation of a case to the competent authorities, the limit in paragraph I of the Convention should not result in any unreasonable denial of protection or assistance to taxpayers.

 

Paragraph 2 provides that if the competent authority of the Contracting State to which the case is presented judges the case to have merit, and cannot reach a unilateral solution, it shall seek agreement with the competent authority of the other Contracting State such that taxation not in accordance with the Convention will be avoided. If agreement is reached under this provision, it is to be implemented even if implementation is otherwise barred by the statute of limitations or by some other procedural limitation, such as a closing agreement. Because, as specified in paragraph 2 of Article 1 (General Scope), the Convention cannot operate to increase a taxpayer's liability, time or other procedural limitations can be overridden only for the purpose of making refunds and not to impose additional tax.

 

Paragraph 3 authorizes the competent authorities to seek to resolve difficulties or doubts that may arise as to the application or interpretation of the Convention. While the paragraph does not include the list of examples of the kinds of matters about which the competent authorities may reach agreement which is found in the U.S. Model, it is understood that the powers of the competent authorities are generally as broad under the Convention as under the U.S. Model. Paragraph 3 also authorizes the competent authorities to consult for the purpose of eliminating double taxation in cases not provided for in the Convention, but with respect to the taxes covered by the Convention. An example of such a case might be double taxation arising from a transfer pricing adjustment between two permanent establishments of a third-country resident, one in the United States and one in India. (emphasis added) Since no resident of a Contracting State is involved in the case, the Convention does not, by its terms, apply, but the competent authorities may, nevertheless, use the authority of the Convention to seek to prevent the double taxation.

 

Paragraph 4 provides that the competent authorities may communicate with each other, including, where appropriate, in face-to-face meetings of representatives of the competent authorities, for the purpose of reaching agreement under this Article. The Article confirms the authority of the competent authorities to develop bilateral and unilateral procedures to implement the Article. (emphasis added).

 

This Article is not subject to the saving clause of paragraph 3 of Article 1 (General Scope). Thus, for example, rules, definitions, procedures, etc., which are agreed upon by the competent authorities under this Article, may be applied by the United States with respect to its citizens and residents even if they differ from the comparable Code provisions. Similarly, as indicated above, U.S. law may be overridden to provide refunds of tax to a U.S. citizen or resident under this Article.

 

The Treaty also provides, in Article 28, for the Exchange of Information and Administrative Assistance. As a summary of this Article 28, information to be exchanged is that which is necessary for carrying out the provisions of the Convention or the domestic laws of the United States or Germany concerning the taxes covered by the Convention. Exchange of information with respect to domestic law is authorized insofar as the taxation under those domestic laws is not contrary to the Convention.

 

Comments on U.S.-India Article 27 by  Michael Danilack, Deputy Commissioner International

 

Michael Danilack, deputy commissioner (international), IRS Large Business and International Division, as reported by Kristen A. Parillo and Shamik Trived in Tax Notes, February 4, 2013,  harshly criticized India's competent authority and referred to India’s tax examination process as “irrational”. The comments were made  on January 31 at a conference hosted by the Pacific Rim Tax Institute in Palo Alto, Calif. Danilack said the role of a country's tax administrator should be to apply the law as it stands rather than to make tax policy.

 

Unlike some jurisdictions, the United States separates tax functions so the IRS administers the law and the Treasury Department creates policy, Danilack said. "My main focus is on tax administration. My office isn't responsible for tax policy, and I don't have anyone reporting to me for tax policy," he said. Danilack said he is proud of the U.S. separation of functions, arguing that "it's very important to focus on that distinction between administering the policies that have been adopted versus making policies that you think are better for the future."

 

It had been previously reported that the IRS and U.S. multinationals were concerned about Indian pricing adjustments as too aggressive. This led to Danilack stating in late November 2012 that he was not confident that an agreement on bilateral advance pricing agreements with India would be reached anytime soon. Danilack also elaborated on prior comments he made regarding the Indian APA program that began in July. Taxpayers have considered the Indian authorities' adjustments to be aggressive, and Danilack said in June that taxpayers should talk to the IRS before completing submissions to the Indian authorities.

 

But the APA program does not change that dynamic and does not resolve the most serious questions the U.S. has with India, Danilack said, adding that he is not confident that an agreement on bilateral APAs will be reached soon, given the current differences in principles between the U.S. and India. It's important to reach a firm agreement on the APA programs with India before the IRS encourages taxpayers to enter into one with them, Danilack said. "There should be more discussion . . . in terms of what does APA really promise, in terms of ultimate resolution," he said.

 

Problems in Working with India’s APA, Competent Authority

 

India is one of only a few countries that tends to blend its tax policy and tax administration functions. The distinction between administration and policy is significant in part because it allows the tax administrator to focus on what the tax law provides.  A revenue agent should "take an objective view of what the current policies are, what the current law says, and operating and taking enforcement steps if necessary in accordance to that judgment from an objective perspective," rather than acting on perceptions of what the law should be, Danilack argued.

 

At the same conference, Danilack expressed his frustrations with India in detail, saying he is not optimistic that India's new advance pricing agreement program will offer a better solution for resolving U.S. companies' tax disputes with Indian tax authorities. Danilack, who serves as the U.S. competent authority, also outlined his frustrations with his Indian counterpart, Sanjay Kumar Mishra, joint secretary (foreign tax and tax research) of the Indian Ministry of Finance's Central Board of Direct Taxes. Mishra was expected to attend the Pacific Rim Tax Institute conference but backed out because of illness.

 

Alpana Saksena, a director in KPMG LLP's global transfer pricing services practice and a former commissioner of income tax with the Indian Revenue Service, suggested that companies take advantage of India's anonymous prefiling consultation to see how the APA program will work and whether a unilateral APA would be a good fit.

 

Danilack responded that an Indian compliance audit would give an examiner "plenty of flexibility" to decide whether the compliance terms are met. "Someone who is hellbent on adjustments can make such an adjustment," he said. "That is the nature of the problem we have -- that there doesn't seem to be very much rational thought put into the examinations that are currently going on in the field. And if it's irrational thought that's brought to bear, that will undermine any APA that might be arrived at."

 

The bottom line announced by Danilack was that the United States will not accept a bilateral APA with India at this time. He said he shares the hopefulness expressed in a recent letter sent by 67 Silicon Valley high-tech companies that the India-U.S. competent authority relationship can improve. Danilack met with Mishra the week of January 21 to discuss how India and the United States might get to a point at which a bilateral APA could be reached. "We had a long conversation in which [Mishra] brought into the discussion policy considerations which I think everyone would say are pretty controversial," Danilack said. "He said that we should be ignoring cost-plus arrangements and that risk allocations don't matter. I said, 'Really?' He said, 'Yes, we should just look through the cost-plus arrangement and go right to some sort of profit split.'"

 

Despite frustration over the competent authority officer in India, Danilack mentioned that upon his return to Washington, he heard from two accounting firms that the Indian government had reported that the meeting had gone well and that the two governments were set to proceed on bilateral APAs. "So this is what I'm up against," Danilack said. "The issues that have been raised about the APA program have not been addressed; I'm very concerned about the lack of rollback."

 

The  fundamental problem with the India-U.S. competent authority relationship, Danilack said, is that Mishra does not separate his competent authority role from his policy views.

 

Danilack said he does not attend mutual agreement procedure (MAP) negotiations because he would no longer have the ability to step back from the MAP process and objectively evaluate the case. By contrast, Mishra attends those meeting. "He is negotiating every case personally," Danilack said. During the negotiations, Mishra reads the assessment order, Danilack said, adding that in many cases the assessment officer sits behind Mishra at the meeting. The reason, strong differences of opinion about how the competent authorities should go about their work and separate the domestic tax law of each country from tax policy discussions the later being off-track from the purpose of Article 27 at least somewhat.

 

In referring to the views of his Indian counterparty, Danilack characterized the process today as: "What we have, from my perspective, is a policy official who is, as far as I can tell, the competent authority who is advancing a policy agenda that I think most people would say -- whether you're talking about his views on risk or cost-plus or his views on intangible ownership or on location savings -- is very controversial,". "If he's the one negotiating cases and conducting the negotiation based on his policy views -- which is what is happening -- then there's no basis for actually resolving the case."

Danilack said his counterpart's mischaracterization of the India-U.S. competent authority relationship is another trouble spot. He met with Mishra in 2010, when both were relatively new in their respective competent authority positions. There was a group of MAP cases that had been negotiated by their predecessors and on which Danilack and Mishra had agreed to sign off. "I thought the numbers were high, but I was attempting to establish some momentum," he said. "And then I had a direct conversation with my counterpart immediately after agreeing that we'll resolve those cases, and I told him I would like to make it very clear that we view this as a high-water mark and were not sure how they could justify those numbers."

Danilack has since learned that Mishra has been telling other competent authorities around the world that he arranged a framework with the United States on the basis of those agreements and that all the India-U.S. MAP cases were being resolved on the basis of those numbers. "I'm hearing this from other competent authorities, who are quite surprised when I say, 'No, we haven't established a framework with India,'" he said.

 

"And so this is a very complex problem that we have," Danilack said. "And in light of all these things I'm mentioning, when I hear companies express an interest in going to an APA with India and resolving bilaterally, with essentially just a different tool, my question is why should we believe that the policies that are being advanced in the context of MAP will be any different in an APA context?"

 

Is a Mandatory Arbitration Clause a Solution?

 

Introducing a mandatory arbitration clause in the India-U.S. tax treaty wouldn't solve the problem, Danilack said. He explained that many countries -- including the United States and Japan -- initially opposed the idea of resolving MAP cases through arbitration. "But you change your view on arbitration when you feel that you have your MAP program in order," he said.

 

Danilack said the competent authority relationship between the United States and Canada has improved dramatically over the last couple of years, adding that the inclusion of mandatory arbitration in the 2007 protocol to the Canada-U.S. treaty isn't the only reason for that improvement. "Arbitration is part of it," he said. "It's affected the dynamic between us, but there's much more. We have had a very good relationship develop with Canada where we are now working on the whole equation. So let's not look to arbitration as the solution in India."

 

Danilack clearly is frustrated. Since have a working treaty with an important treaty partner is essential, perhaps Treasury officials can meet with their counterparts and show the Indian authorities how the treaty is supposed to work and how multi-jurisdictional problems need a process capable of rational rules and process.

 

 

U.S. and Multi-national Companies Engaged in Canadian Business Operations Through Controlled Canadian Subsidiaries Need to Stand On Guard for Possible Legislation on Interest Stripping and Other Rules

 

Many U.S. companies engage in business operations in foreign countries, including Canada, through the use of a controlled or wholly owned subsidiary. The reasons for such structures are widely-known and frequently employed. Indeed, there are formation, operational, liability, dividend and permanent establishment issues, which are just a few, that are considered in making an operational choice. Of course, there are other times when foreign tax credit considerations lead a U.S. company to resort to use a hybrid entity organized in Canada as a “company”  . Moreover, there are instances where a foreign parent – foreign subsidiary stucture is used with a U.S. parent corporation owning the Canadian holding company where issues under Subpart F merit consideration with a view towards maintaining a tax deferral in the U.S. until such foreign based earnings are repatriated.

While it is always important to understand the potential for legal and regulatory changes in the domestic tax law of a country where a client’s business operations are being conducted, legislators in Canada are now letting it be known that it does not want to be “gamed” by multi-nationals exploiting the Canadian income tax system through certain debt structures or other techniques which have the effect of reducing the income tax base of a Canadian subsidiary.

The warning shot was fired this past Summer by the Canadian Department of Finance in a press release/document that was issued on August 14, 2012. Among the proposals being considered is to limit so-called “debt pushdowns” and “foreign-affiliate dumping” arrangements as well as limiting interest expense deductions claimed by debtor-Canadian subsidiaries to non-Canadian parent companies or affiliates. The proposals generally implement and update elements of the Canadian government's March 2012 Budget. If enacted, the proposals would generally apply to transactions occurring after March 28, 2012.

The Big Debt Pushdown Problem Ok, what’s a “debt pushdown” or “foreign affiliate dumping”? Those are the phrases used by the Canadian Finance Department that are tax strategies used by multinationals operating through Canadian subsidiaries to improperly reduce the impact of Canadian income tax. The reforms being considered attack transactions in which corporations resident in Canada and controlled by non-Canadian residents (CRICs) acquire shares of a non-Canadian affiliate  from a related foreign party. The plan involves the issuance of additional debt in Canada, resulting in an interest deduction with respect to the debt and the receipt of tax-free dividends from the non-Canadian affiliate (to the extent that those dividends are deemed paid out of the non-Canadian company’s “exempt surplus” or otherwise result in a outflow of cash without being subject to Canadian withholding taxes.

A shareholder loan proposal is an alternative to one of the original budget proposals regarding debt pushdown transactions. The current shareholder loan rule covers loans by a Canadian corporation to a nonresident shareholder or a person “connected” with that shareholder (other than a non-Canadian affiliate of the Canadian corporation). The August announcement made by the Department of Finance proposes a new elective exception. The 2012 Canadian budget  also proposed changes to the thin capitalization rules that limit the ability of Canadian-resident corporations to deduct interest expense. The August proposals would implement those changes. Moreover, the 2012 Canadian budget suggested changes to the law that would allow a taxable Canadian corporation that has acquired control of another taxable Canadian corporation to increase the cost of certain capital assets acquired by the parent in a merger with, or liquidation of, the subsidiary. The changes address the applicability of that increase to a partnership interest (“partnership bump”) owned by the subsidiary under certain circumstances.

Foreign Affiliate Dumping Rules. Another legislative proposal in the 2012 Budget is the “foreign affiliate dumping” rules which are designed to prevent Canadian companies from deducting interest on funds borrowed to acquire shares of stock of foreign affiliates or where foreign corporations access surplus funds of a Canadian subsidiary without a distribution that would otherwise have been subject to Canadian dividend withholding tax (reduction of tax under Part XIII of the Act).

The Proposals, if adopted and enacted into law, will generally apply to transactions occurring on or after March 29, 2012 (with limited transitional relief for transactions occurring before 2013 pursuant to written agreements in place before March 29, 2012, and with an ability to elect to use the original version of the foreign affiliate dumping proposals announced in the 2012 Federal Budget for transactions occurring between March 29, 2012 and August 14, 2012). The revised rules provide an exception for certain corporate reorganizations, and relax somewhat the situations in which the rules may result in an immediate deemed dividend as a result of certain foreign affiliate investments. However, the revised rules continue to result in double taxation (such as withholding tax on deemed dividends where property is acquired and a second withholding tax where the same property is distributed as an actual dividend), and may discourage certain non-residents from investing in Canadian corporations.

The foregoing only summarizes the proposals, which are complex and contain several exceptions. There are also withholding and treaty implications.  

United States Enters Into Third Intergovernmental Agreement Under FATCA: Agreement Signed with Mexico

 

On November 19, 2012, the Treasury announced that it had entered into a  third intergovernmental agreement or “IGA” , this time with the country of Mexico pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA). Previously, Great Britain and Denmark had entered into the first two IGS this past fall.

As was previously highlighted on this Blog,  on  July 26, Treasury, released the first form of IGA (Model 1) for intergovernmental information sharing under FATCA. This was in response to the stated problem that many governments expressed that their domestic laws would not allow certain financial services organizations to turn over client information directly to the United States.

This problem with direct compliance with FATCA as being difficult and costly to many foreign banks and financial services firms,  resulted in the preparation of a draft model agreement for FATCA compliance that was released for countries with which the U.S. has a tax treaty or tax information exchange agreement (in effect) where exchange of information is reciprocal, and  the issuance of a second Model IGA which in terms of its language is substantially identical to Model 1.

 

The agreements clarify the responsibilities of financial institutions in reviewing and reporting accounts based on the identity of the account holder and the balance or value of the account.

In issuing its announcement concerning Mexico, the U.S. Treasury still hopes that its Model 1 IGA will be executed by Germany, France, Italy, Spain, and the U.K. The Model II approach is being negotiated with Japan and Switzerland and generally will require (unlike Model 1) foreign financial institutions to report to the IRS directly in most instances. The Mexico-U.S. IGA follows the Model I government-to-government approach to implementing FATCA.

 

As per the Denmark and U.K. IGA agreements, the Mexican version includes additional provisions that were not included in the Model I form. For example, Article 7 provides that Denmark will be afforded the benefit of any more favorable terms where the U.S. later enters into in a different IGA with another jurisdiction. Article 8  also anticipates discussions between Denmark and the U.S. where there are problems with implementation. The article also requires mutual consent for the amendment of the agreement.. Such provisions are contained in the Mexican IGA.

Continue Reading...

Financial Accounting Standards Board Continues to Review Application of FIN 48 (ASC-70) to Private Companies

 

Background

 

See, in general, August, “Understanding FIN 48: Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, Business Entities” (WG&L), May/Jun 2008

 

 

"FIN 48 clarifies the guidelines for accounting of uncertainty in income taxes on financial statements of enterprises per FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and removes uncertain income tax positions from the guidance provided under FAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies. It also applies to purchase accounting in connection with a business combination. Use of a valuation allowance described in FASB Statement 109, therefore, is not an appropriate substitute for the derecognition of a tax position. The requirement to assess a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on the sufficiency of future taxable income is left unchanged by FIN 48. This situation would arise, for example, where a company with a large NOL carryforward is not likely to produce a sufficient level of future taxable income to fully utilize the NOL within the applicable carryover period.

 

When a position is taken on a tax return that reduces the amount of income taxes payable even though another interpretation of current law can be made that would not reduce current income taxes payable, the enterprise realizes an immediate economic benefit. Under FIN 48, this benefit of a favorable tax position can be recognized in the current period when the position has a more likely than not (MLTN) chance of being upheld through court review despite the presence of contrary interpretations, and the benefit to ultimately be realized can be measured in accordance with applicable rules. Only the difference between the measured benefit and the reported benefit on the tax return is required to be added to the tax reserve. On the other hand, if the position on a particular item, i.e., a so-called “unit of account,” is determined to be less likely than not correct, the full amount of the tax liability, as well as projected interest and possible penalty, must be included in the reserve as a current liability (or reduction in the NOL carryforward or claimed tax refund) where the company anticipates making payment within one year or within the company's next operating business cycle. Non-current liabilities for fully or partially unrecognized tax positions are treated as a deferred tax liability to the extent unrecognized. Such book-tax adjustments will, in certain instances, affect the tax basis of one or more assets thereby differentiating book from tax depreciation - during the applicable recovery periods.

 

In many instances, partial or totally unrecognized tax positions may not later be derecognized, i.e., reduce the amount of the reserve or liability for uncertain taxes, until the statute of limitations has expired for the year in which the position was taken and the position has not been challenged by the taxing authority. Conversely, previously recognized tax positions that subsequently fail the MLTN recognition standard due to an intervening change in the law are required to be derecognized and charged to liabilities in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which such determination is made.

 

Where the MLTN standard is not satisfied, no economic benefit may be claimed and recognized for financial accounting purposes, i.e., a liability is booked or reflected on the financial balance sheet for the total amount of tax due, plus associated interest and penalties.

 

Impact of FIN 48 on Reporting Companies and Privately Held Companies Preparing Financial Statements under GAAP.

 

In June 2006, FASB approved the final version of FIN 48 for generally accepted accounting reporting principles with respect to uncertain tax positions. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 12/15/06 for public companies, and for fiscal years beginning on 1/1/07 for non-publicly traded or privately held calendar-year companies. Originally, the same 2006 effective date was to apply to all entities using generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for financial accounting purposes. However, based on a recommendation of the Private Company Financial Reporting Committee, in November of last year, FASB agreed to delay the effective date until tax years beginning on 1/1/08 for private companies to comply with FIN 48. Again, it is critical to recognize that FIN 48 applies not only to companies whose shares of stock are publicly traded and therefore are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission in reporting “fair value” filings, but also to all entities and enterprises who report financial results under GAAP. The scope of FIN 48 extends to all entities that use the GAAP method for financial accounting purposes, including tax exempt organizations and pass-through entities.

 

In setting forth this new and higher GAAP standard, FASB required reporting companies to recognize on their financial statements the best estimate of their tax positions. In abandoning the prior calculus of whether a tax item would probably, or find it reasonably possible, or remotely possible to survive IRS review, FIN 48 establishes a “recognition” or “non-recognition” approach. In order for a tax position to be “recognized,” it must have a more-likely-than-not chance of being sustained on the merits through audit, administrative, and judicial review. Once a position passes this threshold, and as further discussed below, the expected benefits are subject to a set of measurement rules and principles to quantify whether part or all of the benefit is to be recognized.

FIN 48 provides a detailed set of principles and applicable rules in determining how to treat such uncertain tax items, referred to as “units of account,” and sets forth a two-step process to recognize and measure a tax position taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. FIN 48 is divided into various categories or segments, including guidance on the subjects of recognition, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. In general, differences in financial and tax accounting with respect to uncertain tax items will result in: (i) an increase in a liability for income taxes payable or a reduction of the amount of an anticipated income tax refund; and/or (ii) a reduction in a deferred tax asset or increase in a deferred tax liability.

 

FIN 48 applies to “tax positions” contained in a previously filed tax return or a position that will result in a permanent reduction in taxes currently payable or a deferral of income taxes to be paid until a future year. The tax liability for uncertain tax positions under FIN 48 is not included in the general label of deferred taxes. Rather, it must be classified separately from other tax balances based on the expected timing of cash flows to or from taxing authorities.

 

The term “position” includes: (i) an allocation or shift of income between jurisdictions, i.e., intercompany pricing agreements under Section 482; (ii) the characterization of income or a decision to exclude reporting taxable income, e.g., an assumed tax-free reorganization transaction without the presence of taxable “boot” or gain recognition; (iii) a decision to classify a transaction, entity or other position contained in a tax return as tax exempt; and (iv) a decision not to file a tax return, for example, in a foreign jurisdiction based on the assumed correctness that such income is not taxable.

 

If management, on its review and analysis, determines that the position will MLTN be sustained in the event of audit by the IRS or judicial review of an IRS challenge, such position can be currently recognized for financial accounting purposes as well. Still, a prior recognized position must be charged or reduced by the probable point at which the tax position will be resolved between the taxpayer and the IRS or applicable authority, as will be explained below. Correlatively, if the tax position taken on a tax return is not MLTN correct, it cannot be recognized for GAAP purposes and the underlying amount of tax, interest, and possible penalties must be booked as a deferred tax liability for the “uncertain item.” The liability may be eliminated when a tax position that was originally derecognized for GAAP purposes is favorably resolved, e.g., the running of the applicable statute of limitations for the return year in which the tax position was reported. FIN 48 applies to all U.S. income tax, as well as foreign, state, and local taxes (including franchise taxes) based on income. It does not apply with respect to sales and use taxes, value-added taxes, and other taxes not based on income. "

 

It is obvious that FIN 48's calculus is complex, time consuming and burdensome from a cost standpoint, Applied to public companies some may say it is far better than the uncertain and ambiguous prior applicable standard which elevated the reporting entity's tax audit experience perhaps over the substantive law and application of the facts in recognizing and measuring contingent tax liabilities. Some, however, have felt that private companies were not equipped to handle the costs and burdens of compliance, particularly for small (based on economic size) private companies and tax-exempt organizations.

 

Recent Efforts of Financial Accounting Standards Board to Reduce Burden of Smaller Entities in Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions

 

The tax press has over the past few months chronicled the efforts of the Financial Accounting Foundation (FAF), which oversees FASB's operations, decided to establish the Private Company Council (PCC) to act as the primary advisory group on private company matters related to FASB's rulemaking agenda and to review existing standards to determine their relevance for private companies.  This was endorsed by the FASB Chair Leslie Seidman .

 

At a November 12 conference hosted by Financial Executives International, Seidman reiterated support for working with the PCC in evaluating the complexity and cost concerns regarding FASB's rulemaking. The PCC will hold its inaugural public meeting on December 6. There have been members of the accounting profession as well as the former advisers to the IRS that have made several recommendations to reduce the burden of FIN 48 compliance on small private companies. Due regard, of course, must be given to the uncertain tax position filing for federal income tax purposes which does not incorporate the FIN 48 approaches of “recognition” and “measurement” and is far simpler in scope and content but still is designed to notify the government of “soft spots” that may exist on the tax return.

 

It is expected that the PCC will recommend changes to GAAP under the FIN 48 rules for “small private business” entities, which would require the endorsement by FASB. It should also be noted that some of the largest companies in the U.S. are privately owned. Would they be included in the forthcoming recommendations despite having the resources to adhere to FASB rulemaking as public companies?  

 

Review of FIN 48 Implementation

 

Earlier this year, the FAF disclosed its post-effective date review of FIN 48 and concluded the standard was in fact achieving its stated purpose of improving financial reporting of income tax uncertainties and at an acceptable cost.  Some comments have been reported in the tax and financial press that the “post-implementation review was a superficial exercise that was "highly dependent on input from accounting firms and others having self-interest in perpetuating the complexity and compliance costs associated with FIN 48." Questions have also been raised as to the process that the FAF used to arrive at its conclusions regarding private companies because the post-implementation review of FIN 48 was inconsistent with the findings of the Private Company Financial Reporting Committee (PCFRC), a FASB advisory group that will be replaced by the PCC. The PCFRC has repeatedly suggested that FASB remove private companies from the group of constituents that must abide by the requirements of FIN 48.

 

FIN 48 disclosures obviously holds great interest for IRS auditors. While it presents contingencies for tax liabilities in summary form, there has been litigation over whether a taxpayer’s tax accrual work papers and underlying opinions and work product are discoverable in the event of an audit or litigation. FIN 48 disclosures are also carefully reviewed by financial advisors and their clients, and companies seeking to acquire target companies in a stock or merger acquisition.

 

It is important for accounting firms to keep track of this development as well as tax counsel who provides legal advise to clients that are subject to FIN 48 filings and record retention requirements.

Treasury Department Announces Further Actions to Implement the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)

 

FATCA was enacted in 2010 by Congress as part of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment (HIRE) Act. FATCA requires FFIs to report to the IRS information about financial accounts held by U.S. taxpayers, or by foreign entities in which U.S. taxpayers hold a substantial ownership interest. In order to avoid withholding under FATCA, a participating FFI will have to enter into an agreement with the IRS to: (i) identify U.S. taxpayer accounts; (ii) report information to the Internal Revenue Service regarding U.S. accounts; and (iii) withhold a 30% tax on certain U.S. connected payments made to non-participating (or non-compliant) FFIs and account holders unwilling to provide the required information.

 

This month the Treasury issued a release on November 8 that is in negotiating with more than 50 countries on the implementation of FATCA, which was enacted as part of the HIRE Act of 2010 with the purpose of reducing or eliminating tax evasion by U.S. taxpayers having direct and indirect ownership in non-U.S. financial accounts.  Many foreign government have for some time now relayed that complying with FATCA would be burdensome and costly to its domestic financial service organizations and that what was of greater interest was developing intergovernmental agreements (IGAs).

 

Last Summer, the Treasury, along with its counterpart agencies in the G-5, i.e., Germany, the United Kingdom, Spain, Italy and France, released a Model IGA for  implementing FATCA. FATCA requires foreign financial institutions (FFIs) to report foreign accounts owned either directly or indirectly by U.S. persons to the Internal Revenue Service .  To the extent an FFI does not comply with these provisions or an account holder does not provide the appropriate documentation, FATCA imposes a 30 percent withholding tax on payments made to either the FFI or the account holder.

 

The Model Agreement developed by Treasury  with the G-5 countries relies on an automatic exchange of information and is intended to be a long-term solution for local law restrictions that would have prevented compliance with an FFI agreement. The Model Agreement allows FFIs in each of the jurisdictions to report U.S.-owned account information directly to their local tax authority, rather than to the IRS. Under the Model Agreement, the local taxing authorities would then automatically share that information with the IRS.

 

There are two versions of the Model Agreement: (i) the reciprocal version. U.S. will share information currently collected on accounts held in the U.S. by residents of partner countries, and includes a policy commitment to pursue regulations and support legislation that would provide for equivalent levels of exchange by the U.S. Prior to the U.S. sharing account information held by residents of a partner country, a determination will be made to ensure that the recipient government have adequate protections and practices to ensure the confidential nature of such information and that such information is to be used only for tax purposes; and (ii)  (ii) the non-reciprocal version. non-reciprocal version will be available only to jurisdictions with which the U.S. has in effect an income tax treaty or tax information exchange agreement.

 

Shortly thereafter the United States entered into an  IGA with the United Kingdom. The Treasury was also contemplating having IGAs in place with other countries including,  Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Japan,  and others before the end of this year.

 

The Treasury Department on November 14 released a model intergovernmental agreement for cooperation to facilitate the implementation of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA). This  model reflects an alternative framework to the FATCA model agreements IA (reciprocal version) and IB (non-reciprocal version) released July 26 in that it provides for direct reporting by foreign financial institutions to the IRS and would be supplemented, upon request of the U.S. competent authority, by the exchange of information on U.S. accounts that are identified as accounts of recalcitrant account holders.

 

Article 2 of the newly released model requires the FATCA partner country to enable its reporting FFIs to register with the IRS as an FFI and comply with all due diligence, reporting, and withholding requirements. As expected, the model agreement permits the IRS's competent authority to make group requests of the partner jurisdiction's competent authority for information exchange about recalcitrant account holders reported to the IRS on an aggregate basis.

 

According to article 3, non-compliant account holders will not subject the FFI to the normal withholding obligations under the FATCA regulations if the reporting FFI otherwise complies with the agreement's provisions, particularly those governing information exchange. Retirement plans, small local institutions, and other entities specified in Annex II of the agreement will be treated by the United States as exempt beneficial owners or deemed-compliant FFIs.

 

The Model II template provides that the United States will respond to information exchange requests submitted under a governing tax treaty. If a jurisdiction enters into a Model II agreement and later wishes to move to government-to-government reporting under Model I, the template envisions negotiation of a reciprocal agreement with the same terms and conditions as similar agreements concluded with other FATCA partners (provided the standards of confidentiality and other requirements for reciprocity are met). A Model II IGA also includes a most favored nation clause giving the signing partner country the benefit of any more favorable terms that the United States later enters into with another jurisdiction.

FATCA Timelines Announced by IRS for Withholding Agents, Foreign Financial Institutions in Announcement 2012-42; 2012-47 IRB

 

Announcement 2012-42 (10/24/2012) sets forth timelines for withholding agents and foreign financial institutions (FFIs) to meet the requirements set forth under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). The rules prescribed in Announ. 2012-42 are to be incorporated in pending final FATCA regulations to Sections 1471 thru 1474.

In general, withholding agents, including participating FFIs and registered deemed-compliant FFIs, must implement new account opening procedures by January 1, 2014. That is approximately 16 months from now. The definition of the term "preexisting obligation" will be modified in the final regulations in an effort to distinguish between a participating FFI, a registered deemed-compliant FFI, and a withholding agent other than a participating FFI or a registered deemed-compliant FFI.

 

Transition Relief for “Pre-existing Obligations”

Announcement 2012-42 includes transition rules for completing due diligence on pre-existing obligations. Withholding agents, except participating FFIs, will be required under the final regulations to have appropriate records in place by June 30, 2014, which payees are ‘rima facie FFIs. A withholding agent will not be required to withhold on payments made to a prima facie FFI regarding a pre-existing obligation before July 1, 2014, unless the withholding agent has documentation establishing the payee's status as a non-participating FFI. Commencing July 1, 2014, a withholding agent must treat a payee that is a prima facie FFI as a non-participating FFI until the date the withholding agent obtains documentation establishing that the payee should have a different status.

The final regulations, as explained in the Announcement, will provide that within six months after the effective date of its FFI agreement, a participating FFI will be required to perform the requisite identification procedures and obtain the appropriate documentation to determine whether a prima facie FFI payee is itself a participating FFI, a deemed-compliant FFI, or a nonparticipating FFI.

 

FATCA: Enacted Into Law As part of the “HIRE Act” of 2010

 

On March 18, 2010, the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, Pub. L. 111-147 (H.R. 2847), added Sections 1471 through 1474 (chapter 4), i.e., the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA. Chapter 4 requires withholding agents to withhold 30% of certain payments to an FFI unless the FFI has entered into a formal written agreement (FFI agreement) with the IRS to, among other things, report certain information with respect to U.S. accounts. Sections 1471-1474 set forth additional rules applicable to a withholding agent’s withholding, documentation, and reporting obligations for certain payments made to certain other foreign entities.

 

Proposed Regulations under FATCA were issued in February 2012. (REG-121647-10, 77Fed. Reg. 9022). On July 26, 2012, the Treasury Department released a model for bilateral agreements with other jurisdictions (in both reciprocal and nonreciprocal versions) under which FFIs would satisfy their FATCA obligations by reporting information about U.S. accounts to their respective tax authorities, followed by the automatic exchange of that information on a government-to-government basis with the United States. Such agreements were necessary to satisfy bilateral income tax convention partners who felt that strict compliance with FATCA would be costly and burdensome. The model agreement outlines time frames for FFIs in partner jurisdictions to complete the necessary due diligence to identify U.S. accounts. On June 21, 2012, the Treasury Department announced its desire to set forth a second model agreement, under which financial institutions in the partner jurisdiction would report specified information directly to the IRS in a manner consistent with the FATCA regulations, supplemented by government-to-government exchange of information on request. The Treasury Department intends to conclude bilateral agreements ("Intergovernmental Agreements") based on the model agreements.

Those of us who have been following developments in this area are aware of the concerns and criticisms that the FATCA provisions and proposed regulations have raised. Many of the comments are highly technical in nature but still have dramatic practical impacts once the final regulations are issued and the reporting obligations are triggered. The Announcement attempts to readjust the timelines in response to the problems in coping with the new rules.

 

Timeline for Implementing New Account Opening Procedures and the Definition of Preexisting Obligations

Withholding agents, including participating FFIs and registered-deemed compliant FFIs, generally will be required to implement new account opening procedures by January 1, 2014. Accordingly, the definition of the term "preexisting obligation" (currently set forth in Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-1(b)(48)) will be modified in the final regulations to include:

(i) as to a withholding agent other than a participating FFI or a registered deemed-compliant FFI: any account, instrument, or contract maintained or executed by the withholding agent prior to January 1, 2014;

(ii) as to a  participating FFI: any account, instrument, or contract maintained or executed by the participating FFI prior to the later of January 1, 2014, or the date that the participating FFI's FFI agreement becomes effective (the final regulations will provide that an FFI agreement entered into prior to January 1, 2014, will have an effective date of January 1, 2014); and

(iii) as to a registered deemed-compliant FFI: any account, instrument, or contract maintained or executed by the FFI prior to the date on which the FFI implements its required account opening procedures. A registered deemed-compliant FFI must implement any required account opening procedures by the later of January 1, 2014, or the date on which the FFI registers as a deemed-compliant FFI.

 

Transition Rules for Completing Due Diligence on Preexisting Obligations

Withholding and Documentation for Prima Facie FFIs

Withholding Agents other than Participating FFIs.  

Pre-existing Obligations. As to pre-existing obligations, the final regulations will provide that withholding agents, other than participating FFIs, must document document payees that are prima facie FFIs by June 30, 2014. See  Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-2(a)(4)(ii)( as modified in the final regulations a withholding agent will not be required to withhold on payments made to a prima facie FFI with respect to a preexisting obligation prior to July 1, 2014, unless the withholding agent has documentation establishing the payee's status as a nonparticipating FFI).  Beginning on July 1, 2014, a withholding agent will be required to treat a payee that is a prima facie FFI as a nonparticipating FFI until the date the withholding agent can document a different status for application of the FATCA rules.

Participating FFIs. With respect to a preexisting obligation, the final regulations will provide that a participating FFI will be required to perform the requisite identification procedures and obtain the appropriate documentation to determine whether a prima facie FFI payee is itself a participating FFI, deemed-compliant FFI, or nonparticipating FFI within six months after the effective date of its FFI agreement (that is, by June 30, 2014, for any FFI that enters into an FFI agreement on or before December 31, 2013). The rule set forth in Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-4(c)(3) will be modified accordingly. In addition, the final regulations will provide that the presumption rules set forth in Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-3(f) will begin to apply to a prima facie FFI payee with respect to a preexisting obligation six months after the effective date of the payor FFI's FFI agreement.

 

Withholding and Documentation for other Preexisting Entity Obligations

Withholding Agents other than Participating FFIs. The Announcement provides that the final regulations will require that withholding agents, other than participating FFIs, will be required to document payees that are entities other than prima facie FFIs by December 31, 2015. Prop. Regs. §§ 1.1471-2(a)(4)(ii) and 1.1472-1(b)(will be modified accordingly).  Beginning on January 1, 2016, a withholding agent will be required to treat any undocumented payee that is treated as a foreign entity but that is not a prima facie FFI as a nonparticipating FFI until the date the withholding agent obtains documentation sufficient to establish a different chapter 4 status of the payee.

Participating FFIs. The final regulations will modify Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-4(c)(3) to provide that a participating FFI will be required to perform the requisite identification procedures and obtain the appropriate documentation to determine whether an entity, other than a prima facie FFI, is itself a participating FFI by the later of December 31, 2015, or the date that is two years after the effective date of its FFI agreement. The final regulations will also provide that a participating FFI will not be required to apply the presumption rules (currently set forth in Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-3(f)) to such accounts until the day after the date (described above) by which the participating FFI is required to perform the identification procedures and obtain the appropriate documentation.

Withholding and Documentation Requirements of Participating FFIs for Preexisting Individual Accounts

Preexisting High-Value Accounts. A participating FFI has a greater standard of due diligence in documenting and identifying  preexisting individual accounts that are “high-value accounts” (see Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-4(c)(8)(i)) by the later of December 31, 2014, or the date that is one year after the effective date of the FFI's FFI agreement. Final regulations will modify the rule set forth in Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-5(g)(3)(i)(B) to provide that after the date described above, a participating FFI must treat any preexisting account that is a high-value account as held by a recalcitrant account holder unless the participating FFI has performed the requisite identification procedures and obtained the appropriate documentation.

Preexisting Accounts other than High Value Accounts. A participating FFI must perform the required identification procedures and receive the required documentation to identify preexisting individual accounts (other than high-value accounts) prior to the later of December 31, 2015, or the date that is two years after the effective date of the FFI's FFI agreement. See  Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-5(g)(3)(i)(A)(a participating FFI must treat any pre-existing individual account, other than a high-value account, as held by a recalcitrant account holder unless the participating FFI has performed the requisite identification procedures and obtained the appropriate documentation.

 

Due Date for First Report of a Participating FFI With Respect to U.S. Accounts

 

The Announcement states that final regulations will modify the rule set forth in Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-4(d)(7)(v)(B) to provide that a participating FFI will be required to file the information reports with respect to the 2013 and 2014 calendar years not later than March 31, 2015.

 

Gross Proceeds Withholding

 

The Announcement states that final regulations will modify Prop. Reg. § 1.1473-1(a)(1)(ii) to provide that the term "withholdable payment" includes gross proceeds from any sale or other disposition occurring after December 31, 2016, of any property of a type that can produce interest or dividends that are U.S. source FDAP income.

 

Clarification of Application of FATCA to Grandfathered Obligations

 

The final regulations will be revised to set forth added categories of obligations. The Announcement states that Prop. Reg. § 1.1471-2(b)(2) will be amended to provide that the term "grandfathered obligation" includes any obligation that produces or could produce a foreign passthru payment and that cannot produce a withholdable payment, provided that the obligation is outstanding as of the date that is six months after the date on which final regulations defining the term "foreign passthru payment" are filed with the Federal Register.  Another revision will be that the term "grandfathered obligation" will include any instrument that gives rise to a withholdable payment solely because the instrument is treated as giving rise to a dividend equivalent pursuant to Section 871(m) and the regulations thereunder, provided that the instrument is outstanding on the date that is six months after the date on which instruments of its type first become subject to such treatment. Finally, the term "grandfathered obligation" will include any obligation to make a payment with respect to, or to repay, collateral posted to secure obligations under a notional principal contract that is a grandfathered obligation.

 

The Annoucement ends with a summary of the various effective dates based on the nature of the obligation and withholding agent, etc.

Service Issues First Notices on Hurricane Sandy; Casualty Losses, Government Assistance Payments

 

Late on Friday, November 2, the IRS announced that in addition to declaring Hurricane Sandy a Federal Disaster it also stated that the storm was a “qualified disaster for purposes of Section 139” and that qualified disaster relief payments made to individuals by their employer or any person can be excluded from those individuals’ taxable income.

Qualified disaster relief payments are defined by Section 139, in general, as amounts paid: :

(1) To or for the benefit of an individual to reimburse or pay reasonable and necessary personal, family, living or funeral expenses (not otherwise compensated for by insurance or otherwise) incurred as a result of a qualified disaster, or

(2) To reimburse or pay reasonable and necessary expenses (not otherwise compensation by insurance or otherwise) incurred for the repair or rehabilitation of a personal residence or repair or replacement of its contents to the extent that the need for such repair, rehabilitation or replacement is attributable to a qualified disaster;

(3) to reimburse a person who provides or sells transportation as a common carrier because of the death or personal physical injuries arising from a qualified disaster, or 

(4) by a federal, state or local government, or an agency or instrumentality of those governments, in connection with a qualified diaster in order to promote the general welfare. See Sections 139(b)(1)-(b)(4). 

However, the items listed in (1) through (4) above will be qualified disaster relief payments only to the extent any expense compensated by them isn't also compensated by insurance or otherwise.

The IRS also announced that the designation of Hurricane Sandy as a qualified disaster means that employer-sponsored private foundations may provide disaster relief to employee-victims in areas affected by the hurricane without affecting their tax-exempt status.

 

 

IRS Announced Postponement of Various Tax Filing and Payment Deadlines As a Result of Hurricane Sandy

 

The IRS also announced on Friday, November 2, it is postponing various tax filing and payment deadlines starting in late October, giving affected taxpayers until Feb. 1, 2013, to file these returns and pay any taxes due. The postponed deadlines include those for fourth quarter individual estimated tax payments, normally due Jan. 15, 2013. Also postponed are the deadlines for payroll and excise tax returns and accompanying payments for the third and fourth quarters, normally due on Oct. 31, 2012, and Jan. 31, 2013, respectively. The postponement also applies to tax-exempt organizations required to file Form 990 series returns with an original or extended deadline falling during this period.

 

So far, IRS filing and payment relief applies to the following localities:

Connecticut: Fairfield, Middlesex, New Haven, and New London counties and the Mashantucket Pequot Tribal Nation and Mohegan Tribal Nation located within New London County; New Jersey: Atlantic, Bergen, Cape May, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, Monmouth, Ocean, Somerset, and Union counties;

New York: Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, and Westchester counties.

 

The IRS announced that it will also abate any interest and any late-payment or late-filing penalties that would otherwise apply. The IRS is also waiving failure-to-deposit penalties for federal payroll and excise tax deposits normally due on or after the disaster area start date and before Nov. 26, if the deposits are made by Nov. 26, 2012.

 

The relief applies automatically to any taxpayer located in the disaster area and taxpayers do not need to contact the IRS to get the relief.

 

Further IRS Announcement

 

On Wednesday, October 31, the IRS announced it was granting taxpayers and tax preparers affected by Hurricane Sandy until Nov. 7 to file returns and accompanying payments normally due on Oct. 31 (see “IRS delays Oct. 31 deadlines for taxpayers and preparers affected by Hurricane Sandy”).

The IRS also announced it is willing to work with any taxpayer who resides outside the disaster area but whose books, records, or tax professional are located in areas affected by Hurricane Sandy. Also, all workers assisting the relief activities in the covered disaster areas who are affiliated with a recognized government or philanthropic organization are eligible for relief.

The IRS has told taxpayers who live outside of the affected area and think they may qualify for relief that they must contact the IRS at 866-562-5227.Additional federal disaster relief information is available at disasterassistance.gov

 

General Rules on Casualty Loss Deductions For Federal Income Tax Purposes: Special Rules for Declared Federal Disaster Areas

 

The Internal Revenue Code allows taxpayers who suffer casualty losses to deduct the amount of the loss to property in computing taxable income. One such rule is the exclusion provided under Section 139 as described above. In addition, there is potential application of Section 165(k).  

 

Section 165(c)(3) allows a noncorporate taxpayer to claim a casualty loss deduction, subject to applicable limitation, for losses to property arising from fire, storm such as Hurricane Sandy, theft or other casualty even if the property damaged or destroyed is neither used in a trade or business nor held in a transaction entered into for profit. Losses incurred with respect to property used in a trade or business or held in a transaction entered into for profit are deductible under Sections 165(c)(1) or (2), without regard to causation. Generally, a noncorporate taxpayer's non-trade or business deductions are only taken into account for purposes of determining a net operating loss to the extent of the taxpayer's nonbusiness income. Casualty and theft losses with respect to investment property or personal property are not subject to this limitation. See Section 172(d)(4)(C).

 

In computing the amount of a casualty loss, the type of property involved is relevant. Where property held in a trade or business or held in a transaction entered into for profit is partially destroyed, the amount of deductible loss is the lesser of the adjusted basis of the property, original cost less depreciation plus improvements (other than normal maintenance) or the decline in fair market value of each item of property including a structure or building due to the casualty. If such property is totally destroyed and if its fair market value immediately before the casualty is less than its adjusted basis for tax purposes, the deductible loss is not limited to the property's fair market value, but is instead allowed up to the amount of the property's adjusted basis. The measure of the loss for personal-use property, however, is always the lesser of the economic loss (decline in fair market value) or the adjusted basis of the property. There are low threshold dollar amounts which are not allowed in computing the nonbusiness casualty (or theft) loss.

 

Note Section 165(k)

 

Hurricane Sandy is recognized by President Obama with respect to certain disaster areas as designated which list of areas may grow. Under § 165(k), losses resulting from a presidentially recognized disaster are sometimes allowed as casualty losses even if they would not qualify under the foregoing definition. Under § 165(k), all losses sustained by the taxpayer in the disaster, not merely the loss to the residence, are treated as casualty losses and allowed to be deducted as a casualty loss on your tax return.

 

This rule applies if (1) the taxpayer’s residence is located in an area determined by the President to warrant federal assistance under the Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act; (2) the disaster makes the residence unsafe for use as a residence; and (3) within 120 days after the president’s determination, a state or local government orders the taxpayer to demolish or relocate the residence. The rule is meant to cover taxpayers whose residences are not physically damaged, and thus would not qualify for the casualty loss deduction under the general rules, but “whose residences [are] condemned because of a threat of further destruction or because their residences [are] otherwise…rendered uninhabitable by the disaster.” To satisfy the requirement that the disaster make the residence unsafe, the residence must be rendered materially more dangerous after the disaster than it was before the disaster, and the danger must be from a materially increased risk of future destruction arising from the disaster. For example, in a storm disaster area, loss from a demolition or relocation order based on a finding that the residence was rendered unsafe by nearby mudslides would be treated as a casualty loss under the provision. By contrast, any decline in the value of a residence resulting from pre-existing dangerous conditions (e.g., by reason of location in an historically storm-prone region) does not constitute a casualty loss, even if the house is condemned.

 

Recent Amendments to Tax Court Rules of Practice and Procedure on Work Product and Discoverability of Expert Witness Reports and Communications to Petitioner's Counsel

Chief Judge Michael B. Thornton, by press release of July 6, 2012, announced that the United States Tax Court has adopted amendments to its Rules of Practice and Procedure. This statement follows the release, on December 28, 2011, of proposed amendments to the Rules and invitation of comments. In general, the adopted amendments align the Tax Court's Rules more closely with certain provisions of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as well as make other technical, clarifying, and conforming changes. Other changes to the Rules pertaining to electronic filing, privacy protection of whistleblower cases and a new form 18 to be used as a substitute for an affidavit for purposes of 28 U.S.C. §1746.

Application of Federal Rules of Evidence as Applied by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. §7453. T.C. Rule 143(a).

 

Unless the party-litigants agree otherwise, Tax Court decisions may be appealed to the U.S. court of appeals for the circuit where the taxpayer maintains its legal residence or, in the case of a corporation, its principle place of business when the petition is filed, or if no principal place of business (or office) exists when the petition is filed, appellate venue is with the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. §7482. Under the Tax Court’s administrative rule of convenience, it will follow the precedent of the appellate court to which venue would lie in the event its determination were appealed by the taxpayer. This is referred to as the “Golsen Rule”, which takes its name from the decision in which this rule of convenience was announced. Golsen v. Comm’r, 54 T.C. 742 (1970), aff'd on another issue, 445 F.2d 985 (10th Cir. 1971). The Court will, at times, be careful in determining whether it is obligated to follow its administrative rule of convenience in a particular case. Decisions of other appeals courts are not binding on the Tax Court but may be persuasive in its decision. Where there is no direct precedent from the applicable jurisdiction to which an appeal would lie, the Tax Court is free to set its own standard in a fully reviewed opinion.

 

New Amendments to Work Product Protection.

 

FRCP 26(b)(3)(allows for discovery of work product only where there is a showing “that the party seeking discovery has substantial need of the materials in the preparation of her case and she is unable, without undue hardship, to obtain the substantial equivalent of the materials by other means); Hickman v. Taylor, 329 U.S. 495 (1947)(statements lawyer obtained and notes he made were not protected by the attorney-client privilege); United States v. Nobles, 422 U.S. 225, 238 (1975). The work product doctrine protects from discovery, unless and only to the extent waived, the attorneys preparation of legal theories, strategy, thoughts about the litigation, i.e., “mental work product”. It further protects information and materials prepared by an “agent” on behalf of the lawyer. Diversified Indus. Inc. v. Meredith, 572 F.2d 596, 603 (8th Cir. 1977); United States v. Kovel, 296 F2d 918, 922 (2d Cir. 1961)(accountant prepared workpapers for attorney who was also an accountant, if the agent was performing services for the attorney to provide legal advice it would be protect but not if being provided for services to be rendered by the attorney in preparing the client’s tax return. Attorney-client communications subject to protection from discovery, again, unless waived, are narrower in scope  than work product under FRCP 26(b)(3) and under Hickman v. Taylor, supra. and are subject to less protection from the courts since there are a set of exceptions to its application. Work product does not have to be from the lawyer, per se, and protects materials that are not communications that were intended to remain private and were for the purpose of rendering legal advice to the client. See United States v. Adelman, 68 F.3d 1495 (2d Cir. 1996).

 

Protection for Trial Preparation Materials and Draft Expert Witness Reports.

 

T.C. Rule 70 Before the Recent Amendments. The Tax Court rules were silent on disclosure of work product based on substantial need and undue hardship. Indeed the Court trail blazed a different path in as much as it stated that the “work product” of counsel and material prepared in litigation or for trial, are generally intended to be outside the scope of allowable discovery under the T.C. Rules and therefore no specific reference to FRCP 26(b)(3) was adopted. Zaentz v. Commissioner, 73 T.C. 469, 478 (1979)(work product of counsel generally not discoverable). But see Hartz Mountain Indus. v. Commissioner, 93 T.C. 521, 529 (1989); Ames v. Commissioner, 112 T.C. 304, 310 (1999); Ratke v. Commissioner, 129 T.C. 45, 53 (2007). See also P.T. & L. Construction Company v. Commissioner, 63 T.C. 404, 408 (1974).

 

This legal reasoning and evidentiary rulings in this line of case law left an impression, no doubt, that the Tax Court may not let in work product unless there was a waiver or some other alternative ground or basis for which the desired evidence could be produced or admitted into evidence at trial. It would not be admitted based on the exceptions of “substantial need” or “undue hardship”. This impression has a very good source for corroboration, the Tax Court’s commentary to Tax Court Rule 70(b) provided: “With certain exceptions and subject to the limitations of these Rules, the scope of allowable discovery under these Rules is intended to parallel the scope of allowable discovery under the Federal Rules. *** The other areas, i.e., the “work product” of counsel and material prepared in anticipation of litigation or for trial, are generally intended to be outside the scope of allowable discovery under these Rules, and therefore the specific provisions for disclosure of such materials in FRCP 26(b)(3) have not been adopted. Cf. Hickman v. Taylor, 329 U.S. 495 (1947).” See Bernardo v. Commissioner, 104 T.C. 677 (1995).

 

Proposed Revisions to T.C. Rule 70.

 

In issuing proposed revisions to the discovery rule, T.C. Rule 70, the Court proposed to amend T.C. Rule 70(c)(3) an formally adopt application of the work product doctrine under FRCP 26(b)(3). The Court further proposed amended T.C. Rule 70(c)(4) to include the same work product protections of revised FRCP 26(b)(4) limiting the discovery of draft expert witness reports and certain attorney-expert communications. On the other hand, the government (or the taxpayer) not being able to discover draft expert reports, may make the presentation of the expert’s testimony less reliable. Indeed the court noted in its earlier statement that there are dangers in the presentation of evidence of experts. See, e.g., Neonatology Associates v. Commissioner, 115 T.C. 43, 86 (2000)(expert who advocates the litigation position of a taxpayer does not assist the trier of fact). Note the distinction that under FRCP 26(a)(2)(B) the opposing party is told about the opinions the expert will later testify on at trial. On the other hand, under T.C. Rule 143(g), the expert report is the direct testimony of the expert.

 

Chief Judge Colvin of the Tax Court has noted that it is “imperative that the parties be able to explore through discovery whether the opinions expressed are those of the expert,” supposedly independent and not tainted by bias or advocacy, and not from counsel. The proposal to revise FRCP 26(b)(4) for protecting draft expert reports and attorney communications was supported on practical grounds based on the perception that seeking impeachment material through the production of the prior draft only rarely reveals useful information. Indeed, there was substantial efforts undertaken to avoid such discovery, e.g., hiring of non-testifying experts as consultants or stipulating around the open discovery of attorney-expert communications” thus increasing costs of litigation. See Report of the Civil Rules Advisory Committee (5/8/2009). Chief Judge Colvin, in his press release of February 27, 2012, stated that the Federal Rules Advisory Committee’s concerns “do not translate neatly” to Tax Court proceedings. The inefficiencies and maneuvering done by lawyers in federal court proceedings as to expert drafts and other communications, is not present in Tax Court litigation. Indeed Colvin writes “[I]t is our experience that expert discovery produces useful information when it discloses attempts by attorneys to exert undue influence in the drafting of expert reports.” Citing Bank One Corp. v. Commissioner, 120 T.C. 274. The proposed rule to T.C. Rule 70(c)(4) Judge Colvin regrets, will limit the parties’ and the court’s ability to detect improper influence in expert witness reports. Still, application of T.C. Rules 70(c)(4)(B)(ii) and (iii) which permit discovery of facts, data and assumptions that an attorney provided to the expert and that the expert considered is helpful, albeit limited. It would not reveal the lawyer’s involving in the drafting of the expert report. Therefore, Chief Judge Colvin concludes that Proposed T.C. Rule 70(c)(4) will likely disrupt the efficient presentation of evidence and could cause confusion on the admissibility of expert reports. Of course counsel can still cross examine experts on the same information and communications that would be protected in discovery, such as cross-examination of the expert’s revisions that would recommended or suggested by counsel.

 

As an over-arching matter, T.C. Rule 70(c)(4), in following FRCP 26(b)(4), would allow discovery of protected expert work product based on the substantial need exception. Perhaps that outcome is not entirely clear by reading proposed T.C. Rule 70(c)(3) and proposed T.C. Rule 70(c)(4). Note that FRCP 26(b)(4) specifically provides that the work product protections of FRCP 26(b)(3), including the exception of substantial need and also at times, undue hardship (as to mental impression work product), apply to discovery with respect to experts. See Upjohn Co. v. United States, 449 U.S. 383, 400-402 (1981); See, e.g., In re Cendant Corp. Sec. Litig., 343 F.3d 658, 663 (3d Cir. 2003); In re Murphy, 560 F.2d 326, 336 (8th Cir. 1977); but see Duplan Corp. v. Moulinage et Retorderie de Chavanoz, 509 F.2d 730, 734 (4th Cir. 1974) (opinion work product never discoverable); Ratke v. Commissioner, 129 T.C. 45, 53 (2007)   Chief Judge Colvin asked that in the final rule revisions the ability to require discovery for work product under the substantial need and undue hardship exceptions be specifically incorporated in the final revisions to T.C. Rule. 70 et al.  

 

Shortly after the amendments to the T.C. Rule 70(c)(4) were made on drafts of  expert reports and attorney-expert conversations, in CC-2012-016, the Office of  Chief Counsel announced its continued opposition to the revision to T.C. Rule  70(c)(4) citing the potential for undue attorney influence in the drafting of expert  Reports.

 

Revisions to Tax Court Rule 70 (6/12/2012).

 

The Tax Court officially adopting the test of the work product doctrine in FRCP Rule 26(b)(3) and added a new amendment to T.C. Rule 70(c), in following the rules set forth in FRCP Rules 26(b)(3)(A) and (B).

 

Amended T.C. Rule 70(c)(3).

 

“(3) Documents and Tangible Things:

(A) A party generally may not discover documents and tangible things that are prepared in anticipation of litigation or for trial by or for another party or its representative (including the other party's attorney, consultant, surety, indemnitor, insurer, or agent), unless, subject to Rule 70(c)(4),

 

(i). they are otherwise discoverable under Rule 70(b); and

(ii)the party shows that it has substantial need for the materials to prepare its case and cannot, without undue hardship, obtain their substantial equivalent by other means.

 

(B) If the Court orders discovery of those materials, it must protect against disclosure of mental impressions, conclusions, opinions, or legal theories of a party's counsel or other representative concerning the litigation.”

 

Amended T.C. Rule 70(c)(4).

           

         “(4) Experts:

(A) Rule 70(c)(3) protects drafts of any expert witness

report required under Rule 143(g), regardless of the form in

which the draft is recorded.

(B) Rule 70(c)(3) protects communications between a

party’s counsel and any witness required to provide a report

under Rule 143(g), regardless of the form of the

communications, except to the extent the communications:

(i) relate to compensation for the expert’s study or testimony;

(ii) identify facts or data that the party’scounsel provided and that the expert considered in forming the opinions to be expressed; or

(iii) identify assumptions that the party’s counsel provided and that the expert relied on in forming the opinions to be expressed.

(C) A party generally may not, by interrogatories or depositions, discover facts known or opinions held by an expert who has been retained or specially employed by another party in anticipation of litigation or to prepare for trial and who is not expected to be called as a witness at trial, except on a showing of exceptional circumstances under which it is impracticable for the party to obtain facts or opinions on the same subject by other means.” (italics added for emphasis).”

 

Implications of Amended Tax Court Rules 70(c)(3) and 70(c)(4)

Impact of Amendments

 

The Tax Court's rule changes may have an impact on choice of forum for litigating a tax case. Generally, the benefits of litigating in the Tax Court are: (i) not needing to pay the tax alleged to be owed in full before qualifying for judicial review which is required in a tax refund suit; (ii) the informal discovery procedures under Branerton Corp. v. Commissioner, 61 T.C. 691 (1974); Schneider Interests, L.P. v. Commissioner, 119 T.C. 151 (2011) reduce trial time and added costs of discovery present in other courts; (iii) the jurists are all tax law experts who have hundreds of years of collective experience in the tax law and tax jurisprudence; (v) the emphasis of the Tax Court on national uniformity of result, subject to application of the Golsen rule; and (vi) generally the Tax Court affords a taxpayer a less cumbersome and expensive venue for a case to be tried on the merits.  In addition, it was generally agreed that prior to the recent amendments to T.C. Rule 70(c), that the government would not be able to ask for the petitioner’s counsel or its agent’s work product without regard to the exceptions of “substantial need” and “undue hardship”. Now, under the amended Rule 70(c), respondent-Commissioner may be able to obtain work product based on need and undue hardship as applied under FRCP 26(b)(3). Could this extend to opinion work product? At this time that seems to be a stretch.

 

Certainly there will be motions and proceedings in the Tax Court on objections to produce work product so that sufficient care must be exercised by petitioners’ counsel to understand how the amended rules work and can be applied by the Service. One question that a recent commentator had on this subject is whether the Tax Court will decide disputes over work product by looking to the case law of the D.C. Circuit or the circuit in which an appeal would normally lie. A few cases on this subject indicate that there is no clear answer. Until the Tax Court issues an opinion that elaborates on the new rule, counsel should evaluate both the work product cases in the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals as well as the appeals court where venue would lie.

 

The “good news” of course is the amended rule denying the discoverability in Tax Court proceedings of  drafts of expert reports and communications between experts and counsel for petitioner.  Still, the government may, at trial or by motion in limine, find a creative means by which to cause such information or testimony to be part of the record. Of course, cross examination of an expert at trial is one such method.

 

(The Tax Court is an Article 1 court and allows taxpayers to dispute a proposed assessment of tax by the IRS without requiring payment of the amount in dispute. The Tax Court was established as an executive branch agency in 1924 as the Board of Tax Appeals (Revenue Act of 1924, ch. 234, section 900(k)). It became the “Tax Court of the United States” in 1942 and its members became judges (Revenue Act of 1942, ch. 619, section 504(a)). It then became the United States Tax Court in 1969 when it also became a legislative court under Article 1 of the U.S. Constitution. See Freytag v. Comm’r, 501 T.C 868, 887 (1991). Refund litigation, which includes consideration of the “full payment rule” as a jurisdictional pre-requisite, can be maintained in the U.S. district court where the taxpayer resides at the time of filing or in the U.S. Court of Claims. Both courts follow the Federal Rules of Evidence but each have a separate set of procedural rules, including for U.S. district court, certain local rules.)

Manchester United IPO Looks Very Much Like a Purposely Designed Inversion Transaction Described Under Section 7874 To End Run Section 367(d)

Manchester United IPO: April, 2012

 

The owners of the famous British professional soccer club, Manchester United, the Glazer family which also owns the Tampa Bay Buccaneers football club, recently took Man U public. One-half of the shares made available in the IPO listed on the NYSE were owned by the Glazers. Were the IPO to have sold at $16 to $20 a share, as the owners hoped, that would support a enterprise value of the club of as much as $3.3 billion. Instead, however, the IPO price only fetched $14 per share. The Glazers had paid $1.47 billion for the club in 2005 and reportedly  financed the transaction with $662 million of debt. It has been said that the amount of debt on the books has hurt Man U’s ability to attract soccer talent. It even had to sell off one of its key players, Christiano Renaldo.

 

As recently reported in Tax Notes in its August 12, 2012 issue in a column written by well-known tax authority and commentator,  Lee A. Sheppard, Man U reorganized just before the public offering was effectuated. Presumably it was previously owned by a U.S. LLC taxable as a partnership. But as part of the IPO, Man U’s new parent corporation was a Cayman holding company which may have been purposely designed to avoid application of Section 367(d) which imposes a harsh charge on the transfer of U.S. based intangibles to a foreign corporation. This article provides a summary of the inversion rules as well as Section 367(d) within the context of the Man U reorganization. It should be apparent that the structure utilized may have had some non-tax benefits or purposes, but a tax benefit was end-running a section 367(d) charge on outbound intangibles by structuring the transaction as an (80% or more)  inversion.

 

IPO and Reorganization

 

 

It is reported that ½ of the IPO proceeds went to the Glazer family and player compensation. The other half will be used to pay down debt. The shares that were offered, Class A, have only 1/10 the voting power of Class B shares 98% of which are continued to be owned by the Glazers.

Half the proceeds went to the Glazers and the talent. The other half will go to reduce debt. The Glazers sold some of their own shares, but their 98 percent control will be maintained by Class B shares that carry 10 times the voting rights of the class A shares offered to the public. Under SEC regulations, the Glazers were permitted to retain control of Man U. You can find their SEC Form-1 filing on Edgar.

 

As further reported in Tax Notes, the estimated value of Manchester United is $2 billion and it is further estimated that self-created intangibles account for 1/3 of the club’s value. Accordingly,on a capitalized income basis, the intangibles have an approximate value of $700,000. Under Section 367(d), the roll out of the intangibles from a U.S. corporation to the new foreign Caymanian company would generate a substantial tax of  an amount equal to 35% of the future intangibles’ revenues as received during the lives of the various intangibles. The idea here was of course was to avoid application of Section 367(d) but still position an offshore holding corporation as the new owner. Presumably there were regulatory as well as governance issues which suggested use of the Grand Cayman corporate statute. The balance of the value in the club is comprised of player contracts (approximately $700 million), the stadium and training grounds and goodwill. accounts for more than half of its assets. Player contracts, by contrast, are recorded at $150 million.

 

Prior Structure

 

The Glazers, who are U.S. residents, own the club through Red Football LLC, a U.S. resident partnership. The LLC owned all of Red Football Shareholder Ltd., the British corporation that owned several British subsidiaries. In the reorganization, Red Football Shareholder Ltd. became a subsidiary of Manchester United Ltd., a Cayman-organized holding company. Some of the Cayman company's shares were offered to the public.

 

Red Football LLC contributed the shares of Red Football Shareholder Ltd. to Manchester United Ltd. ( the "new" Cayman corporation). In between Red Football Shareholder Ltd. and the operations are three British corporations. The lowest holding company is a British corporation also confusingly named Manchester United Ltd., which owns Old Trafford. That corporation has various operating subsidiaries, all British, among which is the team itself, Manchester United Football Club Ltd.

 

The operating group was previously subject to only British tax jurisdiction, because  Red Football Shareholder Ltd., the former parent, is a British resident and a "blocker" so to speak for the U.S. LLC, subject of course to the CFC rules which in this case may have been limited to investment earnings and perhaps royalty revenues. Most of the subsidiaries below Red Football Shareholder Ltd. are treated as through entities for U.S. tax purposes. The prospectus states that the reorganized group will be subject to both U.S. and U.K. tax rules.

 

Inversions: Section 7874

 

A corporate inversion involves a readjustment or reorganization of the corporate structure of a U.S. based multinational corporation, i.e., U.S. parent corporation and domestic and foreign subsidiaries perhaps where the U.S. parent re-arranges its stock so that a new foreign corporation, conveniently located in a tax haven or jurisdiction with a low corporate tax rate, essentially steps in the shoes of the U.S. based holding company relegating the U.S. holding company to a first tier subsidiary. Corporation inversions can be effectuated by stock and/or asset transfers although most reported corporate inversions are in the form of stock transfers. In stock inversions, the U.S. corporation’s shareholders exchange their shares of U.S. parent (pre-inversion) stock (and/or securities) for shares of the new parent, foreign corporation. An asset inversion is effectuated by merger of the U.S. holding company with a new foreign corporation organized and managed outside of the U.S. Other asset or stock transfers moving down the corporate chain of subsidiaries may also be part of the prearranged plan. The intended tax objective of the corporate inversion is to essentially shift all or a substantial portion of the U.S. multinational’s business operations outside of the U.S. so that income generated from foreign based activities, subject to the CFC rules under Subpart F, the PFIC provisions (Sections 1291-1298) or other pertinent exceptions, is not currently taxed in the United States. Part of the restructuring may include setting forth debt or other transactions between related parties to generate deductions such as royalties, management fees, rents, etc., or otherwise reduce U.S. source income. In many instances the new foreign parent corporation may have limited activities in the selected foreign jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

Prior to the enactment of Section 7874, an outbound exchange of domestic stock for stock of a foreign corporation generally resulted in gain (not loss) to a U.S. person in accordance with Section 367(a). Where foreign subsidiaries or other assets were transferred to the “new” foreign corporation, the transfers may have resulted in taxable dispositions under Sections 311(b), 367, 1248 or related provisions. 

 

Where assets are transferred by a U.S. parent to the “new” foreign corporation parent, the transferor corporation may be subject to gain recognition (but not loss) subject to any applicable limitation. At the shareholder level, the consolidation or merger whether under U.S. or foreign law, can qualify for non-recognition treatment at the shareholder level under Section 354 subject to the “boot” dividend and capital gains rules under Section 356 where the transaction falls satisfies the requirements for a tax-free reorganization. 

 

Inversion transactions may give rise to immediate U.S. tax consequences at the shareholder and/or the corporate level, depending on the type of inversion. In stock inversions, the U.S. shareholders generally recognize gain (but not loss) under section 367(a), based on the difference between the fair market value of the foreign corporation shares received and the adjusted basis of the domestic corporation stock exchanged. To the extent that a corporation's share value has declined, and/or it has many foreign or tax-exempt shareholders, the impact of this section 367(a) “toll charge” is reduced. The transfer of foreign subsidiaries or other assets to the foreign parent corporation also may give rise to U.S. tax consequences at the corporate level (e.g., gain recognition and earnings and profits inclusions under secs. 1001, 311(b), 304, 367, 1248 or other provisions). The tax on any income recognized as a result of these restructurings may be reduced or eliminated through the use of net operating losses, foreign tax credits, and other tax attributes.

 

American Jobs Creation Act and Section 7874 (PL 108-357, 10/22/2004)

 

Congress, faced with the business news reports of various migrations of well-known U.S. based multinationals to foreign countries through engaging in an inversion transaction where contacts with the new parent foreign corporation’s jurisdiction were minimal, decided it was appropriate to establish appropriate roadblocks or tax costs to the corporation inversion. The problem was the future revenue drain to the Treasury for eliminating a U.S. multinational’s U.S. residence and worldwide income profile. In responding to this threat, Congress enacted Section 7874 which treats certain inversion transactions (involving 80% or greater identity of prior stock ownership) have little or no effect and are to be disregarded for U.S. tax purposes. In other words, such new foreign corporations continue to be subject to worldwide tax as a U.S. domestic corporation.

 

At a lower threshold of retained continuity of stock ownership, i.e. greater than 50% but less than 80% ownership in the new foreign parent corporation, Congress was willing to concede that such change in stock ownership may be reflective of a transaction that had a sufficient non-tax effect. Still, heightened scrutiny and other limitations would be applied to such transactions to avoid the erosion of the U.S. tax based through related-party transactions. In such a case, any applicable corporate-level “toll charges” for establishing the inverted structure are not offset by tax attributes such as net operating losses or foreign tax credits. Specifically, any applicable corporate-level income or gain required to be recognized under sections 304, 311(b), 367, 1001 , 1248, or any other provision with respect to the transfer of controlled foreign corporation stock or the transfer or license of other assets by a U.S. corporation as part of the inversion transaction or after such transaction to a related foreign person is taxable, without offset by any tax attributes (e.g., net operating losses or foreign tax credits). This rule does not apply to certain transfers of inventory and similar property. These measures generally apply for a 10-year period following the inversion transaction.

 

Corporate Inversion Transaction Type I: Transactions Involving At Least 80% Identity of Stock Ownership

 

The first type of inversion subject to Section 7874 is a transaction in which, pursuant to a plan, i.e., if the acquisition of a domestic corporation or partnership occurs within a 4 year period beginning on the date which is 2 years before the required ownership percentage threshold is met as to such corporation or partnership, or a series of related transactions: (i) a U.S. corporation becomes a subsidiary of a foreign-incorporated entity or otherwise transfers substantially all of its properties to such an entity in a transaction completed after March 4, 2003; (ii) the former shareholders of the U.S. corporation hold (by reason of holding stock in the U.S. corporation) 80% or more (by vote or value) of the stock of the foreign-incorporated entity after the transaction; and (iii) the foreign-incorporated entity, considered together with all companies connected to it by a chain of greater than 50% ownership (i.e., the “expanded affiliated group”), does not have substantial business activities in the entity's country of incorporation, compared to the total worldwide business activities of the expanded affiliated group. Where applicable Section 7874 treats the foreign corporation for all purposes of the Code as domestic. Presumably then the gain recognition provision, Section 367(a), does not apply to such 80% transactions.

 

In testing for the requisite ownership percentage, stock held by members of the expanded affiliated group that includes the foreign incorporated entity is disregarded. For example, if a U.S. parent corporation converts an existing wholly owned U.S. subsidiary into a new wholly owned controlled foreign corporation, the stock of the new foreign corporation would be disregarded. Stock sold in a public offering related to the transaction also is disregarded for these purposes.

 

Transfers of properties or liabilities as part of a plan a principal purpose of which is to avoid the purposes of the proposal are disregarded. In addition, Congress, as reflected in the Senate Report to the provision, granted the Treasury authority to prevent the avoidance of the purposes of the proposal, including avoidance through the use of related persons, pass-through or other noncorporate entities, or other intermediaries, and through transactions designed to qualify or disqualify a person as a related person or a member of an expanded affiliated group. Similarly, the Treasury Secretary is granted authority to treat certain non-stock instruments as stock, and certain stock as not stock, where necessary to carry out the purposes of the proposal.

 

Corporate Inversion Transaction Type II: Transactions Involving At Least 60% But Less than 80% Identity of Stock Ownership

 

The second type of inversion transaction under Section 7874, provided the 80% ownership transaction is not in play, occurs if a 60% threshold stock ownership test is met. The foreign entity in this context is referred to as a “surrogate” foreign corporation. Under a Type II inversion, the foreign corporation is still respected and treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes, but any applicable corporate-level “toll charges” for establishing the inverted structure are not offset by the transferring corporation’s tax attributes such as net operating losses or foreign tax credits. Specifically, any applicable corporate-level income or gain required to be recognized under Sections 304, 311(b), 367, 1001, 1248 or any other provision with respect to the transfer of controlled foreign corporation stock or the transfer or license of other assets by a U.S. corporation as part of the inversion transaction or after such transaction to a related foreign person is taxable, without offset by any tax attributes (e.g., net operating losses or foreign tax credits). This rule does not apply to certain transfers of inventory and similar property. The applicable rules under a Type II corporate inversion will apply for a 10-year period following the inversion transaction.

 

Taxation of Expatriated Entity’s Inversion Gain

 

Under a Type II corporate (or partnership) inversion, the expatriated entity’s “inversion gain” is subject to federal income tax at the maximum corporate rate, presently 35%, without reduction by any tax attribute such as a net operating loss or foreign tax credits. See §§7874(a). The taxable income of an “expatriated entity” for any tax year includes the portion of the “applicable period”, e.g., 10 years following the inversion transaction, must be at least the amount of the entity's “inversion gain” for the tax year.

 

 “Inversion gain” is income or gains realized by reason of the expatriated entity’s transfer during the applicable period of stock or other properties and any income received or accrued during the applicable period by reason of a license of any property by an expatriated entity: (i) as part of the acquisition which results in an expatriated entity or (ii) after the acquisition if the transfer or license is to a “foreign related person” which is based by applying the constructive ownership rules of Section 267(b) or Section 707(b), or under common control per Section 482.. Inversion gain does not include, however, dealer property per Section 1221(a)(1) as held by the expatriated entity.

Example One. On December 1, 2012, A, a U.S. corporation, transfers its assets to “Newco” foreign corporation organized in the Cayman Islands for 75% of Newco’s stock which stock is distributed to A’s shareholders. A is an expatriated entity under Section 7874(a)(2)(i) and Newco a foreign surrogate corporation. Section 7874(a)(2)(B). The exchange is effectuated to meet the requirements of a Type D reorganization. Still, gain is recognized by A under Section 367(a)(5) which also constitutes inversion gain under Section 7874(d)(2)(A). As inversion gain, A is taxed at the maximum corporate rate without use of its losses or other tax attributes. 

 

Example Two. In 2012, a subsidiary of ForeignCo, a Caymanian corporation, merges into A, a U.S. corporation. Foreign Co. is treated as the acquiring corporation and the former shareholders of A receive 70% of ForeignCo’s stock. No substantial business operations are conducted by ForeignCo in the Grand Caymans. A is an expatriated entity (Type II) under Section 7874(a)(2)(i) and ForeignCo is a surrogate foreign corporation. The shareholders of A corporation recognize any gain on the exchange of their A stock for Foreign Co stock. A recognizes no gain on the inversion and has no inversion gain. In 2015 and 2016, assets of A’s U.S. subsidiaries and stock of other A U.S. subsidiaries are transferred to ForeignCo. Assuming the assets and stock has appreciated, A is treated as receiving “inversion gain” per Section 7874(d)(2)(B) because there is a transfer to a related foreign person after the transfer and the transfers are within the 10 year applicable period which begins in 2012. In Year 3 and Year 4, assets of certain of T's U.S. subsidiaries and stock of other T subsidiaries are transferred to ForeignCo.

 

The tax on the inversion gain recognized under Section 7874(d)(2)(B) is not reduced by tax credits (other than the foreign tax credit) except to the extent that the tax exceeds the amount obtained by multiplying the inversion gain by the maximum U.S. corporate income tax rate and the inversion gain is treated as U.S. source income in determining the foreign tax credit. Section 7874(e)(1). This U.S. source income treatment also applies for purposes of taking foreign tax credits into account in computing Section 1248 gain.

 

Example Three. After a 60-80% corporate inversion, a pre-inversion, foreign subsidiary of the expatriated (U.S.) entity is sold for a gain under the applicable 10 year period. Gain recognized as to the expatriated entity’s sale of a foreign subsidiary is tax under Section 1248 and characterized as ordinary income (dividend) to the extent of accumulated earnings and profits. The gain recognized by the expatriated entity is inversion gain and is taxable at the highest corporate income tax rate under Section 11. The inversion gain or rate of tax on the inversion is reduced by the expatriated entity’s operating loss, loss carryforwards or other tax credits (other than foreign tax credits).

 

Where the expatriated entity is a partnership, i.e., a direct or indirect transfer of substantially all properties constituting a trade or business of a domestic partnership with the former partners of the U.S. partnership acquiring 60% but less than 80% ownership (by vote or value) of the surrogate foreign corporation's stock and there are insufficient business activities in the foreign corporation's country of organization or creation the inversion gain is realized and taxed at the partner level . Section 7874(e)(2)(A). A partner’s inversion gain for a particular year is the sum of such partner’s distributive share of the partnership's inversion gain plus gain recognized by the partner for the tax year resulting from the partner's transfer during the applicable period (of any partnership interest in the partnership to the surrogate foreign corporation and is computed at the highest rate of tax on individuals. Special rules apply in computing the individual partner’s tax on the inversion gain. Section 7874(e)(3).

 

Application to Certain Partnership Transactions

 

Section 7874 also applies to transactions in which a foreign-incorporated entity acquires substantially all of the properties constituting a trade or business of a domestic partnership, if after the acquisition at least 60% of the stock of the entity is held by former partners of the partnership who received such shares in exchange for interests in the partnership and provided that the other terms of the basic definition are met. All partnerships that are under common control, as defined under Section 482, constitute a single partnership unless otherwise provided in regulations. As discussed, any inversion gain of the expatriated partnership is taxed at the partner level..

 

 

Special Grandfather Rule

 

 

A transaction otherwise meeting the definition of an inversion transaction is not treated as an inversion transaction if, on or before March 4, 2003, the foreign-incorporated entity had acquired directly or indirectly more than half of the properties held directly or indirectly by the domestic corporation, or more than half of the properties constituting the partnership trade or business.

 

Anti-Avoidance Rules To Be Provided by Regulations

 

Transfers of properties or liabilities as part of a plan a principal purpose of which is to avoid the purposes of the provision are disregarded. In addition, the Treasury was authorized to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of Section 7874 such as through the use of related persons, pass-through or other noncorporate entities, or other intermediaries, and through transactions designed to qualify or disqualify a person as a related person or a member of an expanded affiliated group. Similarly, Congress authorized the Treasury the authority to treat certain non-stock instruments as stock, and certain stock as not stock. where necessary, to carry out the purposes of the provision. See §7874(g). Temporary regulations (TD 9265) were published in the Federal Register (71 FR 32437) on June 6, 2006, concerning the treatment of a foreign corporation as a surrogate foreign corporation (2006 temporary regulations). A notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-112994-06) cross-referencing the temporary regulations was published in the same issue of the Federal Register (71 FR 32495). On July 28, 2006, Notice 2006-70 (2006-2 CB 252), (see § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)) was published, announcing that the effective date in § 1.7874-2T(j) would be amended for certain acquisitions initiated prior to December 28, 2005. Final and Temporary Regulations under Section 7874 (TD 9453, 6/9/09) provided guidance on determining whether a foreign corporation is a "surrogate foreign corporation" under Section 7874.

 

Override of Tax Treaties: Section 7874(f)

 

Congress specifically intended that the provisions of Section 7874 would override any existing tax treaty that would apply in a manner that is inconsistent with the rules and impacts of Section 7874. See §§ 7894 and 7852(d). While in general the last in time of a treaty or IRC provision controls, this is not the case for purposes of Section 7874.

 

To further control the benefits of an inversion the U.S. negotiated treaty changes with Barbados and the Netherlands in compressing the “limitation of benefits provisions” under the tax treaties with such countries. The protocols became effective beginning in 2005. Under the new Barbados limitation of benefits provision, a company can claim residence in Barbados only if it has regularly traded shares and those shares are primarily traded on the exchanges of Barbados, Jamaica, and Trinidad. Barbados, Arts. 22(1)(c)(i)(b), (4). In the case of a subsidiary, at least 50% of the shares must be owned by companies meeting the locus of trading test, and the subsidiary must further satisfy an earnings stripping limitation, designed to prevent profits from the subsidiary from being paid to persons who are not residents of Barbados. Under the earnings stripping limitation, less than 50% of the Barbados subsidiary's income may be paid or accrued in payments deductible for Barbados tax purposes to persons who are nonresident in Barbados.

 

The revised Dutch treaty limitations of benefits provision is less stringent. While a company’s shares must be regularly traded the trading may occur on several specified developed country exchanges besides the United States and Holland. Nevertheless, the company will not be entitled to treaty benefits if it has “no substantial presence” in Holland. Netherlands, art. 26(2)(c)(i). In the case of a subsidiary, at least 50% percent of the shares must be owned by five or fewer companies that meet the trading test. Art. 26(2)(c)(ii).. In the case of a Dutch resident company, it has “no substantial presence” in Holland if (i) the aggregate volume of trading in its shares is greater in the NAFTA region than in Europe or (ii) the company's shares traded are either not traded in Europe or less than 10 percent of worldwide trading in its shares occurs in Europe, and the company's primary place of management and control is not in Holland.

 

Other Related Changes Enacted With Section 7874.

 

The American Jobs Creation Act also introduced an excise tax, per Section 4985, upon the stock compensation of certain corporate insiders to the expatriated entity in cases where any shareholders are required to recognize gain on their stock as a result of the inversion. New Section 6043A requires the information of “potential inversions”. See Notice 2005-7, 2005-3 IRB 340. 

 

Section 367(d)

 

In a transfer by a U.S. person of U.S. based “intangibles” to a foreign (controlled) corporation or in a tax-free reorganization, Section 367(a) steps aside and the transaction is governed by Section 367(d). Intangibles are described in Section 936(h)(3)(B) and include patents, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, licenses, methods, and similar items, but not goodwill. In such instance the U.S. transfer is treated as having sold the intangible property in exchange for a hypothetical series of payments which are contingent upon the productivity, use or disposition of the property and taxed, at ordinary income rates, on amounts that reasonably reflect the amounts he would have received over the useful life of the property or, in the case of certain dispositions, after the transfer at the time of such disposition. See Notice 2012-39, 2012-31 IRB 95. The rule was enacted to police the transfer of valuable U.S. intangibles outside of the U.S. without imposition of a tax on the value of the intangibles based on their projected value over their useful life. See Treas. Reg. §1.482-7(cost sharing regulations pertaining to intangibles).

 

Section 367(d)(2)(A) provides that the U.S. person transferring the intangible property is treated as having sold the property in exchange for payments that are contingent upon the productivity, use, or disposition of such property. The transferor is treated as receiving amounts that reasonably reflect the amounts that would have been received: (i) annually in the form of such payments over the useful life of such property (per § 367(d)(2)(A)(ii)(I)), or (ii) in the case of a disposition of the intangible property following such transfer (whether direct or indirect), at the time of the disposition (§ 367(d)(2)(A)(ii)(II)). An indirect disposition of the intangible property following the transfer includes a disposition of the transferor's interest in the transferee corporation. S. Rep. No. 169, 98th Cong., 2d Sess., at 367 (1984). The amounts taken into account under Section 367(d)(2)(A)(ii) must be commensurate with the income attributable to the intangible. See Section 367(d)(2)(A) (flush language).

 

Under Section 367(d)(3), the Treasury is authorized to issue regulations under Section 367(d)(2) to also apply to the transfer of intangible property by a United States person to a partnership. As of this date no such regulations have been issued.

 

Analyzing the Tax Impacts of the Man U IPO and Reorganization

 

The reorganization of Man U which included the IPO was structured to fall with the treatment of an inversion transaction under the 80% or Type I inversion. In such instance the exchange of interests, i.e., Red Football LLC’s contribution of its Red Football stock to the Cayman holding company in an exchange that would presumably qualify as a tax-free reorganization, perhaps a Type B or type C. Under the Type I corporate inversion, the Caymanian corporation would be treated as a U.S. domestic corporation for Code purposes. Thus, the reorganization and transfers of non-intangible assets would be governed by Section 351 and not by Section 367(a). This would protect the Glazers from gain recognition on the exchange of stock by application of Section 367(a).

As mentioned, Section 367(d) provides that outbound transfers of intangibles, including outbound reorganizations, are taxable to the extent of the value of the intangibles such as patents, franchises, licenses, trademarks but not goodwill. Section 367(d) states that outbound reorganizations are taxable to the extent that intangibles are transferred. While it is reported that Man U’s financial statements did not separate out “section 367(d) type intangibles” from goodwill, it is clear that Man U had a “goal full of section 367(d) intangibles”.

 

Section 367 applies to a reorganization exchange or a transfer of property that would otherwise be defined under Section 351. Here, Red Football LLC contributed its shares of Red Football Shareholder Ltd. to the newly organized Caymanian holding company in an exchange that presumably was a reorganization. So, Section 367(a) (and Section 367(d)) would seem to apply to the reorganization of Man U.

 

But does this all change if Section 7874, particularly a Type I inversion occurs? In such case, the new Caymanian corporation would be a domestic corporation for Internal Revenue Code purposes. This presumably removes Section 367(a) and Section 367(d) from the mix. Looks like two good “goalie kicks for scores” for Man U doesn’t it. By purposely falling inside the scope of the Type I inversion provision under Section 7874, the U.S. partners and corporation pay no tax on the reorganization, that is U.S. tax. And, in particular, Section 367(d) is completely avoided because the Caymanian corporation is “domestic” for all purposes under the Code, including compliance purposes. The Caymanian corporation would still be taxed on its worldwide income in the U.S. and that would include royalty income on the soccer club’s intangibles were presumably were transferred to the Caymanian holding company. The intangibles, since they are “self-created” are non-amortizable under Section 197. Any foreign taxes paid to the U.K. on royalty income would be creditable under Sections 901 and 902.

 

Section 7874(a)(2)(B), a so-called 60-80% Type II inversion as referenced above, sets forth three conditions for an inversion or “expatriated” entity to be taxed on inversion gain. First, a foreign acquirer must directly or indirectly acquire the business of a domestic partnership (as occurred in Man U, or domestic corporation. Second, the former owners of the domestic partnership (or corporation) must own at least 60% of the foreign acquirer by reason of their former ownership. Third, the expanded affiliated group must not have "substantial business activities" in its new foreign parent's country of residence.

 

Where Section 7874(b) applies, i.e., the former U.S. resident owners own 80% or more of the foreign acquirer, it is automatically treated as a domestic corporation for all purposes of the code under Section 7874(b). The Man U prospectus admits that the Cayman holding company will be taxable as a U.S. resident corporation because it will have indirectly acquired the trade or business of a domestic partnership (Red Football LLC), it will have no personnel or substantial business activity in the Caymans, and 80% will remain in the hands of the Glazer family when the offering is ignored. So, Section 7874(b) applies, at least in its view.

 

Still, there was a potential tax impact to the transaction for the Glazers in the form of “inversion gain”. Since the Glazers owned the club by being members of a pass through entity, Red Football LLC, they would presumably be subject to inversion gain under Section 7874(a)(2)(ii). Section 7874(e)(2) defines inversion gain as including deferred gains of previous outbound transfers but presumably there was none because the operating corporation was encapsulated from an operational standpoint in the U.K.

 

Let’s hear it for the Manager of Man U, Sir Alex Ferguson. Good luck this season! Remember, your club is presumably still owned by a U.S. corporation.

Chief Counsel's Advisory 201212008 Holds Green Card Holders Working for Foreign Government In the United States Were Not Exempt From U.S. Tax

 

In CCA 20122008, the Chief Counsel’s Office ruled that compensation earned by green card workers while working for the Italian government in the United States is not exempt from the federal income tax pursuant to an 1878 U.S.-Italy consular convention on the basis that greencard holders can not be consular offices, nor under the 1984 U.S.-Italy income tax convention if Italy has the primary right to tax the worker, since the U.S. provides for foreign tax credits. Finally, § 893(a) does not exempt the compensation of green card holders who are working for the Italian government in the United States and have not signed the USCIS Form I-508 waiver, unless such green card holders establish, under the facts and circumstances, that the enumerated conditions of § 893(a) are met.

 

The CCA is noteworthy in its announcing that it will invoke the savings clause under bilateral tax treaties to tax foreign workers who are not consular officials or who meet the requirements of §893. Individuals who are citizens or residents of the U.S. and tax residents of another country working for their home government need to be aware of the Chief Counsel’s office position on this subject.

 

Background Facts.

 

Certain individuals, who were tax residents of both Italy and the U.S. under each respective country's domestic law, worked in the U.S. for the Italian government. The individuals were U.S. green card holders. The Service was asked to rule on the taxability of their income under three different authorities—a consular convention dating back to 1878, an income tax treaty currently in effect with Italy, and §893 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Section 893(a) exempts from federal income tax the compensation of employees of foreign governments received for official services if certain enumerated conditions are met. However, the exemption is not applicable to green card holder foreign government employees who have signed the waiver (USCIS Form I-508) provided under §247(b) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. § 1257(b)). A green card holder employee is no longer entitled to the tax exemption conferred by § 893(a) from the date of signing the USCIS Form I-508 waiver. See Treas. Reg. § 1.893-1(a)(5).

 

CCA Analysis

 

 

On the first issue, the U.S.-Italy Convention Concerning the Rights, Privileges, and Immunities of Consular Officers, May 8, 1878 ("U.S.-Italy Consular Convention"), which remains in force today, provides tax exemptions for "consular officers" who are "citizens of the state by which they were appointed." Under a State Department note issued in 1986, the State Department stated that "[i]n order to be eligible for recognition as a career consular officer, an individual must ... be the holder of an A-1 non-immigrant visa." A green card is not an A-1 non-immigrant visa. Therefore, the IRS held that the U.S.-Italy Consular Convention did not apply to exempt the income of the green card holder from U.S. tax.

 

On the next argument, that made under the 1984 U.S.-Italy Income Tax Treaty, which applied to the years at issue, Article 19(1)(a) of the U.S.-Italy Income Tax Treaty provides in general that remuneration paid by Italy to an individual in respect of services rendered to Italy is taxable only in Italy. Article 19(1)(b)(ii) provides, however, that such remuneration is taxable only in the U.S. if the services are rendered in the U.S. and the individual is a resident of the U.S. who did not become a resident of the U.S. solely for the purpose of rendering the services. The Service did not resolve which clause governed.

 

The CCA concludes that if only Article 19(1)(a) applied, then under the "saving clause" in Article 1, the embassy remuneration also would likely be taxable in the U.S. Under the saving clause, the U.S. is permitted to tax its residents as if there were no Treaty. The Service noted that Article 1(3)(b) lists Article 19 as an exception to the saving clause, but this exception is available only to individuals who are neither U.S. citizens nor green card holders. Thus, according to the IRS, even if Article 19(1)(a) applied (and not Article 19(1)(b)(ii)), the U.S. also can tax the green card holders' embassy remuneration.

 

The Service did note that double taxation would be alleviated by Article 23(2) of the U.S. Italy Tax Treaty, which provides that the U.S. will provide a credit against U.S. tax based on the amount of tax paid to Italy on the embassy remuneration and subject to the limitations of U.S. law.

 

Finally, the IRS also concluded that §893 did not apply. Section 893 exempts from federal income tax the compensation of employees of foreign governments received for official services if certain enumerated conditions are met. According to the Service, the exemption is not applicable to green card holder foreign government employees who have signed the waiver (USCIS Form I-508) provided under §247(b) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. section 1257(b)).

UK Telecommunications Company Vodafone Recently Receives Favorable Ruling from Supreme Court of India

 

  This past January, the Supreme Court in India ruled in Vodafone International Holdings B.V v. Union of India,Civil Appeal No. 733 of 2012 (arising from S.L.P. (C) No. 26529 of 2010) that the sale of stock of a company that was non-resident in India to another non-resident company was not subject to income tax in India. The result eliminated Vodafone Group's liability for approximately $2.5 billion in income tax in India (plus interest and other costs that would have resulted in a total liability of approximately $5 billion. The transaction involved was Vodafone’s 2007 purchase of the Indian (sitused) assets of  Hong Kong’s Hutchison Telecommunications International. The case had gathered much controversy before the Supreme Court’s decision was announced as the lower court's decision upheld India's Revenue Department efforts to  stretch its jurisdictional reach beyond what other international companies had thought was  permitted.

Ultimately, the Indian Supreme Court reached the right result and provided a holding which would be expected in tax tribunals in many G-20 countries, including the United States. It also saved Vodafone up to $5 billion. Nevertheless, it has been noted that after the case was decided, the Indian Finance Minister introduced an amendment to the Indian Income Tax Act that would retroactively change the Supreme Court's decision in Vodafone, with effect from April 1, 1962   India Finance Bill 2012, ch. 6, proposed amendment to Income Tax Act section 9(1)(i).

The Operative Facts in Vodafone

In 2007, under a stock purchase agreement (SPA) , Hutchison Telecommunications International Limited (“HTIL”), a Cayman Islands company, sold all of its shares in CGP Investments (Holdings) Ltd. (“CGP”), another Cayman company, to Vodafone International Holdings BV (“VIH”), a Netherlands company. CGP held an interest in Hutchison Essar Limited (“HEL”), an Indian company. CGP's shareholding in the Indian company HEL was  held indirectly through  several Mauritius companies. CGP's ultimate parent company was  Hutchison Telecommunications, i.e.,HTIL and CGP indirectly held 52% of HEL's stock (approximately 42% through wholly owned entities and 10% through entities with interests from unrelated parties, which, along with additional options, would result in a sale of a 67% interest to VIH).

In an effort to tax the stock sale, the Indian Revenue argued: (i) capital gains from the sale were subject to tax in India despite the fact that CGP was a nonresident of India because it indirect held, through its ownership of 52% of HEL’s stock, the underlying Indian assets of HEL; (ii)  the gain or income was derived in India indirectly from the transfer of shares because of the change in control of HEL; and (iii)  CGP was an exempted company in the Cayman Islands, by definition it could not do business in India and could only be in existence to hold shares of stock. Therefore, the situs of the CGP shares was where the underlying assets were, i.e., India. What a novel approach indeed.

Decision of the Bombay High Court

The High Court had previously found that the transfer of the CGP shares was not in itself sufficient to consummate the transaction between HTIL and VIH, and that the transfer of other “rights and entitlements” to VIH constituted the sale of a capital asset in India. The High Court further held that VIH had a withholding obligation on the sale and that VIH, as the purchaser of shares, was responsible for any unpaid income taxes of CGP in India. The Bombay High Court decision sparked much concern in the international business community. This was obvious inasmuch as many multi-tiered corporate structures are designed to avoid income tax in countries in which lower-tier subsidiaries conduct business operations. Two non-resident companies selling stock of holding companies or higher tier subsidiaries were viewed by most as not being subject to tax in such countries in which lower-tiered subsidiaries were operating. In addition, the Bombay High Court imposed the tax, in effect, on the buyer, i.e., Vodafone, in the form of a withholding tax. Shocking result no doubt.

The Wisdom of the Supreme Court of India to Reverse the Bombay High Court’s Decision

The Supreme Court rejected the High Court's approach, finding that there was a fundamental difference between a stock sale and an asset sale. The sale was effectuated outside of India, i.e., the Cayman Islands, and therefore the record contained no evidence that the situs of the stock was where the underlying assets were located. The Supreme Court quickly concluded there was no tax liability incurred by CGP on the sale of its stock and therefore no withholding obligation on the part of Vodafone.

Critical to the Indian Supreme Court’s analysis of the multi-tiered holding company structure employed by Vodafone is that a subsidiary is a legal entity and is subject to income taxes as a separate entity from its parent company. Still, the Court recognized that at times a subsidiary may be a sham or agent without business purpose other than tax avoidance purposes and will be ignored. In such instance a nonresident company could be subject to income tax in India on the sale of the “stock” of the sham entity. This “sham status” can be present in certain instances such as payment of bribes, circular trading or to avoid tax without any business purposes. The taxpayer Vodafone contended and the Court agreed that a business purpose for foreign investors to invest in India through a Cayman company was to avoid the lengthy approval and registration processes required for transferability of a foreign-owned equity interest in an Indian company, and the burden is on the Indian tax authorities under Indian law to show abuse. In examining whether CGP's legal structure had economic substance representing an investment in India, the Supreme Court looked at several factors, including duration of the holding structure and business operations in India; the generation of taxable revenue in India during these operations in India; timing of the exit; and continuity of business on the exit. CGP had been in existence since 1994 and had been subject to sizeable amounts of tax in India on its business operations. Looking at VIH’s ownership of CGP, the Supreme Court concluded that the structure of the telecom business conducted by HEL through VIH was not a sham. The Indian Supreme Court left open for consideration a distinction it had drawn distinguishing between a parent company having a persuasive position over its subsidiary rather than “power” over its subsidiary. The Court looked to the underlying stock ownership in the Indian operating company which included the presence of unrelated minority shareholders.

Comparison with U.S. Tax Law

In Vodafone, the Indian tax authorities attempted to tax a stock sale between two nonresident companies simply on the basis that the underlying (operating) assets were held and business conducted in India by an Indian company, i.e., HEL. Under the same facts but this time involving U.S. tax law, consider the outcome if HEL were a U.S. corporation doing business in the states and was owned by a foreign corporation, CGP. CGP sells its entire stock position to a non-resident corporation, i.e., VIH. VIH pays CGP for the stock and the transaction is closed outside of the United States. Under U.S. tax law, capital gains of foreign corporations are not subject to U.S. income tax as FDAP and are not otherwise subject to U.S. income tax under VIH unless it is a USRPHC (U.S. real property holding corporation under §897). See §§ 897(c), 954(c), 1445. From a sourcing standpoint, generally capital gains of nonresidents are sourced at the residence of the seller and therefore would constitute foreign source income. There is no “look through” the lower tiered subsidiary to construct an asset sale. But see §338. There would also be no withholding obligation on the part of the buyer. Compare §1441 (FDAP).

Such outcomes are relatively free from doubt under U.S. tax law (unless FIRPTA applies). Perhaps a better analogy to draw upon to give more credence to the Indian Revenue’s challenge in Vodafone are sales of stock by U.S. shareholders in a controlled foreign corporation or CFC.

Even if a foreign corporation (i.e., non-U.S. resident corporation) is not liable for income tax, the U.S. shareholders of controlled foreign corporations (CFCs) are subject to tax on certain income of those CFCs under certain circumstances. Subpart F income of the CFC, including capital gains, are passed through on a current basis to the U.S. shareholders (10% or more shareholders owning more than 50% of the CFC). Apparantly India did not have a similar set of rules from which to analyze VIH’s sale of its CGP stock.

It should also be recognized that the U.S. tax laws do have a “sham” transaction or “dummy corporation” approach to pierce the veil of a controlled subsidiary and ignore the corporate cover so to speak. In certain instances the foreign parent may even be deemed to be carrying on a U.S. trade or business or maintaining a permanent establishment in the U.S. See Inverworld v. Comm’r,  71 TCM (CCH) 3231 (1996) , reconsideration denied, 73 TCM (CCH) 2777 (1997).

Thus, the U.S. tax law would not have had much trouble with this case. If the CFC rules applied for a look through of the capital gain then the gain would move upstream to the U.S. shareholders. The same results would generally follow under the domestic tax laws of various G-20 members. It is noted however that some jurisdictions may tax the capital gains of non-residents.

As mentioned above, the analysis the Indian Supreme Court provided in analyzing the power over the subsidiary would not find a clear analogue under U.S. tax law. Perhaps restrictions on foreign ownership over Indian companies was relevant in the Court’s thinking in looking at this distinction so that as long as there is minority ownership there is not a sufficient basis to tax the capital gain of a non-resident, foreign parent company sellling the stock of its Indian subsidiary.

What Should Be the Take Away from Vodafone?

Minimally, international tax advisors and their clients should keep a watchful idea that the imputation of an asset sale in selling stock of a controlled subsidiary does not gather more judicial support both within India and elsewhere. In addition, some jurisdictions may indeed tax capital gains of non-resident companies in certain instances.

Administrative and Judicial Review of Tax Controversies in Canada

 

In the June 11, 2012 issue of Tax Notes International a brief survey of Canadian income tax procedure before the Canada Revenue Agency and courts of applicable jurisdiction was provided by Patrick Lindsay and Salvatore Mirandola of the Borden, Ladner firm in Calgary and Toronto. Since many U.S. tax lawyers, including myself, represent clients north of the border in U.S. tax matters or have been involved in business transactions, including cross border mergers and acquisitions with Canadians, it is helpful to gain a fuller understanding of tax process in Canada. This submission summarizes portions of the recent article.

 

It should be noted that Jerald David August is not authorized to practice law in Canada and therefore this post is for informational purposes only. A substantial portion of Mr. August’s practice is devoted to international tax matters, both tax planning and tax controversies.

 

 

Canada’s Worldwide Tax System

 

Under authority of the Canadian constitution, the Income Tax Act subjects residents and resident businesses to tax on their worldwide income. As to non-residents, income tax is imposed on Canadian source income (as with Sections 871, 881, 864, 897 under our U.S. income tax system) and from the sale or other disposition of Canadian property, see, e.g., Section 897 (26 U.S.C.). There are also rules, such as are quite common in our country on indirect taxes, withholding obligations, special rates of tax on Canadian sourced passive income including rents, royalties, dividends and interest.

 

Filing Obligations

 

Residents of Canada as well as non-residents deriving income sourced, directly or indirectly from Canada, are required to file an annual income tax return. Canadian Income Tax Act (“ITA”), §150. The deadlines for filing a return are generally as follows: corporations -- six months after fiscal year-end; trusts -- 90 days after calendar year-end; individuals -- April 30; and, when partnership information returns are due,  the due date is five months after the fiscal year-end when all partners are corporations, or March 31 in most other cases.

 

Upon receipt of the return the Canadian Revenue Authority (“CRA”) will send to the taxpayer an initial assessment of tax or a notification that no tax is owing. This notice commences the statute of limitations period (like our Section 6501) within which the tax may be reassess by the CRA with respect to that year. In general, the initial or first assessment notice is issued close in time to the receipt or filing of the return. It is possible, however, that the CRA will delay the first notice to effectively extend the statute of limitations for a reassessment.

 

As pointed out by Messrs. Lindsay and Mirandola in their article, the general or normal reassessment period for corporations, other than Canadian controlled private corporations and special industry taxpayers, is four years after the initial assessment mailed. The general four year period may be extended by three years in certain instances. A seven year limitation applies with respect to certain multinational entities. Importantly, the limitation period, just like under our tax procedural rules in the United States, can be extended by taxpayer waiver. Waivers can be general or specific as to certain matters. Where a taxpayer delays the issuance of a notice of reassessment through the waiver process, it still may be required to make a down payment of up to one-half of the amount assessed, even if such payment is part of the issue that is in dispute. See, i.e., large corporation’s obligations to pay part of a proposed reassessment that is in dispute.. ITA, §§225.1(7), (8). 

 

As with the U.S. tax law, the ITA provides that no statute of limitations period applies when the taxpayer subject to tax does not file a return. This unfortunate result could occur, for example, where a U.S. company believes that its limited activities in Canada do not constitute the carrying on a trade or business or do not indicate, under the Tax Treaty, that the U.S. company has a fixed base or permanent establishment in Canada. Still, in such instance no return, means no statute of limitations. Note therefore the importance of due diligence and a complete indemnification provision from the target company in negotiating the acquisition of a U.S. based company that has “dabbled” north of the border. In acquiring a Canadian company, the need for some coverage is far more obvious. As with all legal matters that require interpretation of Canadian law, the U.S. legal and/or tax counsel should seek permission from the client to engage the services of a reputable law firm in Canada with lawyers specializing in the area in question such as Canadian income taxation and administration.

 

As with no return statute of limitations on reassessment, where a tax return is found to have misrepresentation(s) attributable to willfulness, carelessness or neglect the CRA can take the position that there is no period of limitations. Taylor, [1961] CTC 211 (Exch Ct)(burden of proof on the taxpayer.

 

In no statute of limitation scenarios, the authors note that the current administrative policy of the CRA is to limit reassessment to the latest year under review and the preceding 6 years.

 

Required Records Doctrine

 

Taxpayers and their advisors in the U.S. are well familiar with the “required records” doctrine which is codified in  (26 U.S.C.) §6001. In like fashion, taxpayers subject to the ITA in Canada are obligated to maintain books and records as well. This not only includes tax return information but state or provincial filings, general ledgers, financial records, and other supporting records which tie into the return.  Such required records must be maintained for the life of the company subject to the ITA and two additional years. Records necessary for computing taxes must be retained for a full six years after the year to which they relate. See ITA 230(4), Regulation 5800. Records are to be kept at the person's place of business or residence in Canada. CRA information circulars 78-10R5 and 05-1R1 provide guidance on the records the CRA expects taxpayers to prepare and maintain.

 

CRA Audits

 

Like our Internal Revenue Service, the CRA also enjoys broad powers to audit for any purpose related to tax administration and compliance with the IRA. See (26 U.S.C. §§7602, 7609).  The stated procedural rules and processes are very similar to ours with respect to audits by the Internal Revenue Service. For audits of multi-national or foreign based companies, the CRA typically issues two formal demands for documents. The first is with respect to Canadian situs records and the second for foreign based records. Deadlines for production are set forth. Certain documents requested by the CRA may be objected to or redeacted based on grounds of privilege, such as the “solicitor-client” privilege. .Descôteaux et al. v. Mierzwinski, [1982] 1 S.C.R. 860 is a leading Supreme Court of Canada decision on the solicitor-client privilege Generally, as is true in the U.S., tax return information filed with and inspected by the CRA is to remain confidential subject to applicable exceptions. For the south of the border (United States) application  of the attorney-client privilege to bar production of  certain documents and communications in federal tax controversies and trials see Jerald David August, “Attorney-Client Privilege and Work-Product Doctrine in Federal Tax Matters”, Business Entities v. 10, no. 4 (July/August 2008)(WG&L)

 

Initial requests for tax return information and documents by the CRA are informal, such as “IDRs” issued by the Internal Revenue Service. Where the taxpayer does not properly comply the CRA has a choice of remedies apparently. It either can issue a more formal "requirement" to produce documents and information or proceed directly to court for an order directing the taxpayer to comply, which would be tantamount to a summons enforcement proceeding in our country.See ITA §§231.2, 231.7. The CRA's current practice is to use informal requests when obtaining information directly from taxpayers and to use formal requirements when obtaining taxpayer information from intermediaries, such as accounting firms.

 

Where the subject of the audit fails to comply timely and fully with the notices for information, the taxpayer can be fined and in rare instances imprisoned. ITA §§ 231.7, 238. The imposition of imprisonment for production failures looks harsh and most likely is akin to our contempt for failure to produce sanctions. In a contempt of audit process case, the defendant-taxpayer will be exonerated if he can prove he acted in good faith and diligently attempted to comply with the documents requested. Dropsy, 2009 FC 820. Failure to produce documents by a taxpayer may prevent such information from later be admitted in a tax proceeding. ITA §231.6(8). GlaxoSmithKline, 4 CTC 2916 (TCC)(2003). Compare with U.S. summons enforcement cases which provide, in general under 26 U.S.C. §7604, that federal district courts have the power to enforce summons, including provision for civil arrest and punishment for contempt. Finally, any person who is duly summoned to appear to testify or produce books and who neglects to take such actions is guilty of a misdemeanor under § 7610.

 

Proposed Reassessment

 

Before a reassessment is issued, the CRA will issue a notice letter describing the proposed reassessment.The taxpayer is then provided 30 days (or more if allowed) to submit additional information. If the CRA intends to issue a reassessment, the administrative practice is to first issue a proposal letter describing the proposed reassessment. Landsky and Mirandola submit that “A tactical decision to make after receipt of a proposal letter is how much effort should go into collecting additional information and preparing a submission letter. For example, if the reassessment is based on a national policy that the auditor has no authority to overturn, providing additional information may result in costs without any reasonable prospect of avoiding the reassessment. Alternatively, if the proposed reassessment is based on incorrect information the explanation of which is likely to prevent the reassessment, doing the work to make a compelling and complete case against the reassessment may be the most cost-efficient approach.”

 

 Reassessment

 

When a reassessment is issued it is treated as an obligation of the taxpayer, including additions to tax in the form of interest and penalties. Collection efforts are generally permitted to remain suspended. Again, as mentioned, large corporations are obligated to pay one-half of the amount assessed while the tax dispute with the CRA continues. Even the business lawyer should understand this aspect of Canadian tax procedure in drafting a buyer’s set of required tax covenants and indemnification provisions from the seller company engaged in business operations in Canada. ITA §§225.1(7), (8). There are procedures to pay down the reassessment amount while disputing the matter with the CRA to suspend further assessment of interest.

 

Upon the issuance of a reassessment, a taxpayer has ninety days from the date of mailing to file a notice of objection. ITA §165(1). An extension for filing may be granted. After filing the objection, a review process commences whereby the Appeals Division of the CRA considers report of the auditor making the proposed reassessment. Requests for administrative review of the “reassessment” can range in detail depending on the nature of the issues at stake. The taxpayer is required to set forth a dollar amount that it seeks relief from as to each issue and overall and the facts and grounds in support thereof. Special procedures and limitations apply to “large corporations”. See, e.g., Potash Corp., 2 CTC 91 (FCA)[2004].

 

Confirmation of Reassessment

 

The Appeals Division of the CRA Appeals will review the complaint filed and will confirm, modify or remove one or more issues contained in the request for reassessment. This can be a time consuming process. When Appeals agrees with the taxpayer, a new reassessment will be issued to restore the taxpayer to its position as initially filed. When Appeals disagrees the reassessment will either be confirmed or a new reassessment will be issued that reflects the settlement reached on some issues and confirms the CRA's position on the issues that remain in dispute.

 

Taxpayers, as an alternative to filing for an administrative review,  may file a notice of appeal to the Canadian Tax Court after the objection to the CRA’s reassessment is made. This may be true in certain instances due to the delay of the CRA to respond to an objection to a reassessment.

 

The petition to the Canadian Tax Court generally requires the same type of recitation of facts and grounds for relief as are required under the Tax Court Rules. TCRs 23 and 24. The CRA files a response and is permitted to raise alternative arguments after the limitation period has expired to support its position, taxpayers gain some certainty knowing that after the limitation period has expired the amount of tax owing for the year cannot be increased. ITA §152(5).

 

Appeal to the CanadianTax Court

 

Where the Appeals Division upholds, in whole or in part, the reassessment after the Appeals decision is made, the taxpayer is required to appeal to the Canadian Tax Court within 90 days. Canadian TCC 55. A reply is issued by the Minister of National Revenue (MNR) represented by the Department of Justice Canada within sixty days. As with US Tax Court Rule 37, the government admits, denies or claims lack of knowledge with respect to the facts and grounds for relief asserted by the taxpayer.

 

Once the reply is filed, the taxpayer may file an answer to add additional facts or grounds for relief with a thirty day period. TCC Rules 45 and 50. Other forms of motions, e.g., particular, strike, etc., are provided under the rules. After the period for filing the reply, and additional motions has ended, the appeal and reply can be amended only by consent of the Tax Court. TCC Rule 54.

The Canadian Tax Court rules provide litigation timelines, list of production of documents, exchange of documents, etc.  Compare US Tax Court Rules 50-58. Motions can be brought at any time during the litigation process. Motions are generally concluded before the hearing date. Common motions include, compelling production of additional information or documents, compelling answers to questions refused on discovery, and challenging the content of pleadings.

 

Trial

 

After pre-trial practice is concluded and a status report and list of witnesses and experts are provide, the case, if not settled, will move towards trial. At the hearing, the judge has broad discretion regarding the admission of evidence.67 Generally, counsel for the taxpayer calls evidence first, often by submitting a statement of agreed facts, calling fact witnesses and expert witnesses when needed, and submitting any relevant portions from the examination for discovery transcript. The Department of Justice then follows the same process, following which each side presents oral argument.

 

[The Tax Court of Canada is the youngest superior court in Canada. The Court’s jurisdiction includes the hearing of appeals from assessments under the Income Tax Act, the Excise Tax Act (Goods and Services Tax “GST”), the Employment Insurance Act and the Canada Pension Plan, among others. The Tax Court of Canada was established in 1983 pursuant to the Tax Court of Canada Act. The Court is independent of the Canada Revenue Agency and all other departments of the Government of Canada].

 

Federal Court of Appeal

 

Upon the filing of a judgment by the Tax Court, either side can file an appeal to the Federal Court of Appeal (FCA) within 30 days. As to hearing legal issues, the standard is that of “correctness” for which the FCA has wide discretion. As to factual matters the standard for reversing a finding by the trial court is that of “palpable and overriding error”. Housen v. Nikolaisen, 2002 SCC 33. The Federal Court of Appeal is a court established by Parliament in accordance with provision of section 101 of the Constitution Act, 1867.

 

The Supreme Court of Canada

 

A further appeal from an  adverse FCA decision to the Supreme Court of Canada (SCC) is only available when the SCC grants leave to appeal, which is uncommon and is limited to situations when the SCC is convinced that the issue in question is one of national importance. An application for leave to the SCC must be filed within sixty days of the FCA decision.

Recent IRS Hearings on FATCA Implementation Draws Criticism From the Banking and Financial Services Sectors

 

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) is an important development in U.S. efforts to improve tax compliance involving foreign financial assets and offshore accounts.Under FATCA, U.S. taxpayers with specified foreign financial assets that exceed certain thresholds must report those assets to the IRS. This reporting will be made on Form 8938, which taxpayers attach to their federal income tax return, starting this tax filing season. In addition, FATCA will require foreign financial institutions to report directly to the IRS information about financial accounts held by U.S. taxpayers, or held by foreign entities in which U.S. taxpayers hold a substantial ownership interes.

 

At a recent hearing in Washington on May 15, financial and banking stakeholders and their legal representatives from around the world appeared before the Service to urge that the Service limit the scope and application of proposed regulations making them less complex and delaying the effective dates currently in placed. The 22 witnesses gave testimony (see Tax Notes Doc. 2012-10409) criticizing the documentary burdens, effective dates, the risk-based approach of compliance, conflicts with local law, and the complex nature of the provisions and regulations.

 

Comments on Effective Dates

 

Under the proposed regulations, U.S. financial institutions must document new accounts beginning on January 1, 2013. Participating FFIs must begin documenting new accounts on July 1, 2013. The testimony repeatedly asked for the foreign financial institution (“FFI”) reporting of new accounts be delayed until at least 2014. Some complained that the banks they represent cannot even “begin implementation in earnest until the regulations, intergovernmental agreements, and other forms are finalized”. A representative of the Institute of International Bankers said much of the burden would fall on the back-office staff and many of those employees do not speak English and may struggle to parse and implement FATCA's complex rules. Perhaps the response should have been given of “welcome to our world of IRS regulatory enforcement of international tax evasion and the premium placed on transparency of ownership”. Perhaps that response was not needed. In frustration, such witness concluded that "it simply will not be possible for financial institutions to implement new account documentation processes by 2013.”

 

Comments on Documentation Burdens

 

There was near universal awareness on the part of the witness that the FATCA requirements go well beyond many foreign countries’ anti-money-laundering (AML) and “know-your-customer” (KYC) provisions. Testimony in this area recognized that under the proposed regulations, an FFI will be required to review information provided for new individual accounts in accordance with the AML and KYC rules, but if the review reveals indicia suggesting that the account belongs to a U.S. person, the FFI must undertake additional steps. One witness appearing on behalf of the Swiss Bankers Association testified that in his organization’s view there are better ways to achieve effective tax administration and anti-tax-evasion measures than imposing reporting requirements "on every bank in the world that may hold an account for a U.S. citizen or green card holder.

 

Other problems in this area were that FATCA and the proposed regualtions were considered to be in  conflict with established business practices. For example, the Japan Securities Dealers Association’s representative testified that banks in that country would hesitate to ask clients for documents explaining circumstances such as the abandonment of U.S. citizenship by individuals born in the United States. Such questions are too “private or delicate” and is  not something Japanese financial institutions could ask . . . their customers," .

 

A witness for Canadian banks testified that under Canadian AML/KYC rules, a Canadian social insurance number card is widely used to open an account. However, for FATCA purposes, the card is not an acceptable form of documentation because it does not have an address. The same is true, in effect in Australia, where passports  are usually acceptable forms of documentation for AML/KYC purposes, but typically do not have the holder's address either.

 

A common theme expressed was that the proposed regulation would also unfairly benefit U.S. companies over non-U.S. companies in the online banking industry because the do not contain an exception for proving documentation by third parties.  Individuals opening an online account have to rely on third parties to prove their identity.

 

Local Law Conflicts

 

A representative speaking on behalf of the Federation of Brazilian Banks, said Brazilian banks are under extensive reporting requirements for reporting deposit holder are already obligated under local law to report each bank account to the government, including the current and previous year's balance and income earned as of December 31 of each year. So far so good. However, separating out U.S. account holders would allegedly violate Brazilian law making it nearly impossible for Brazil banks to comply with FATCA. The suggestion was made that the US and Brazil enter into a TIEA (tax information exchange agreement) in addressing this problem. Other witnesses and written testimony echoed the same concern. The success of FATCA will ultimately depend on foreign governments complying with the FFI reporting requirements. Perhaps there will be a “model” agreement on FATCA cooperation as previously reported.

 

Stay tuned for further developments in this area. This issue will test the Obama’s adminstration’s ability to bring about meaningful tax transparency to reduce the level of tax evasion that has plagued the United States and other G-20 members as well as other countries through the use of off-shore banking and bank secrecy laws.

Facebook Co-Founder Eduardo Saverin Criticized for Renouncing U.S. Citizenship Presumably Generated by Tax Savings

 

On May 15, 2012, the press reported Facebook co-founder Eduardo Saverin, who is set to earn billions when the social networking giant goes public on the U.S. stock market,  has drawn criticism for renouncing his U.S. citizenship in a move that could save him millions in taxes. The Singapore resident still will end up paying fees, but experts say the benefits of expatriation for Saverin, and many others, may outweigh the costs. It is reported that Mr. Saverin’s position in Facebook has been estimated to be $4 billion. Assuming that the income would be capital gains, which may not be the case, i.e., the portion attributable to the exercise of compensatory (non-qualified) stock options, it was reported that the capital gains tax will be 15% or $600 million.

 

Expatriating Individuals, Including Long-Term Residents Relinquishing U.S. Residency

 

Congress significantly changed the tax rules associated with the exiting individual citizen or long term resident in the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008, P.L. 110-245 (6/17/08). Under revised §877,  now §877A,  U.S. citizens renouncing their citizenship as well as certain “long-term residents” desirous of returning their green card, or collectively referred to as “expatriates” are no longer subject to U.S. tax under an alternate U.S. income tax model for a ten year period commending after the date that the act of expatriation occurs. The Heroes legislation added two new sections, 877A, which imposes certain expatriates to an exit or toll charge tax and §2801, a transfer tax provision, whereby U.S. recipients of gifts and bequests from certain expatriates are subject to gift or estate tax. 

 

The Service, in Notice 2009-85, 2009-45 IRB 598, issued much guidance on the operation of both provisions. Taxpayers are permitted to rely on the positions taken in the Notice until final regulations are issued.

 

Individuals Subject to Section 877

Section 877A applies to “covered expatriates, i.e., U.S. citizens who renounce their citizenship as well as green card holders who relinquish their permanent residency visas or “green cards” after having been a permanent U.S. resident for at least 8 of the 15 years prior to the year in which expatriating occurred, including the year of expatriate. §877A(g)(5). As an aside, where a subject individual with a green card is present in the U.S. for one day in a calendar year, such still constitutes a “year” of U.S. residency. §7701(b)(1)(A)(i).

 

The toll charge or exit tax applies to "covered expatriates," with the term “expatriate” described in the preceding paragraph. To be a “covered” expatriate, per §877A(g)(1)(A), the expatriate must either: (i) have a net worth of at least $2M on the date of expatriation, i.e., the so-called “net worth test”; or (ii) an average annual net income tax for the five years prior to the year of expatriation greater than $145,000 (for 2009), which is adjusted for inflation, i.e., the so-called “income tax test”. Mr. Saverin would easily fall within the threshold.

 

There is yet a third category of a “covered expatriate”. This is an individual who fails the so-called “certification test”. This is where the expatriate (post 6/17/08 acts) fails to properly certify, under penalties of perjury, that he or she has been compliant with the U.S. tax laws for the 5 year period prior to expatriation. The certification test requires the filing of Form 8854. Failure to satisfy the certification test and file Form 8854 will result in the expat's being classified as a covered expatriate and subject to the exit tax, regardless of whether such individual meets the “net worth test” or the “income tax test”.

 

In addition, there are two exemptions from the expatriation rules. The first pertains to individuals who became dual citizens at birth and meet certain requirements: (i) the individual must have obtained both U.S. citizenship and citizenship of another country solely by reason of birth; (ii) at time of the expatriation the individual must remain both a citizen and income tax resident of the other country; and (iii) such individual must not have qualified as a U.S. resident under the substantial presence test for more than 10 years of the preceding 15-year period ending with the year of expatriation. §877A(g)(1)(B)(i). The second exemption from §§877A and 2801 applies to persons who expatriate before reaching 18 ½ years of age and who did not qualify as a U.S. resident under the substantial presence test for more than 10 tax years prior to the year of expatriation. §877A(g)(1)(B)(ii) .

 

The Toll Charge Tax on Exiters

 

Section 877A subjects a covered expatriate to a toll charge tax on the net unrealized gain on his or her worldwide In general, Section 877A subjects a covered expatriate to an exit tax on the net unrealized gain with respect to all worldwide property when that covered expatriate terminates U.S. citizenship or permanent U.S. residency. The property owned by the covered expatriate will be deemed sold on the day before the expatriation date, and if and to the extent that the gain on the deemed sale exceeds a $627,000 exclusion, the covered expatriate will be liable for tax. Other special rules apply with respect to grantor and non-granto trusts.

 

Exit Tax Base

 

While the statute generally subjects a covered expatriate to the exit tax on the FMV of all property, wherever located, on the day before the expatriation date, it does not define what property is considered to be included in the covered expatriate's tax base. Notice 2009-85 , however, explains in section 3.A. that for purposes of determining the tax base, a covered expatriate is deemed to "own any interest in property that would be taxable as part of his or her gross estate for Federal estate tax purposes under Chapter 11 of Subtitle B of the Code as if he or she had died on the day before the expatriation date as a citizen or resident of the United States." The credits provided by Sections 2010 through 2016 are excluded from the determination as to whether property constitutes part of the covered expatriate's gross estate. Once the tax base is determined, the Notice instructs that for valuation purposes the principles applicable to estate tax valuations (i.e., Section 2031 and the accompanying Regulations) are to be used for determining the FMV of the tax base on the day before the expatriation date.  

 

Allocation of Exclusion

 

While Section 877A(a)(3) provides each covered expatriate with an exclusion, it does not discuss how to allocate the exclusion among the covered expatriate's gain assets. Notice 2009-85 , however, clarifies in section 3.B. that the exclusion is to be prorated among all gain assets based on the amount of relative built-in gain on each such asset. It also confirms that the exclusion applies to all assets that are subject to the deemed sale rule, including U.S. real property interests (USRPI). What is perhaps the strangest result of this provision, at least from a policy standpoint, is that it can permanently exempt from U.S. federal income tax some gain on USRPIs that otherwise would be subject to tax in the hands of anyone other than a covered expatriate.

 

Section 877A provides that "proper adjustment" is to be made to any gain or loss subsequently realized, to account for any gain or loss realized on property marked-to-market under Section 877A ("determined without regard to" the exclusion provided under Section 877A(a)(3) ). 9 Notice 2009-85 confirms that the adjustment is to be made by way of an increase or decrease, as the case may be, to the taxpayer's basis in each asset. The Notice sets forth examples of downward as well as upward adjustments. Of course, from an income tax standpoint, assuming the expatriate never again resumes U.S. income tax residency, these adjustments are relevant only with respect to assets that remain subject to U.S. taxing jurisdiction, such as U.S. trade or business assets and USRPI.

 

Deferral and Adequate Security

 

A covered expatriate may defer payment of the exit tax in exchange for providing security to the IRS that satisfies Section 877A(b)(4) . As discussed further below, however, it remains to be seen how many taxpayers will actually find it possible to take advantage of this provision. Section 877A(b) provides that if "adequate security" is posted, a covered expatriate (who irrevocably waives any relevant treaty benefits 10 that otherwise might preclude assessment or collection of the tax) may elect to defer payment of the tax due under Section 877A , on an asset-by-asset basis, until the earlier of an actual sale of the asset in question or the expatriate's death. Where deferral is successfully elected, Notice 2009-85 provides that interest accrues on the deferred tax at the usual underpayment rate under Section 6621 , compounded daily pursuant to Section 6622 . The Notice says that although the election to defer tax must be "irrevocable," the covered expatriate may pay the tax and interest due at any time.

 

Notice 2009-85 provides that monitoring of the deferral program is assigned to "Advisory" in the Service's Plantation, Florida, office, and that the agreement is governed by the laws of the U.S. (although no particular state law is mentioned in the Notice). The request to enter into a deferral agreement itself, however, is filed in Bensalem, Pennsylvania, and this request is made by submitting two copies of the deferral agreement on the due date of the tax return for the year that includes the day before the expatriation date. The deferral request must show the calculation of the gain on assets for which deferral is proposed and documentation of the proposed collateral, a copy of the agreement to appoint an agent, and a copy of the covered expatriate's income tax return. The deferral request also must be attached to that income tax return and may be filed simultaneously therewith.

 

Coordination With Other Code Sections

 

Section 877A(h)(1)(A) causes the termination, on the day before the expatriation date, of any period for acquiring property that otherwise would result in a reduction in the amount of gain recognized by the covered expatriate with respect to the disposal of property. Notice 2009-85 , section 4, clarifies that this provision is intended to apply to like-kind exchanges and involuntary conversions.

 

Similarly, Section 877A(h)(1)(B) provides that any extension of time to pay tax terminates on the day preceding the expatriation date. The Notice explains that as a result of this rule, tax is due and payable on the earlier of (1) the date the tax would have been due in the absence of the application of Section 877A or (2) the due date of the covered expatriate's return for the tax year that includes the date preceding the expatriation date.

 

Section 877A also implicates a number of other specific Code sections, and Notice 2009-85 provides some guidance on coordinating these provisions.

 

Section 367. Section 367(a) applies to outbound stock (or other property) transfers to a foreign corporation. The Notice provides a timing rule with respect to gain recognition agreements under that section. Temp. Reg. 1.367(a)-8T(d)(6) states that if a U.S. transferor loses citizenship or permanent residency (i.e., a green card), the individual is treated as having disposed of the stock of the transferee corporation at that time. Notice 2009-85 clarifies that this deemed disposition is considered to occur before the application of Section 877A

 

Application of prior expatriation rules continues. Notice 2009-85 reiterates that an individual whose expatriation date occurred prior to 6/17/08 continues to be subject to the ten-year alternative tax regime set forth in Section 877 , as well as the accompanying reporting requirements under Section 6039G , as in effect on the individual's expatriation date.

 

Deferred Compensation; Presumably a Large Portion of Mr. Saverin’s Assets in Facebook Pre IPO

 

Under Section 877A(d) , deferred compensation items, including unexercised stock options for services rendered, are generally subject to the exit tax under Section 877A(a) , and thus an amount equal to the present value of the covered expatriate's account is treated as having been received on the day before expatriation and is taxed to the expatriate accordingly, unless the deferred compensation item at issue qualifies as an "eligible deferred compensation item."

 

For purposes of the mark-to-market rules, under Section 877A(d)(4) a "deferred compensation item" generally includes the following:

•           Any interest in a qualified plan or other arrangement described in Section 219(g)(5) .

•           Any interest in a foreign pension, retirement, or similar plan or arrangement.

•           Any "item of deferred compensation."

•           Any interest in property to be received in connection with the performance of services to the extent not previously taken into account in accordance with Section 83 .

 

Notice 2009-85 expands on several of the foregoing classes of items, in particular providing guidance on what items are includable by reference to Section 83 , and what specific items are considered to be within the class that the statute unhelpfully refers to only as "item[s] of deferred compensation."

 

With respect to Section 83 items, section 5.B(1)d of the Notice states that until further guidance is provided (presumably until Regulations are issued), Section 83 items are those items of property that have been transferred (as defined in Reg. 1.83-3(a) ) to the covered expatriate, or a right to property to which the covered expatriate has a legally binding right as of the date preceding the expatriation date, in connection with the performance of services. Notice 2009-85 clarifies that it is not relevant whether such items are substantially vested. Therefore, nonvested amounts are deemed to vest for purposes of this rule. Nevertheless, such items are includable only to the extent they have not been previously included by the covered expatriate.

 

Examples of includable items are:

•Statutory and nonstatutory stock options.

•Stock and other property.

•Stock-settled stock appreciation rights.

•Stock-settled restricted stock units.

Notice 2009-85 , section 5.B(4), similarly defines an "item of deferred compensation" to mean any amount of compensation if the terms of the compensation arrangement give the covered expatriate a legally binding right to the compensation as of the day before expatriation, the compensation has not been actually or constructively received by that date, and pursuant to the compensation arrangement the amount is payable to or on behalf of the expatriate. This catch-all provision, however, does not encompass items that are includable within one of the other classes of "deferred compensation items" under Section 877A(d)(4) (not to be confused with "items of deferred compensation" under Section 877A(d)(4)(C) ), namely, as either an interest in a qualified plan or other arrangement described in Section 219(g)(5) , an interest in a foreign pension, retirement, or similar plan or arrangement, or a Section 83 item.

 

Pursuant to Section 877A(d)(3) , a deferred compensation item is "eligible" only if the payor is either (1) a U.S. person or (2) a foreign person who elects to be treated as a U.S. person for this purpose, and provided that the covered expatriate notifies the payor of his or her status and makes an irrevocable waiver of any right to claim a reduction in withholding under an applicable U.S. tax treaty. In contrast to ineligible deferred compensation, eligible deferred compensation items are not subject to U.S. income tax until a covered expatriate receives a "taxable payment.

 

Now Back to Mr. Saverin.

Mr. Eduardo Saverin, and every other income earner who renounces their U.S. citizenship, as previously discussed, is subject to the tax imposed under Section 877A on his worldwide assets (net FMV) as of the day prior to the expatriation (date renunciation of US citizenship is effective). One well known legal professor suggested that Eduardo, who renounced his citizenship in Fall, 2011, will claim his Facebook stock was significantly less than the value of the stock on the open because he had such a large block of stock that he couldn’t have sold it privately. Presumably the Service will disagree.

 

Singapore seems to fit Eduardo’s criteria of where to live, i.e., in a country where you can make great sums of money without paying much tax. Singapore is a source country and is therefore not tax on foreign sourced income. The same is true for his native Brazil, which also does not impose worldwide tax.

 

Critics Slam Saverin’s Renunciation Departure.

 

The fall out from the Saverin exit-strategy to avoid hundreds of millions of dollars in US tax has prompted two senators, Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) and Bob Casey (D-Pa.), to introduce legislation referred to as the “Ex-PATRIOT Act”, which stands for "Expatriation Prevention by Abolishing Tax-Related Incentives for Offshore Tenancy". The proposal would force anyone who "expatriates for a substantial tax purpose -- as judged by the Internal Revenue Service" to pay a mandatory 30 percent tax on future capital gains. The ex-citizens would also be turned back at the border if they ever tried to come back."This is a great American success story gone horribly wrong," Schumer told reporters Thursday. "Eduardo Saverin wants to defriend the United States of America just to avoid paying taxes. We aren't going to let him get away with it."

Schumer called Saverin's behavior "outrageous," arguing that "Saverin has turned his back on the country that welcomed him and kept him safe, educated him and helped him become a billionaire."Schumer also predicted the GOP would go along with the measure.

 

"Why wouldn't they?" he said. Casey added, "I'd like to hear the reason why not."

 

The big advantage for Saverin is that, assuming the price of Facebook stock continues to rise, any future gains will not be subject to tax at all, because Singapore doesn't tax capital gains.Saverin's Facebook stock, thought to be about 4 percent of the total, is likely to be worth $3 billion to $4 billion. If the price doubles over time, not having to pay capital gains tax would save him $600 million at the current 15 percent U.S. rate, which could go up in the future. There would also be adverse estate tax impact were Saverin to die a U.S. citizen.

Tax Notes Reports on Comments Made by the Director of the IRS Whistleblower Office at a OffshoreAlert Conference Recently Held in Miami Beach

 

 

In the May 14th issue of Tax Notes, it was reported that Stephen Whitlock, director of the IRS Whistleblower Office, had made an appearance along with other IRS participants at the OffshoreAlert conference which was held at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Miami Beach.

 

Marchant, the editor of the newsletter OffshoreAlert, was hosting the concluding cocktail hour at his annual conference. Taken from its website, “[t]he OffshoreAlert Conference is an independent, non-promotional event covering every aspect of the fast-paced, ever-changing, complex world of Offshore Financial Centers and how they are routinely used by the world's biggest corporations and High Net Worth Individuals to minimize risk and maximize protection.”   But why was a head of IRS offshore enforcement at the conference? That was clearly on the mind of Senator Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa), who stated his objection to the presence of Whitlock and other IRS employees at the conference. Perhaps it was because lawyers who represent whistleblowers were also in attendance. After all, Grassley has been critical of the fact that the Whistleblower Office was not processing a sufficient number of cases. But Grassley further expressed his displeasure about Whitlock and other governmental officials appearance at the conference that he wrote a strongly worded letter informing Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner and IRS Commissioner Douglas Shulman about Miami trip, and he used the opportunity to express his impatience with the handling of his earlier complaints about the whistleblower program.

 

Portions of the letter are reproduced here:

 

Dear Secretary Geithner and Commissioner Shulman:

It has been seven months since I last wrote to Commissioner Shulman regarding the implementation of the whistleblower program at the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). While I was encouraged by the IRS's plodding but steady progress, I am now writing to convey my extreme disappointment in the management of the program. It was brought to my attention that the Director of the IRS Whistleblower program is currently participating in the Offshore Alert Conference (Conference) at the Ritz-Carlton in Miami Beach.

It is not clear to me how his attendance at the Conference furthers the administration of the IRS whistleblower program. The panel in which he is participating is titled "Enticing the Top Echelon: How the IRS, SEC and CFTC Attract High-Level Whistleblowers". Yet, the conference itself does not seem to attract whistleblowers. Under the "Who Attends" section of the conference's website, the following are listed: Global Financial Experts and Leading Offshore Firms and under "Who Should Attend" the following are listed: Offshore Providers, Offshore Clients, and Investigators"….

Separately, the Conference agenda lists at least two other IRS employees as "featured speakers", one a special advisor to the Offshore Compliance Initiative (OCI) and another who is a Special Trial Attorney to the OCI. The IRS's Offshore Voluntary Disclosure Initiative (OVDI) and its corresponding successes with combating offshore tax evasion are the result of whistleblowers coming forward following the improved IRS whistleblower incentives I authored in 2006. Assuming that these two individuals are involved with the OVDI program, I would expect that they could speak on behalf of the IRS Whistleblower Office.

However, I am skeptical that it is even appropriate for these two individuals to attend. There is certainly no reason for nineteen IRS employees to attend the conference as was reported to me just this morning. Again, the target audience for the conference is not whistleblowers, and, in a challenging fiscal time, this is not the best use of IRS resources. As a result, I ask that you provide the following information. (emphasis added).

 

Grassley proceeded to ask for detail of each person, by position and title who is an employee of the IRS or Chief Counsel who attended the conference and to further explain their justification for their attendance. He continued his sharp rebuke….

 

“Moreover, as I indicated in my September, 2011, letter, data from the IRS's own annual whistleblower report to Congress, as well as reports from the Government Accountability Office (GAO), make clear that the IRS does not have a problem attracting whistleblowers. The IRS's current problem is processing and compensating whistleblowers in a timely manner. Since last writing to Commissioner Shulman, I have received even more correspondence from whistleblowers whose claims are not progressing at the IRS. Such correspondence, along with recent cases filed in the Tax Court and corresponding press coverage, indicate that my worst fears are coming true. The lack of progress is demoralizing whistleblowers so that I am now concerned that whistleblowers will stop coming forward. In my September, 2011, letter, I asked for monthly updates about the number of claims sitting in the Whistleblower Office for review. The IRS has completely ignored this request and I now ask that you provide an update immediately.”

"The Whistleblower Executive Board was created in July 2008 and meets periodically to address matters pertinent to administration of the Whistleblower Program within the IRS. The Board has not yet reviewed an award claim recommendation or determination."

The IRS Internal Revenue Manual (IRM), section 25.2.2.8.2 states the following: "Prior to communicating the preliminary recommendation to the Whistleblower, the Director will share the preliminary recommendation with the Whistleblower Executive Board for concurrence." However, it is not clear how often this board meets. Provide a detailed list of all such meetings for the past three years and indicate when the next one will occur.

In my September, 2011, letter to Commissioner Shulman, I requested that the IRS implement the GAO's recommendations as well as a few others before the IRS submitted its next whistleblower report to Congress. The IRS response to the GAO indicated that IRS did not have the resources to implement those recommendations. As I stated in my letter, the money recovered from whistleblowers should more than cover the costs of implementing those recommendations.”

 

The balance of Grassley’s letter chronicled the lack of progress overall that the Whistleblower office had made to date, and among the particulars that whistleblowers were coming to his office to complain about delays in processing their claims. He demanded a progress report on final whistleblower regulations. (Section 406(b) and (c) of Title IV of Division A of the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 requires an annual report.)

 

Grassley is presently cosponsoring the Incorporation Transparency and Law Enforcement Assistance Act (S. 1483), which would require states to collect beneficial ownership information for corporations and limited liability companies. Non-transparent entities are used as well for Medicare fraud in addition to tax evasion. For whatever reason, S.1483 is opposed by the American Bar Association, the American Bankers Association, and the U.S. Chamber of Commerce. Publicly traded companies and broker-dealers would be exempt.  FinCEN also has issued a notice of proposed rulemaking using a risk-based approach to ownership verification and explicitly requiring continuous monitoring of the customer relationship. FinCEN's alternative definition of beneficial owner would look for the entity's largest equity owner and responsible manager. The agency also advocated identification of owners of the assets in an account in some circumstances. FinCEN wants to phase in the identification requirement for existing customers.

 

At the ABA tax section meeting in San Diego earlier this year, Whitlock remarked that the IRS had paid about $20M in whistleblower awards on tax collections of $461M in 2010. In 2011 the IRS paid $8M in whistleblower claims based on $48M of collections. At the OffshoreAlert conference, Whitlock announcedhe could not provide even aggregate figures for the numbers and amounts of larger-case awards made under his program, because that might identify a taxpayer and jeopardize the program itself. The False Claims Act, however, allows the Justice Department to publicize awards. Under the False Claims Act, whistleblowers may bring their own cases to court. see Doc 2011-19478 or 2011 TNT 178-51 .)

 

A whistleblower (IRS) case takes five to seven years to complete from the time of the whistleblower's initial complaint. The case must be analyzed and the taxpayer audited. The taxpayer has rights to appeal that must be exhausted. The IRS tries to get the statute of limitations extended, especially when the taxpayer's conduct is continuing. Each case must be analyzed on its own merits.

A whistleblower cannot receive an award until the IRS recovers the associated taxes (section 7623(b)(1) refers to the collected proceeds). Technically, a net operating loss can wipe out the taxpayer's liability and the whistleblower's reward along with it, Whitlock acknowledged. Grassley complained about the failure to address this problem, and the IRS is reexamining the pertinent part of the Internal Revenue Manual.

 

The IRS Whistleblower Office acknowledged receiving approximately 3,500 submissions per year, about 10% of which are for tax liabilities of $2 million or more.

 

The IRS does not involve whistleblowers in case analysis or audits. A whistleblower may be debriefed while the claim is being evaluated, before the audit has begun, Whitlock explained. After the audit has begun, it's hands off. The results of investigations or audits are not announced. Whistleblowers who are denied awards are not told why their claims were closed. The IRS has the power to contract for a whistleblower's services -- a power Kelton says has never been invoked. See IRC section 6103(n) and Proc. Reg. section 301.6103(n)-1(b)). It is up to the IRS field and audit functions to pursue the complaint and, importantly, to evaluate how the whistleblower's information aided their audit. Section 7623(b)(1) requires that the whistleblower's information make a "substantial contribution" to the IRS action.

 

The tax statute does not guarantee a whistleblower anonymity, unlike the statutes governing SEC and CFTC whistleblowers that were enacted as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. Whitlock said the IRS tries to protect the whistleblower's identity, but it has to be disclosed if the IRS relies on him as a witness. So the IRS tries to develop the case independently, especially in criminal cases, when the whistleblower's identity could be required to be disclosed.  See, e.g., Whistleblower 14106-10W v. Comm’r, 137 T.C. No. 15 (2011).

French Parliament Recently Enacts Legislation for Tax and Disclosure Obligations on Trusts: France's Version of FATCA

 

 

Legislation passed by the French Parliament in July 2011 imposes a new set of tax and disclosure obligations on trusts which have some connection to France. The legislation was passed by the Parliament on July 5 and published July 30. 

 

Changes in Frances Wealth and Gift and Inheritance Taxes: An Overview

The legislation made significant changes to the wealth tax and to gift and inheritance taxes, abolished the tax shield, and introduced an exit tax on unrealized capital gains. As of 2011 the tax threshold or exemption has been increased from €800,000 to €1.3 million and the current tax brackets will change in 2012. For estates of French domiciliaries valued at €1.3 million to €3 million, the tax rate will be 0.25 percent, and for estates valued above €3 million, the tax rate will be 0.50 percent. To reduce the threshold effect, tax relief is available for estates valued at €1.3 million to €1.4 million and for estates worth €3 million to €3.2 million. For example, the tax will be reduced by €1,500 for net assets valued at €1.3 million, and by €7,500 for net assets valued at €3 millions.

The elimination of the wealth tax for estates worth less than €1.3 million will apply in 2011. Starting in 2012, for estates worth €1.3 million to €3 million, the tax reporting will be made directly on the income tax return, and a detailed statement will be required only for estates worth at least €3 million. The wealth tax ceiling (which covers as much as 85%of the income received during the previous year) will be eliminated in 2012. Other reforms include relaxation of the wealth tax exemption for professional athletes and valuation of shares in a real estate company in which nonresidents own interests indirectly in French real estate and eased rules pertaining to the Dutreil agreement that allows a partial exemption from the wealth tax and the gift and inheritance tax for company shares where a collective undertaking holds such shares for at least 6 years. . Other changes were made to taxation of gifts and inheritances. For example, the new legislation all transfers made through a trust will be subject to inheritance tax and gift tax. If the transfer is in the form of a gift or inheritance, the tax rules on gifts and inheritances will apply. For transfers that cannot be classified as a gift or inheritance, the goods, rights, or revenues put into the trust will be taxed under the rules applicable to inheritance at the time of death of the settlor, regardless of whether the goods are immediately transferred to the beneficiaries (even if they are not included in the taxable inheritance of the settlor) or remain in the trust. In such situations, the tax rate is determined by the beneficiaries' relationship to the settlor, with rates ranging from 5 to 60%. If the beneficiaries of the trust are not individually identified, they are taxed at the marginal rate of the scale (that is, 45% for a direct kinship or 60% for an indirect kinship). A rate of 60 percent also will apply if the law applicable to the trustee is the law of an uncooperative state or if the trust was set up after May 11, 2011, by a settlor who is not a French tax resident.

Exit Tax on Unrealized Capital Gains

A new exit tax on unrealized capital gains will apply retroactively from March 3, 2011, to all French tax residents who move abroad. The tax will apply to: all underlying capital gains relating to shares that represent at least 1% of the capital of a company, or to a direct or indirect stake evaluated at more than €1.3 million, if the taxpayer was a French tax resident during at least six of the 10 years preceding the transfer of residence outside of France; all capital gain on shares for which taxation has been postponed; and all sums payable under an earn-out provision, if the taxpayer was a French tax resident during at least six of the 10 years preceding the transfer of residence outside France.

The rate of the exit tax will be the capital gains tax rate, plus social contributions, in force at the time of the transfer. However, an automatic tax deferral is granted to French tax residents who transfer their tax residence to another EU member state or to a European Economic Area member state that has entered into an administrative assistance agreement with France to fight fraud and tax evasion, and a mutual assistance agreement for the collection of taxes. For other states, a tax deferral can be granted upon a specific request by the taxpayer.

New Compliance and Reporting Rules on French Situs or French RelatedTrusts

Commencing January 1, 2012, trusts, which term presumably includes foundations and similar entities are subject to stringent reporting rules. For example, the new disclosure regime applies even if no French wealth tax (ISF) is payable on the assets. The regime introduces a standard annual 0.5 per cent withholding tax that substitutes and overrides wealth tax. The trustee is responsible for the filing and payment of this tax (which is not however due if the relevant assets have been declared as part of the settlor's or beneficiary's wealth that is subject to the ISF tax, and if the disclosure obligations have been complied with).

The trustee must also disclose the creation and amendment of the trust, its main terms, and the market value of the assets on  January 1 of each year, starting in 2012. Returns must be provided to the French tax authority by June 15 with corresponding tax payment requirements. An add-on penalty of 5% of the trust’s worldwide assets may be imposed where assets are not reported. There is a minimum penalty of 10,000 Euros for non-disclosure. The penalty would be imposed on the trustees, but the settlor and beneficiaries are also jointly and severally liable. The French authorities can seize the trusts's French assets to secure the fine. There is provision for criminal charges, including imprisonment, where the trustee is within the jurisdiction. Many believe the new law is unfair and is incompatible with France’s tax treaties and the EU rules on the free movement of capital.

The legislation is unusual in that it creates a regime for the definition and taxation of trusts even though France doesn't recognize the concept of a trust. (France signed the 1985 Hague Convention on the Recognition of Trusts but never ratified it.) A trust is defined in the French legislation as the legal rights created under the law of a country other than France by a "constituant" (settlor), either inter vivos or upon death, who transfers assets to an administrator (trustee) in the interests of one or more beneficiaries or for a defined objective. Observers say that wording is broad and likely covers fixed and discretionary trusts.

The legislation introduces a specific annual 0.5% withholding tax on trusts that is intended to act as an incentive on the settlor or beneficiaries to comply with any wealth tax declaration obligations. The withholding tax will apply when the settlor or one of the beneficiaries is a French tax resident or when the trust holds an asset or a right located in France. The tax applies to worldwide assets if the parties are tax resident in France, but only to French assets if the parties are not French tax residents. The trustee is responsible for the filing and payment of the withholding tax.

The withholding tax will not apply if the settlor or beneficiary declares the trust assets as part of his annual wealth tax return, or if new disclosure obligations have been fulfilled. Under the new disclosure regime, trustees will have to report annually on assets held in trusts if the settlor or one of the beneficiaries is a French tax resident or if any trust asset is situated in France. The trustee must disclose the setting up, modification, and, when applicable, the termination of a trust; the main terms of the trust; and the fair market value as of January 1 of the trust's assets that fall within the scope of the 0.5% withholding tax. If the settlor or a beneficiary of the trust is a French tax resident, the reporting requirement includes worldwide assets in trust, including assets that are exempt from the French wealth tax or are otherwise reported for wealth tax purposes; when there are no French resident settlors or beneficiaries, the reporting requirement applies only to French situs assets. The disclosure must be filed by June 15 each year.

Why the Strong Measures by the French Government?

It is fairly well understood that many French taxpayers had used trusts or offshore foundations or other entities to hide money in Swiss banks or other tax haven jurisdictions. The new legislation equates, if you will, the use of trusts as a tool for tax evasion. There are various comments and criticisms about the new legislation.

The new disclosure obligations also pose potential conflicts under local law if the trustee resides in a jurisdiction that forbids such disclosure. "In Singapore, for example, trustees cannot by application of Singapore law disclose any information regarding trusts to a foreign authority, unless they get the consent of a settlor or the beneficiary," "So clearly we have a conflict between French law, which wants to be extraterritorial, and the local law of the trustee. The new trust reporting rules could make trust companies somewhat resistant to dealing with French residents.

Relation To FATCA?

The new trustee and trust rules of France are similar to the FATCA rules that require foreign financial institutions to provide information to the IRS about U.S. citizens holding accounts in those institutions.  The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA), enacted in 2010 as part of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment (HIRE) Act, is an important development in U.S. efforts to combat tax evasion by U.S. persons holding investments in offshore accounts.

Under FATCA, certain U.S. taxpayers holding financial assets outside the United States must report those assets to the IRS. In addition, FATCA will require foreign financial institutions to report directly to the IRS certain information about financial accounts held by U.S. taxpayers, or by foreign entities in which U.S. taxpayers hold a substantial ownership interest.

FATCA requires certain U.S. taxpayers holding foreign financial assets with an aggregate value exceeding $50,000 to report certain information about those assets on a new form (Form 8938) that must be attached to the taxpayer’s annual tax return. Reporting applies for assets held in taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010. For most taxpayers this will be the 2011 tax return they file during the 2012 tax filing season. Failure to report foreign financial assets on Form 8938 will result in a penalty of $10,000 (and a penalty up to $50,000 for continued failure after IRS notification). Further, underpayments of tax attributable to non-disclosed foreign financial assets will be subject to an additional substantial understatement penalty of 40 percent.

Reporting by Foreign Financial Institutions Under FATCA

FATCA will also require foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) to report directly to the IRS certain information about financial accounts held by U.S. taxpayers, or by foreign entities in which U.S. taxpayers hold a substantial ownership interest. To properly comply with these new reporting requirements, an FFI will have to enter into a special agreement with the IRS by June 30, 2013. Under this agreement a “participating” FFI will be obligated to: (i) undertake certain identification and due diligence procedures with respect to its accountholders; (ii) report annually to the IRS on its accountholders who are U.S. persons or foreign entities with substantial U.S. ownership; and (iii)  withhold and pay over to the Service 30% of any payments of U.S. source income, as well as gross proceeds from the sale of securities that generate U.S. source income, made to (a) non-participating FFIs, (b) individual accountholders failing to provide sufficient information to determine whether or not they are a U.S. person, or (c) foreign entity accountholders failing to provide sufficient information about the identity of its substantial U.S. owners. See Notice 2011-53 for phase-in periods for FATCA implementation. See also proposed regulations issued on February 8, 2012.

 

 

 

United States Department of Justice Files Indictments Against Switzerland's Oldest Private Bank And Employees of Other Swiss Banks

 

 

The Department of Justice is moving forward with several new prosecutions of a Swiss bank and employees of other Swiss banks in separate indictments that were filed recently. In an information release issued on February 2, 2012, the DOJ issued an indictment against Wegelin & Co., the oldest private bank in Switzerland which was founded in 1741. At all times relevant to the (superseding) indictment, Wegelin provided private banking, asset management and other services to clients throughout the world, including U.S. taxpayers living in the Southern District of New York. Wegelin had no branches outside of Switzerland, but accessed the U.S. banking system through a correspondent bank account it held at UBS AG in Stamford, Conn.  This is the first time that a foreign bank operating outside of the United States has been criminally indicted by the United States for facilitating and concealing tax fraud committed by U.S. persons. The indictment alleges that Wegelin Bank conspired with certain U.S. citizens or residents to conceal $1.2 billion from the IRS through the use of secret accounts. The income generated from such secret accounts was also not reported to the IRS.

In response to the indictment and publication of the scandal, Wegelin was immediately sold to a competitor bank, the Raiffessen Group. At the same time that the indictment was filed, a civil forfeiture complaint was filed and asset seizure warrant issued against Wegelin’s correspondent bank account in the U.S. The government reportedly seized over $16 million from the account. Wegelin is charged in a superseding indictment with three client advisers of the bank,  

Michael Berlinka, Urs Frei and Roger Keller, who were previously charged with the same conspiracy. From 2002 through 2011, Wegelin, Berlinka, Frei and Keller allegedly conspired with various U.S. taxpayers and others to hide the existence of bank accounts held with Wegelin and the income generated from such accounts. During 2008 and 2008, Wegelin, Berlinka, Frei and Keller opened and serviced many persons with secret accounts in an effort to obtain clients lost by UBS in light of the UBS investigation since by mid-2008, UBS ceased servicing undeclared accounts for U.S. taxpayers. Thus, Wegelin’s senior management allegedly purposely and knowingly wanted to capture the illegal business that had been operated by UBS.  Both the criminal and civil forfeiture cases are pending with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

 

The following allegations are based on the Superseding Indictment and civil forfeiture Complaint unsealed today in Manhattan federal court: Wegelin, founded in 1741, is Switzerland’s oldest bank.   At all times relevant to the superseding indictment, Wegelin provided private banking, asset management and other services to clients around the world, including U.S. taxpayers living in the Southern District of New York.   Wegelin had no branches outside Switzerland, but it directly accessed the U.S. banking system through a correspondent bank account that it held at UBS AG in Stamford, Conn.   As of December 2010, Wegelin had approximately $25 billion in assets under management.   Berlinka, Frei and Keller began working as client advisers at the Swiss bank in 2008, 2006 and 2007 respectively. From 2002 through 2011, Wegelin, Berlinka, Frei and Keller conspired with various U.S. taxpayers and others to hide the existence of bank accounts held at Wegelin and the income generated in those secret accounts from the IRS.   Among other things, in 2008 and 2009, Wegelin, Berlinka, Frei and Keller opened and serviced dozens of undeclared accounts for U.S. taxpayers in an effort to capture clients lost by UBS in the wake of widespread news reports that the IRS was investigating UBS for helping U.S. taxpayers evade taxes and hide assets in Swiss bank accounts. By mid-2008, UBS had stopped servicing undeclared accounts for U.S. taxpayers.

Due to the scandal, members of Wegelin’s senior management affirmatively decided to capture the illegal business that UBS exited.   To capitalize on the business opportunity this presented and to increase the assets under management, along with the fees earned from managing those assets, Berlinka, Frei, Keller and others, acting on behalf of Wegelin, told various U.S. taxpayer-clients that their undeclared accounts would not be disclosed to U.S. authorities because the bank had a long tradition of secrecy.   They also persuaded U.S. taxpayer-clients to transfer assets from UBS to Wegelin by emphasizing, among other things, that unlike UBS, Wegelin did not have offices outside of Switzerland and was therefore less vulnerable to U.S. law enforcement pressure.   Members of the Swiss bank’s senior management approved efforts to capture the clients who were leaving UBS and also participated in some meetings with U.S. taxpayer-clients who were fleeing UBS.   In February 2009, UBS entered into a deferred prosecution agreement with the Justice Department on charges of conspiring to defraud the United States by impeding the IRS.   As part of the deferred prosecution agreement, UBS paid $780 million in fines, penalties, interest and restitution.

 

To further the goals of the conspiracy, Wegelin, acting through Berlinka, Frei, Keller and/or others, took steps that included: (i) opening and servicing undeclared accounts for U.S. taxpayer-clients in the names of sham corporations and foundations formed under the laws of Liechtenstein, Panama, Hong Kong and other jurisdictions for the purpose of concealing some clients’ identities from the IRS;(ii) accepting, as part of Wegelin’s client files, documents that falsely declared that the sham entities were the beneficial owners of certain accounts, when in fact the accounts were owned by U.S. taxpayers; (iii) allow certain U.S. taxpayer-clients to open and maintain undeclared accounts at Wegelin using code names and numbers to minimize references to the actual names of the U.S. taxpayers on Swiss bank documents;(iv) ensure that account statements and other mail for U.S. taxpayer-clients were not mailed to them in the United States; (v)communicate with some U.S. taxpayer-clients using their personal email accounts to reduce the risk of detection by law enforcement; and (vi) have checks drawn on, and executing wire transfers through, its U.S. correspondent bank account for the benefit of U.S. taxpayers with undeclared accounts at Wegelin and at least two other Swiss banks.   In doing so, the bank sometimes separated the transactions into batches of checks or multiple wire transfers in amounts that were less than $10,000 to reduce the risk that the IRS would detect the undeclared accounts.   U.S. taxpayers are required to report the existence of any foreign bank account on their federal income tax returns if it holds more than $10,000 at any time during a given year, as well as any income it earns.   By 2010, the collective maximum value of the assets in undeclared accounts beneficially owned by U.S. taxpayer-clients of Wegelin was more than $1.2 billion, with many accounts holding more than $10,000 in any one year.

The civil forfeiture complaint and the related seizure warrant arise out of Wegelin’s use of its correspondent bank account to help U.S. taxpayers with undeclared accounts repatriate money that they had hidden at the Swiss bank.   This was often done in a manner designed to evade detection by U.S. authorities.   For example, U.S. taxpayers routinely asked Wegelin to issue and send them checks, which were drawn off the bank’s correspondent bank account, that represented funds held in their secret accounts at the bank.   Further, Wegelin permitted at least two other Swiss banks to issue checks drawn on its correspondent bank account for the benefit of U.S. taxpayers holding undeclared accounts at these other Swiss banks.   The sheer volume of transactions in Wegelin’s correspondent bank account served to conceal the repatriation of money from U.S. taxpayers’ undeclared accounts at Wegelin and the other banks. “As alleged, Wegelin Bank aided and abetted U.S. taxpayers who were in flagrant violation of the tax code,” said Preet Bharara, U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of New York.   “And they were undeterred by the crystal clear warning they got when they learned that UBS was under investigation for the identical practices. The indictment makes clear that we will seek to punish not only those U.S. taxpayers who violate the law in an effort to avoid paying their fair share of taxes, but also the individuals and entities who facilitate their crimes.”    Joining in was IRS Commissioner Douglas Shulman who was quoted as saving that the indictment “[i]s another step in our ongoing effort to pursue hidden offshore assets – no matter where they are located.   We are continuing our work to crack down on offshore tax evasion. Through our efforts, we are gaining access to more and more information on institutions and individuals involved in offshore tax evasion, and you can expect us to pursue all avenues to stop this abuse.”

Facebook Founder, Mark Zuckerberg, Expected to Realize $6 Billion in Gross Income On Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Options in Facebook's Initial IPO

Under Section 83, the transfer of property in connection with the performance of services, results in compensation to the service provider in the year in which the property received is non-forfeitable or transferable, and, if neither, if a timely election is made under Section 83(b). Where the “property” transferred consists of options of the employer’s stock, the options are currently includible in gross income as long as they have a “readily ascertainable fair market value” at the time of grant. But see §83(e)(3). The regulations, under Treas. Reg. §1.83-7(b)(2), provide a definition of “readily ascertainable value” if the subject options are actively traded on an established market. In the event that the options are not actively traded on an established market, an option still has a readily ascertainable fair market value where: (i) the option is transferable and is immediately excercisable in full; (ii) the option’s value is not significantly affected by any restriction on the option or the stock to be acquired on exercise, other than a lien or other condition to secure payment of the purchase price; and (iii) the fair market value of the “option privilege” can be measured with reasonable accuracy. See Cramer v. Comm’r, 64 F.3d 1406(9th Cir. 1995); Pagel, Inc. v. Comm’r, 91 T.C. 200 (1988), aff’d, 905 F.2d 1190 (8th Cir. 1990). In many instances the grant of a “nonqualified stock option” will not have a readily ascertainable fair market value. In such case the income tax event remains “open” until the option is exercised, even if the option obtains a readily ascertainable fair market value post-issuance. Comm’r v. LoBue, 351 U.S. 243 (1956).  Thus, on exercise, the employee or service provider realizes compensation income to the extent that the value of the shares obtained through the exercise of the option on date of receipt exceeds the amount paid on the exercise. Of course, were the option holder to dispose of the options prior to exercise in a taxable transaction with an unrelated person, the income would be realized at such time. Treas. Reg. §1.83-7(a). Under Section 83(h), an employer is entitled to a deduction under Section 162 for amounts employees or service providers are required to include on grant or exercise of a stock option or other income triggering events. See Rev. Rul. 2003-98, 2003-34 IRB 379.

 

Now, on to Mr. Zuckerberg, who is expected to become a multi-billionaire shortly as a consequence of the IPO if one considers publicly traded shares to have greater value for achieving economic star status than mere ownership of a company of the same earnings capacity whose equity is not publicly traded. It is reported from the Form S-1 (registration statement) filed by the Company that Zuckerberg will exercise nonstatutory options to acquire 120 million shares of Facebook’s class B (voting) stock. It is presumed that the options, all of which have vested, were treated by the 2004 Harvard University graduate as “open” under Treas. Reg. §1.83-7 at time of grant. The options will expire in 2015.

 

What is presently uncertain will be the initial IPO price. Let’s assume a value of approximately $100 billion, yes, $100 billion. This results in a per share value for class B shares of approximately $50 per share. The exercise or strike price under the options is quite low, 6 cents per share. So, simple arithmetic would say that if Mr. Zuckerberg exercises options sufficient to realize $6 billion in value, in which he would have a strike price of $7.2 million, the federal income tax on the gain on exercise would exceed $2 billion. Undoubtedly, he would have to immediately dispose of some shares to pay this enormous tax liability although he is barred by certain securities laws from short-selling his shares. Perhaps a derivative “short position” or hedge or a prepaid variable forward contract, as some have suggested, would provide him with liquidity to pay taxes without running afoul of SEC rules.  He might be wise to exercise much of his options now since despite the immediate tax cost, he can benefit from upside appreciation at capital gains rates then were he to wait and exercise a substantial portion later. Anyway, he can afford to bring in the “best” advisors to sort that out for him no doubt.

 

The Company may expect to be able to report a deduction under Section 83(h) for the amount of income realized by Zuckerberg as well as other executives exercising their NQSOs upon the issuance of the IPO. The registration statement mentions that such deductions could generate a tax refund of up to $500 million. Still, withholding would be required, perhaps as early as the day after exercise, which may be achieved in the form of a so-called “cashless exercise” but perhaps that would generate a problem under Section 402(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act provisions as an improper extension of credit. A suggestion was made in the tax press that perhaps the market-maker (underwriter) could advance the withholding amount to the company before the market sale. More legal advisors necessary. As to the current deductibility of the compensation income,  Treas. Reg. §1.83-6(a)(4) provides that no deduction is permitted under Section 83(h) to the extent that the expenditures (for receiving the services rendered) have to be capitalized. See Treas. Reg. §1.263A-1. There are also potential issues under Section 162(m) which applies compensation paid to highly compensated executives of public companies.

 

Congress has entered into the Facebook IPO news so to speak. On February 7th, Senator Carl Levin (D-Mich), introduced the Cut Unjustified Tax Loopholes Act (S.2075) to limit the corporate deductibility of nonstatutory stock options to $1M and also expand the definition under Section 162(m) of “applicable employee remuneration” .

 

Another reform being kicked about is a proposed mark-to-market taxation system for publicly traded securities, including derivatives, held by the wealthiest and highest earning 1/10 of 1% of individuals. Under the proposal, all public companies, all private companies with $50 million or more of net assets, and all individuals and married couples with $1.6 million of adjusted gross income or $5 million of publicly traded property would be required to mark to market their publicly traded property, derivatives of publicly traded property, and some publicly traded debt and other liabilities.  Mark-to-market gains of corporations would be taxed at the regular corporate rates and mark-to-market losses of corporations would be deductible against ordinary income or capital gains.  For individuals, the tax rate on gains would be at long term capital gains rate and interest or other ordinary income at 35%.  Individuals who are securities dealers or receive allocations of gains for performing investment services, i.e., carried interests, would be taxed at ordinary rates. All other taxpayers would remain on the realization system. This proposal has been coined the “Zuckerberg tax”.  In this election year partisan bickering, perhaps these proposals are just "political amunition" and have little chance of being enacted into law.

Tax Notes International Highlights Year in Review for Foreign Countries: What Happened in Canada in 2011?

 

 

Thanks to Steve Suarez and Stephanie Wong with Borden Ladner Gervais LLP in Toronto who assembled the commentary which was published in Tax Notes International. I will only list in bullet form those developments in Canada that they highlighted. This Blog has previously featured tax developments in Canada from time to time.

 

Legislative Developments

 

l Effective January 1, 2011,  proposed amendments were made to the REIT rules to permit exemption from corporate income tax for qualifying flow through entities.

 

l Prposed amendments to eliminate the tax advantages of stapled securities (debt and equity securities "stapled" together), which will affect arrangements previously implemented by some corporations and REITs to avoid the specified investment flow-through tax.

 

l On March 16 the government announced draft legislative proposals in response to three Federal Court of Appeal decisions, including Collins v. The Queen (regarding reducible expenses) and Lehigh Cement Limited v. The Queen (regarding nonresident interest withholding tax).

 

l Proposed new business tax provisions as part of 2011 federal budget; including elimination of a corporation’s ability to defer taxation through a partnership with different fiscal year ends from that of the corporation (See IRC §§444 and 7519); reduction in tax incentives for Canadian oil shale expenditures; and the amendment or extension of various rules regarding flow-through shares.

 

l Outbound proposals for foreign affiliates of Canadian taxpayers. Includes provision for new upstream loan rules and “hybrid surplus” regime.

 

l Technical corrections provisions released, including proposals to expand the application of the shareholder benefit and debt rules to address partnerships and issues arising from foreign spinoffs, and to amend rules regarding the recognition of capital losses by Canadian beneficiaries of nonresident trusts and the treatment of nonresidents with Canadian service providers.

 

l Reportable transactions. Under the mandatory reporting regime for aggressive tax avoidance transactions, which was proposed in August 27, 2010, draft legislation, a reportable transaction entered into after 2010 (or that is part of a series of transactions that began before 2011 but is completed after 2010) must be reported by June 30 of the year after it first became a reportable transaction.

 

l Nine TIEA Agreements Executed. Canada's first nine tax information exchange agreements were entered into force (with the Netherlands Antilles, the Cayman Islands, Bahamas, Bermuda, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Anguilla, San Marino, and the Turks and Caicos Islands). Canada also signed a protocol updating its 1980 income tax convention with Barbados to make it more consistent with current Canadian and international tax treaty policies.

 

Court Decisions

lTransfer Pricing. The Federal Court of Appeal upheld the Tax Court of Canada's decision in The Queen v. General Electric Capital Canada Inc. Guarantee fees the taxpayer paid to its indirect U.S. parent satisfied the arm's-length standard in Canada's transfer pricing rules. The Crown did not appeal.

 

In Alberta Printed Circuits Ltd. v. The Queen, the Tax Court substantially upheld the fees paid by the taxpayer to a non-arm's-length Barbadian corporation as representing arm's-length prices

lGeneral Antiavoidance Rule or “GAAR”.

 

The SCC heard the appeal of Copthorne Holdings Ltd. v. The Queen in January 2011 pertaiing to the proper computation of a corporation's paid-up capital following a horizontal reorganization. The SCC's decision remains pending.

 

The SCC granted the taxpayer in Garron Family Trust (Trustee of) v. The Queen leave to appeal the lower courts' decision, which applied a central management and control test to determine that a Barbadian trust was resident in Canada for tax purposes.

 

The Tax Court considered three artificial loss cases in which a series of transactions were implemented to generate a capital loss to offset a previously realized capital gain.

 

The general antiavoidance rule was applied in Triad Gestco Ltd. v. The Queen and 1207192 Ontario Limited v. The Queen for different reasons, while the GAAR was not applied in Global Equity Fund Ltd. v. The Queen. All three cases are being appealed.

 

 

Other Court Decisions

 

In Imperial Tobacco Canada Ltd. v. The Queen, the Federal Court of Appeal upheld the Tax Court's decision denying the taxpayer a deduction for employee stock option surrender payments made during its takeover, as the payments were capital outlays.

 

The Tax Court rejected the government's first challenge of so-called foreign tax credit generator arrangements in 4145356 Canada Limited v. The Queen.

 

In Sommerer v. The Queen (under appeal), the Tax Court found that a trust relationship existed and held that gains realized by a nonresident trust were exempt from Canadian taxation under the treaty and could not be attributed to the person who sold the property to the trust.

Office of Chief Counsel Reports that Uncertain Tax Position Filings Were Lower Than Expected

 

In 2010, the Service issued Announcments 2010-9, 2010-7 I.R.B. 408, 2010-17, 2010-13 I.R.B. 515 and 2010-30, I.R.B. 2010-19 stating that it was in the process of developing a schedule requiring certain business taxpayers to report uncertain tax positions in a separate schedule with their tax returns and requested comments both on the proposal and on a draft schedule and instructions. 

After the April 19, 2010 release of the first announcement and request for comments. The Service received a large number of comments on the overall proposal, including whether and how the Service should implement the requirement to file a schedule reporting uncertain tax positions, as well as the draft schedule and instructions.Many of the comments expressed concerns regarding how the Service would use the reported information, the interaction of the new reporting requirement with the existing policy of restraint, the additional burden the reporting requirement would place on affected corporations, and the impact the reporting requirement would have on the relationship between the corporation and the Service or the corporation and its advisors or independent auditors. Some commentators questioned the Service's authority to require reporting of uncertain tax positions with the corporation's tax return

The final schedule and instructions issued in Announcement 2010-75, issued on Septerm 24, 2010, removed several controversial proposals contained in the initially drawn UTP Schedule such as the elimination of the proposed maximum tax adjustment computation (which in many cases could exceed the taxpayer's financial statement reserves for uncertain taxes), elimination of requiring the reason and nature of the uncertainty to be set forth in a concise description of each uncertain position, the removal of reporting in reliance upon  administrative tax positions, and a five-year phase-in of the reporting requirement based on a corporation's asset size with the initial filings to be made for companies with over $100 million in assets starting with 2010 tax years. The requirement for filing applies to public or privately held corporation which issued audited financial statements and file Form 1120, 1120-F, 1120-L or 1120-PC. The total asset threshold is reduced to $50 million commencing in 2012 tax years and then to $10 million in asset value starting with 2014 tax years. The Service is considering extending the Schedule UTP reporting to other taxpayers including pass-through entities and tax exempt entities.

As reported in the December 6, 2011 issue of Tax Notes Today, the Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration) issued a somewhat surprising comment that only $1,500 corporate returns had an attached Schedule UTP with their return. The average number or items listed by the coordinated industry case (CIC) taxpayers was only 3.2 positions. Non CIC companies filing the Schedule UTP average only 1.8 items on the schedule. A representative of the Chief Counsel’s Office may have felt a sense of both frustration and skepticism when quoted with saying “People have very few uncertain tax positions these days”. The areas most frequently noted on the UTP schedules filed involved research tax credits, ordinary and necessary business deductions and quite expectedly, transfer pricing issues under Section 482.

The Chief Counsel and Commissioner can’t be pleased with this limited and unexpected luke-warm response. Perhaps the Service will be less willing to back off proposed accuracy related penalties in issuing notices of deficiency or conceding such issues prior to trial when the item(s) being challenged by the Service were not reflected on the Schedule UTP. From another perspective, perhaps the taxpayers first subject to filing the schedule did not want to provide the Service with a detailed set of road maps as to every potential issue that could be challenged by the Service upon audit. This will make for some interesting Q&As at audit as to why items were left off the UTP Schedule.

It is certain (not “uncertain”) that the 2010 filing results and those received by the Service for 2011 returns will result in the Commissioner’s possible reassessment of the Schedule UTP itself or whether further reforms are needed.

Service Issues Memorandum on Application of Dual Consolidated Loss Rule Applied to a Foreign Entity that is Disregarded for U.S. Income Tax Purposes

 

In AM-2011-002, the IRS evaluated the separate return limitation on loss provision or “SRLY” with respect to the dual consolidated loss of a foreign disregarded entity under the check the box regulations.  As discussed below, the dual consolidated loss rule contained in §1503(d) and corresponding regulations, is designed to prevent a single economic loss from reducing the taxable income base of more than one taxing system, which frequently arises in instances in which one base is used in computing taxable income for U.S. income tax purposes and the other base is used in computing taxable income on a foreign tax return not subject to tax in the United States. The comments set forth herein are limited in scope and analysis and do not cover all of the material rules and issues in this area.

 

The facts involved in AM-2011-022 involve a common domestic parent, A, of a consolidated group of corporations. A owns 100% of B, a corporate domestic subsidiary included in the AB consolidated group. B owns 100% of C,  an entity organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, Country X . C is subject to Country X’s income tax on its worldwide income but is disregarded as an entity separate from B for U.S. federal income tax purposes, i.e., a hybrid entity. C carries on a business in Country X that, if carried on by a U.S. person would be a foreign branch within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.367(a)-6T(g)(1) . B’s interest in C consists of a hybrid entity separate unit, and B’s indirect interest in the business operations of C is a foreign branch separate unit.  These two individual separate units are combined and treated as a single separate unit.

 

In Year 1, B generates $120x of net income that is attributable to the C Separate Unit; in Year 2, B incurs a net loss of $100x that is attributable to the C Separate Unit. B has no other items of income or loss for Years 1 and 2. The taxable income attributable to the AB group (without taking into account the C Separate Unit) is $300x and $150x respectively. The $100x net loss attributable to the C Separate Unit is a dual consolidated loss. As an alternative, the administrative guidance release analyzes the results if in Year 1 C generates only $60x of net income that is attributable to the C Separate Unit.

 

In general, the regulations prohibit the domestic use of a dual consolidated loss, with certain exceptions (including a domestic use election). The domestic use of a dual consolidated loss is deemed to occur when the dual consolidated loss is made available to offset, directly or indirectly, the income of a domestic affiliate in the year in which the dual consolidated loss is recognized or in any other tax year. In addition, a domestic use occurs when the dual consolidated loss  is included in the computation of the taxable income of a consolidated group.

 

When a domestic use limitation applies, the dual consolidated loss is treated as subject to the SRLY limitation set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.1502-21(c), and as modified by Treas. Reg. §1.1503-4. In the event the consolidated group makes a domestic use election under Treas Reg. §1.1503(d)-6(d), the domestic use limitation rules are inapplicable or yield to the rules under the special election procedure.  

 

In general, a corporation’s net operating loss that is subject to the SRLY limitation cannot use such loss to reduce consolidated taxable income, i.e., the loss arises in a separate return limitation year. Accordingly, a net operating loss subject to SRLY can only be used as a carryback or carryforward to the corporation which generated the loss. Unlike the general SRLY limitation, a dual consolidated loss may occur or arise in any taxable year, including a year in which the member is included in a consolidated group are recited in the administrative memorandum. The memorandum issued by the Service addresses when a dual consolidated loss (subject to SRLY),  may be used to offset consolidated taxable income in the year the dual consolidated loss is realized despite the fact that under SRLY principles such loss could not be utilized.

 

The administrative memorandum looks to the current SRLY regulations and the concept known as the “cumulative register.” Under this rule, the consolidated group may use a separate return limitation year net operating loss to reduce consolidated taxable income to the extent the SRLY member has contributed to the cumulative consolidated taxable income during the consolidated return years, as computed under the cumulative register. Because the dual consolidated return regulations fully incorporate the SRLY limitation, the memorandum concludes that the cumulative register concept applies to a dual consolidated loss that is subject to the domestic use limitation. Thus, under the facts of the memorandum, because the C  Separate Unit has a positive cumulative register of $120x, the AB group can use the C Separate Unit loss  of $100 in determining the group's consolidated taxable income in Year 2. The administrative memorandum further provides it is not necessary for the AB group to make a domestic use election to use the C dual consolidated loss.

 

Under the alternative facts, the AB group may use the C dual consolidated loss in Year 2 only to the extent of C Separate Unit’s cumulative register amount of $60x. Where the dual consolidated loss is greater than C Separate Unit's cumulative register, the excess remains subject to the domestic use (SRLY) limitation rule. The memorandum notes that the AB group may not file a domestic use election for a portion of a dual consolidated loss; rather, a domestic use election may be filed for only the entire C Separate Unit dual consolidated loss. The AB group may use the C Separate Unit's cumulative register or file a domestic use election for the entire C dual consolidated loss amount but not both.

 

Limitation on Use of Dual Consolidated Loss

The United States generally allows a domestic corporation, which is taxable on gross income from sources both within and without the United States, is similarly allowed, in computing taxable income,  to deduct items, including losses,  regardless of where the corporation incurs those losses. Thus, subject to applicable limitations, a domestic corporation may offset its domestic source income by foreign-source losses. Under the consolidated return regulations, a domestic (eligible) corporation is permitted to file a consolidated tax return with other “affiliated domestic corporations”. §1504. Again, subject to certain limitations, the losses of one member(s) of a consolidated group may be used to offset the gross income of another member(s) in determining consolidated taxable income.

It is also possible for a corporation to be treated as a “domestic” corporation for U.S. income tax purposes while it is also treated as a “resident” of a foreign country for purposes of applying the domestic tax laws of such foreign jurisdiction. For example, the United States views as “domestic” any corporation which is formed or organized by a state situated in the U.S. On the other hand, some foreign countries also regard as “resident” a the place where management and control over the corporation is exercised. See Temp. Reg. § 1.1503-2T(b)(3)(“dual resident corporation”). Thus it is possible for a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes to also be a resident of another country based on a differing definition of “resident”, such as in the United Kingdom or Australia. This is known as the concept of a “dual resident corporation”.  The application of a relevant tax treaty may avoid the issue or problem of double taxation by resolving a dual residency conflict.  

Where a dual consolidated corporation is operating on a deficit basis, it is possible that the same economic losses could be duplicated by being claimed in each jurisdiction of residence and despite the fact that double taxation of income may be avoided. Congress was concerned with the dual resident corporation phenomena and, as part of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, enacted §1503(d). A dual consolidated loss, which includes the net operating loss of a dual resident corporation or the net loss attributable to a separate unit, may not be used to reduce the taxable income of a domestic corporation, including the affiliated member of a consolidated group,  unless the loss does not reduce or offset the income of a foreign corporation. See Treas. Reg. §1.1503(d)-1 through Treas. Reg. § 1.1503(d)-7.  Final regulations under §1503(d) were promulgated in 1992 and again revised and issued in final form in 2007. What is important to recognize is that boundary of the dual consolidated loss regulations goes well beyond the consolidated return regulations. Indeed, the dual consolidated loss rules may apply to a U.S. corporation that simply owns an interest in a foreign partnership that incurs losses. The regulations also provide for an election to allow the current deduction of losses subject to certain limitations and a recapture provision. The revised regulations address the application of the dual consolidated loss regime with respect to the check-the-box entity classification regulations. The Service has a “no-ruling” position on §1503(d). See Rev. Proc. 2009-7, § 4.01(26), 2009-1 CB 226, 228; Rev. Proc. 2010-7, § 4.01(26), 2010-1 CB 231, 233; Rev. Proc. 2011-7, § 4.01(26), 2011-1 IRB 233, 235.

Illustration. X is a corporation formed in Pennsylvania and owns all of the stock of Y, a foreign corporation organized under the laws of Country A. X also has a wholly owned US subsidiary, Z. Y and Z are engaged in business operations in Country A and A is also the jurisdiction where management is sitused for both Y (foreign sub) and Z (domestic organized sub). Under the laws of Country A, Z is a dual resident corporation and its worldwide income is subject to tax in the U.S. and Country A. Both FS and DS conduct most of their business in Country X. Country X is also the place of effective management for both FS and DS. Under the laws of Country X, DS is a domestic resident and is taxable by Country X on its worldwide income. Thus, DS is a dual resident corporation, whose worldwide income is subject to tax in both the United States and Country X. In 2011, X has taxable income of $100M, Y has taxable income of $100M and Z has losses from operations of $100M. Country A’s tax law permits Z (domestic sub) loss of $100M to reduce Y (foreign sub) income of $100M to eliminate any tax owed to Country A. Under §§1503(d) and 1503(d)(2), domestic sub Z’s $100M net operating loss constitutes a “dual consolidated loss” and therefore such loss can not be used to reduce X’s income of $100M for U.S. income tax purposes. Y(foreign sub) can not join in the filing of a consolidated return with X since it is a foreign corporation. The consolidated taxable income of X and Y for the taxable year is $100.

For U.S. income tax purposes, Z (domestic sub)  has a $100M dual consolidated loss carryover which loss may be used to offset DS's future income which it realizes. This loss may not, however, offset the income of X or any other member of the affiliated group (except Z) in any future year. future year.

The disallowance rule  contained in §1503(d) applies only to a dual consolidated loss incurred by a “domestic corporation”. See §§7701(a)(3), 7701(a)(4). The term also includes “any corporation treated as a domestic corporation by the Internal Revenue Code.” See, e.g., §269B which may result in treating a foreign corporation as a domestic corporation if the foreign corporation and any domestic corporation are “stapled entities.”    It may also include a Canadian or Mexican corporation treated as domestic per §1504(d).  It is further important to recognize that under the regulations, a  “separate unit” or “branch” of a domestic corporation may be treated as a separate domestic corporation (and as a dual resident corporation) for purposes of §1503(d). See Treas. Reg. §1.367(a)-6T(g)(1). The regulations define “separate unit” as including an interest in a partnership, a trust, a foreign branch or an interest in an entity that is not taxable for U.S. corporation for U.S. purposes, but is subject to tax in a foreign country as a corporation either on its worldwide income or on a residence basis. This last category of a “separate unit” applies to a “hybrid entity separate unit” owned directly or indirectly by a domestic corporation.  A domestic reverse hybrid is not treated as a dual resident corporation.

Exceptions to Dual Consolidated Loss Rule.

If a foreign business operation is not a “permanent establishment” for treaty purposes or is not taxed on a net basis, it is not a separate unit provided the business is not carried on directly or indirectly by a hybrid or transparent entity. Treas. Regs. §§ 1.1503(d)-1(b)(4)(iii), 1.1503(d)-7(c). Other special rules are provided in the regulations.

Under section 1503(d)(2) and accompanying reulgations, section 1503(d) will not apply to a net operating loss, which, under the foreign income tax law, does not offset the income of any foreign corporation. In other words a “dual consolidated loss” does not include a net operating loss realized in a foreign country where such country’s income tax laws: (i) do not permit the dual resident corporation to use its losses to offset any other person's income that is recognized in the same taxable year; and (ii) do not permit the losses of the dual resident corporation to be carried over or back to offset the income of any other person in any other taxable years.

SRLY Treatment.  Generally, i.e., except as provided in Treas. Reg. §1.1503(d)-6, the domestic use of dual consolidated loss is not allowed except to offset, directly or indirectly, the income of a domestic affiliate (other than the dual resident corporation or separate unit which realized the loss) in the taxable year of the dual consolidated loss or any other year or when the dual consolidate loss is included in the computation of consolidated taxable income or the income of an unaffiliated owner. Where in a particular year in which a separate unit or dual resident corporation realizes a dual consolidated loss, such loss consists of a pro rata portion of each item of deduction and loss which is taken into account in computing the dual consolidated loss.

The dual consolidated loss is treated as incurred in a separate return limitation year (“SRLY”) by the dual resident corporation or separate unit. See Treas. Reg. §1.1502-21(c). It generally is eliminated in a §381 transaction except for Type F reorganizations involving a domestic corporation as the surviving entity. The SRLY limitation on remains in effect even after the loss corporation ceases to be a DRC. Other special rules apply.

Overall, this is a complex provision and requires much thought and evaluation in advising corporate clients engaged in domestic and international business operations.

  

Increased Foreign Investment In United States Requires Review of the FIRPTA Provisions

 

Under 26 USC §897, which was adopted into law as part of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (“FIRPTA”) in 1980, gain realized by a foreign person with respect to the disposition of  an interest in US real property (“USRPI”) is characterized as income effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business and subjects the foreign person to U.S. income tax on the net income derived from such gain at normal U.S. income tax rates. In general, under §1445 a purchaser of a USRPI from a foreign person is required to withhold a tax equal to 10% of the amount realized (generally gross purchase price). §1445(c); Treas. Reg. §1.1445-1(a). See also §6039C.     

The person in control of the payment, usually the buyer, or the closing agent, is required to deduct and withhold such portion of the payment and pay it over to the IRS. The required withholding must be remitted to the IRS within 20 days. The foreign transferor must report the gain, e.g., for a non-resident by filing a U.S. income tax return on Form 1040NR, on which withheld amounts are credited against the liability. The law also permits individuals to reduce or eliminate the required withholding by obtaining prior to closing an exemption certificate from the IRS or submit a U.S. resident certificate (under penalty of perjury) containing the seller’s identification number and that the transferor is not a foreign person to the buyer or closing agent. If the transferee or other person required to withhold the §1445 tax fails to withhold or pay over the amount withheld, that person is liable for the tax required to be withheld, plus interest and potential penalties (to the extent that the transferor's tax liability on the transfer is not otherwise paid). §1461; Treas. Reg. §1.1445-1(e)(1).

A USRPI is an interest in real property located in the U.S. or the U.S. Virgin Islands and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a domestic corporation that is a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC). §897(c)(1)(A). For this purpose “real property” includes land and unservered natural products of land such as minerals, oil and gas deposits, unharvested crops and uncut timber, buildings and permanent structures. Also included within the term “real property” is personal property associated with the use of such real property such as equipment used in farming, construction, forestry or mining, property used in lodging places or rented office space.

Under §897(c)(2), a USRPI also includes any  the stock of any corporation if the FMV of its USRPIs equals or is greater than 50% of the FMV of its USRPIs, its interests in real property situated outside of the US and including any other of its assets used in a trade or business. 

A USRPHC, i.e., US real property holding corporation, does not include any class of stock of a corporation which is regularly traded on an established securities market unless a foreign person who during the preceding 5 year period held more than 5% of such class of stock. Stocks in U.S. corporation are presumed to be USRPI unless it can be established otherwise. Taxpayers seeking to rebut this presumption must affirmatively certify that the stock is not USRPI no later than the date of the disposition.

Under §897(c)(4) in determining whether a USRPHC exists, a foreign corporation holding USRPIs is treated as a a domestic corporation (§897(c)(4)(A)) and under regulations assets held by a partnership, trust or estate are treated as held proportionately by its partners or beneficiaries. See §897(c)(4)(B). Under §897(c)(5)(A), under regulations, if any corporation holds 50% or more of the FMV of all classes of stock of a second corporation, then for purposes of determining whether the corporation is a USRPHC, the first corporation is treated as owning a portion of each asset of the controlled corporation equal to the percentage of the second corporation represented by the stock held by the first corporation.

Under §897(d)(1) a foreign corporation may be required to recognize gain on the distribution of a USRPI subject to an exception provided under §897(d)(2). Furthermore, §897(j) requires that a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation recognize gain on the contribution of a USRPI to a foreign corporation. The treatment of transfers of USRPIs and stock of a USRPHC in what otherwise would be treated as a nonrecognition transaction is set forth in §897(e). Section 897(e)(1) for starters explains that it overrides all the nonrecognition provisions set forth in the Code, at least in the absence of a specific exception. Therefore §897(e)(1) applies to an exchange of a USRPI for an interest the sale of which would be subject to tax. Under §897(d)(2) a foreign corporation may avoid gain recognition with respect to the distribution of a USRPI in certain instances such as under §337. Where §§897(e) and 897(d) are in conflict or overlap, §897(e)(1) requires that §897(d) control. In general, §897 will override any contrary treaty provision. But see Temp. Regs. §§1.897-5T(d)(2), 1.897-6T(a)(9).

As an illustration of the potential reach of §897 is with respect to transactions that would otherwise be entitled to nonrecognition treatment. See §§897(d), 897(e). Suppose FC, a foreign corporation sells shares of stock in a U.S. corporation which is not a USRPC. Nevertheless, the purchaser of the share would be required to withhold and remit to the IRS 10% of the gross sales price within 20 day of the closing. Then FC would be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year of sale, report the gain, and pay the tax due, if any, with a credit for the amount withheld or apply for a refund. See §881(a). Alternatively, withholding could be avoided if prior to the date of sale the US corporation provided a certificate of non-USRPHC (based on the lack of USRPIs) to the seller and a copy is provided to the purchaser. Then after the closing, the U.S. corporation is required to provide the IRS with a notice of non-USRPI status and a copy of the statement of non-USRPI status within 30 days of providing the statement of non-USRPI status to the seller. 

To avoid the withholding, the seller could request a statement of non-USRPI status from U.S. Corp. no later than the date of the sale. Before that date, U.S. Corp. must provide the statement of non-U.S.RPI status to the seller and a copy must be provided to the buyer. Subsequently, U.S. Corp. must provide the IRS with a notice of non-USRPI status (i.e. a cover letter explaining non-USRPI status) and a copy of the statement of non-USRPI status within 30 days of providing the statement of non-USRPI to the seller.

Another illustration is also involves a U.S. corporation (USCorp1) which has no USRPIs. USCorp1 is owned 100% by FC which transfers its stock in USCorp1 to another wholly owned U.S. subsidiary USCorp2 as part of a non-taxable §351 transaction. In this case §351 will be overridden by the FIRPTA and USCorp2 would be required to withhold and remit to the IRS 10% of the FMV of USCorp1 on a timely basis unless the necessary exemption certificates were obtained and provided to USCorp2 prior to the transfer. See Treas. Reg. §1.897-6T(a)(3).

The regulations provide for an exception. In this regard, Treas. Reg. §1.897-6T(a)(1) provides that any nonrecognition provision , i.e., §351, shall apply to a transfer by a foreign person of a USRPI on which gain is realized only to the extent that the transferred property would be subject to U.S. taxation upon its disposition and the transferor complies with certain filing requirements. Treas. Reg. §1.897-5T. This exception is referred to as the “USRPI for USRPI” rule. The rationale for the exception is that the transferor would be subject to US income tax on the interest it receives back in the exchange, i.e., the US corporation is a USRPHC. See Treas. Regs. §§1.1445-2(d)(2)(iii); Temp. Reg. §1.897-5T(d)(1)(iii).

This is a short summary of the FIRPTA provisions which are quite detailed and complex. In certain instances, transactions which may look as falling outside of FIRPTA are clearly subject to its application. The up-swing in foreign investment in USRPI should spark renewed interest by the IRS in auditing taxpayers subject to these rules.

New Technical Interpretation Issued By Canada Revenue Agency on Stock Options Will Spark Debate

 

A recent technical interpretation issued by the Canada Revenue Agency, Technical Interpretation 2011-0393411E5, provides that under Article XV of the Canada-U.S. Income Tax Convention, that after 2008, when a U.S. resident employee of a Canadian resident corporation acquires shares of the corporation on the exercise of employee stock options, the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) would disallow that the income from the taxable amount would qualify for exemption from Canadian income tax under the Canada-U.S. Tax Treaty, even if the employer was not present in Canada for more than 183 days. The rationale of the CRA is that the income realized from the exercise of the Canadian stock option was "paid" to the employee by the Canadian resident corporation in applying Article XV(2)(b) of the Treaty.


Under the Canadian tax law, in general, the fair market value of the share of stock acquired by exercise of a compensatory stock option in excess of the amount paid to acquire the option is treated as income from employment. This is essentially the same result that is produced under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code and in particular, in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.83-7 (non-qualified stock options not having a readily ascertainable fair market value on grant). ITA, ¶7(1). The basis of the acquired shares, referred to as the "adjusted cost base", is equal to the amount paid for the option, plus the strike price and the excess of the value of the shares acquired over the employees’s cost basis to acquire the stock. ITA, ¶53(1)(j). With respect to a nonresident employee, the spread between the value of the stock acquired by exercise of a compensatory option must be related to services rendered or performed of an employment in Canada. ITA ¶¶115, 2(3)(a). Unlike the deduction reported by the employer-issuer under IRC §83(h), in Canada the issuing corporation is not permitted to deduction the amount of the compensatory element of the exercised employment option. ITA, ¶7(3)(b).

 

Article XVof the Treaty provides:

 

1.Subject to the provisions of Articles XVIII (Pensions and Annuities) and XIX (Government Service), salaries, wages and other remuneration derived by a resident of a Contracting State in respect of an employment shall be taxable only in that State unless the employment is exercised in the other Contracting State. If the employment is so exercised, such remuneration as is derived therefrom may be taxed in that other State.

 

2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1,remuneration derived by a resident of a Contracting State in respect of an employment exercised in the other Contracting State shall be taxable only in the first-mentioned State if: (a) Such remuneration does not exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in the currency of that other State; or (b) The recipient is present in that other State for a period or periods not exceeding in the aggregate 183 days in any twelve-month period commencing or ending in the fiscal year concerned, and the remuneration is not paid by, or on behalf of, a person who is a resident of that other State and is not borne by a permanent establishment in that other State.

 

The language under Article XV is fairly clear and unambiguous. Generally, income from services received by a resident of the U.S., for example, is not taxable in Canada unless the employment is exercised in Canada and then is taxable in Canada to the extent so derived. So much for XV(1). Then in XV(2) , and in particular, XV(2)(b), income for services rendered by a U.S. resident for employment exercised in Canada is only taxable in the U.S. where the service provider is present in Canada for a period(s) of time not exceeding 183 days for a 12 month period commencing or ending in the relevant fiscal year and the compensation is not paid by, or on behalf of a person who is a resident of Canada and is not economically borne by a permanent establishment of a nonresident employer situated in Canada.

 



The question present in the newly issued TI was whether the position the CRA previously took in TI 2002-0126537, was still the position of the CRA in light of the fifth protocol to the Treaty that was signed and entered into force in 2008 with respect to Article XV(2)(b). In Technical Interpretation 2002-0126537 the CRA opined that a resident U.S. for the purposes of the treaty who was employed in Canada for the purposes of the ITA and earned income from that employment under section 7 of the ITA would not be subject to Canadian tax on that income by virtue of Article XV(2)(b) of the treaty if: (1) the resident was not present in Canada for more than 183 days in the tax year; and (2) the stock option benefit was not available to the employer as a deduction in computing taxable income of either a Canadian resident employer or the permanent establishment of a nonresident employer.


In Technical Interpretation 2011-0393411E5, the CRA revised its position from the position taken in 2002. In particular, the CRA opined that under the new provision, the compensatory element of the exercise of a stock option realized by a U.S. resident that is included in the employee’s income under the Canadian ITA for a tax year beginning on or after January 1, 2009, as income from an office or employment will be exempt from tax in Canada per Article XV(2)(b) provided: (i) the U.S. resident is not present in Canada for more than 183 days in any 12-month period commencing or ending in the particular tax year; (ii) the stock option remuneration is not paid by, or on behalf of, a person who is a resident of Canada under the treaty; and (iii) the stock option remuneration is not borne by a permanent establishment in Canada. Remuneration is borne by a permanent establishment in Canada if the compensatory element is deductible in the computation of income attributable to the permanent establishment under Canadian ITA. Stock option compensation derived by a U.s. resident is not exempt under the Treaty where it is paid by, or on behalf of, a resident of Canada even where the compensatory element is not deducting in computing the income of the Canadian resident employer.

 

What seems to be controversial about the CRA’s position is that in light of the Fifth Protocol to the Treaty (2008), when a U.S. resident employee of a Canadian resident corporation acquires shares of the corporation on the exercise of employee stock options, the CRA would deny an exemption from Canadian tax under the treaty, even if the employer was not present in Canada for more than 183 days, since the amount of any resulting stock option remuneration will be paid to the United States-resident employee by the Canadian-resident corporation for the purposes of Article XV(2)(b). This result may produce discontinuities in the cross-border treatment of non-qualified stock options (NQSOs) and incentive stock options (ISOs). This is due to the fact that as to incentive stock options, the bargain element on exercise is not included in taxable income for regular tax purposes only for alternative minimum tax purposes. Instead, capital gain is realized when the stock is sold provided the sale occurs more than 2 years after the date of grant or 1 year after exercise. IRC §421(a)(1).

 

It is certain that this new TI issued by the CRA will generate some controversy and that the issue will ultimately by posited with the Canadian tax courts for review and interpretation.

Non-Resident Sellers of Canadian Taxable Property Pose Challenges Despite Recent Reforms Announced by Canada

Under §116 of The Canadian Income Tax Act (“CITA”), non-residents who dispose of certain taxable Canadian property, a/k/a “Canadian Taxable Property”, must notify the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) of the pending sale either prior to the disposition or within 10 days after the closing. In addition, where the CRA has received either an amount to cover the tax on any gain the non-resident seller  may realize upon the disposition of property, or appropriate security is provided for the tax, the CRA will issue a certificate of compliance to the seller-non-resident and a copy of the certificate is also delivered to the purchaser.

Where the purchaser does not receive such certificate, the purchaser is required to remit a specified amount, i.e., 25% of the gross sales price,  to the Receiver General for Canada and is entitled to deduct the amount from the purchase price. Any payments or security provided by the non-resident seller and/or purchaser will be credited to the seller's account. A final settlement of tax will be made when the non-resident's income tax return for the year is assessed.

 

Canadian Taxable Property (“CTP”)

 

Canadian Taxable Property includes: (1) real property situated in Canada; (2) property used or held in, or eligible capital property in respect of, a business carried on in Canada;(3) designated insurance property of an insurer; (4) privately issued stock of a corporation resident in Canada; (5) shares of a non-resident, privately owned corporation that are not listed on a prescribed stock exchange if, at any time during the last sixty months(i) more than 50% of the fair market value of all the property of the non-resident corporation was made up of CTP, Canadian resource property, a timber resource property, an income interest in a trust resident in Canada, or an interest or option in such properties; and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the shares was derived directly or indirectly from real property situated in Canada, Canadian resource properties or timber resource properties, or any combination of such properties; (6) publicly traded shares in a Canadian company if at any time during the last sixty months, 25% or more of the shares of the corporation belonged to the taxpayer and/or persons with whom the taxpayer did not deal at arm's length;(7) an interest in a partnership if, at any time during the last sixty months (i) more than 50% of the FMV of all property was of CTP, etc., and (ii) more than 50% of the FMV of the partnership interest was derived directly or indirectly from real property in Canada; (8) a capital interest in a Canadian resident trust (other than a unit trust; (9) a unit of a Canadian resident unit trust (other than a mutual fund trust); (10) a unit of a mutual fund trust if, at any time during the last sixty months, 25% or more of the units of the trust belonged to the taxpayer and/or persons with whom the taxpayer did not deal at arm's length; and (11) an interest in a non-resident trust if, at any time during the last sixty months, the trust  was essentially comprised by CTP. Certain types of Canadian property are excluded from the definition of CTP.

 

Section 116 does not provide for treaty exempt status. However, the CRA permits a non-resident taxpayer  to claim an exemption under a specific tax treaty at the time they file the notification of disposition. Non-resident sellers must state the applicable article and paragraph of the particular treaty that Canada has with their country of residence. To expedite the processing of the exemption, the necessary documentation to support the claim should be submitted along with the request. The documentation must be based on the particular tax treaty under which the exemption is claimed, and would include items such as proof of residency, or proof that the gain has been or will be reported in the vendor's country of residence.

 

Section 16 is a controversial part of the Canadian tax law since it is somewhat broad-sweeping in its application and imposes a substantial degree of notification, certification and advance tax requirements.


As recently reported in a just published Tax Notes article authored by Michael N. Kandev and Fred Purkey of Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP in Montreal, last year, the CRA attempted to limit the scope of §116, both on substantive and procedural rules. One new limitation is that “treaty exempt” property is no longer CTP.  See U.S.-Canadian Income Tax Treaty, Article XIII(3). Another new provision, this one effective March 4, 2010, narrowed the definition of CTP to certain Canadian real or business property and interests in entities that have substantial investments, based on value, in Canadian real property or mineral properties.  Under this narrowed framework, shares in a private Canadian corporation are CTP only to the extent that at any time during the five-year period preceding the disposition, they derived, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of their value from Canadian real property or Canadian resource properties.

 

Well-received by taxpayers and their advisers, the above changes were a significant change in the law in Canada. While the §116 reforms represented a favorable development for foreign investment in Canada, there are still certain rules that will continue to cause complexity and uncertainty. Among such problems noted by Messrs. Kandey and Purkey are the 5 year valuation lookback rule for shares and interests in partnerships and trusts

By far the main impediment to the intended results of the March 4, 2010, amendments has been the five-year valuation lookback for shares and interests in partnerships and trusts that is now the cornerstone of the amended definition of TCP.See Canadian Income Tax Act §248, ¶¶(d), (e). This 5 year lookback rule poses substantial uncertainty as to whether interests in private Canadian corporations holding ownership interests in real property are CTP or not period the business has not derived more than 50 percent of its value from Canadian real estate.

It is important to understand that a buyer of CTP from a non-resident, where the property is not “treaty exempt property”, still has potential liability in the transaction. As mentioned, the CRA must be notified of the sale, a tax clearance certificate must be obtained, and, in certain instances, the buyer must withhold and pay over within 30 days of the closing generally, 25%f the gross purchase price of the property.  Messrs. Kandey and Purkey warn that if the purchaser assumes incorrectly that the sale was exempt from tax on the erroneous belief that the subject property is not CTP, the CRA, in its view, is likely to turn first against the purchaser.  So, its “caveat emptor” to the purchaser of Canadian situs property from a non-resident. Reasonable cause does not appear to be a defense to the purchaser. Compounding this problem is that the purchaser’s liability, under CITA § 116(5), does not appear to be subject to a particular statute of limitations.  This can have major impacts on successor or transferee liability let alone buyers of companies which have purchased assets from Canadian non-residents.

Obviously, it is important to seek the advises of a Canadian tax advisor when this issue arises. There are also potential treaty issues involved, for example, if a U.S. owner of tax exempt property is trying to sell Canadian property and the buyer is resistant to accept such status for whatever reason. Witholding 25% of the gross sales price on an exempt sale (by treaty) where the buyer stubbornly refuses to accept a treaty exemption certificate statement will drive up the non-resident seller’s compliance costs. A U.S. tax adviser can advise U.S. persons on treaty issues that impact on the presence of tax exempt treaty property. Lurking  in the background for the U.S. seller of CTP are foreign tax credit issues.

Proposed Protocol For The U.S.-Switzerland Income Tax Convention Announced

 

In preparing for a Senate Committee on Foreign Relations hearing held on June 7, 2011, the Joint Committee on Taxation issued comments on the Explanation of Proposed Protocol to the Income Tax Treaty Between the United States and Switzerland (JCX-31-11) (5/20/2011). The proposed protocol was signed on September 23, 2009, and is accompanied by official understandings implemented by an exchange of diplomatic notes (collectively, the “diplomatic notes”) carried out on that same day.

 

As with most bilateral tax treaties, the tax treaty with Switzerland is designed to reduce or eliminate double taxation of income earned residents of either country from sources within the other country and to prevent avoidance or evasion of the taxes of the two countries. The present treaty also is intended to promote close economic cooperation between the two countries and to eliminate possible barriers to trade and investment caused by overlapping taxing jurisdictions of the two countries.

The proposed protocol would modify several provisions to the U.S.-Switzerland Tax Treaty (October 2, 1996) and the Protocol signed in Washington on the same date. The proposed protocol sets forth rules that are similar to rules contained in recent U.S. income tax conventions, the 2006 U.S. Model Treaty and the 2010 OECD Model Treaty. The present treaty, as amended by the proposed protocol, however, includes certain substantive deviations from these treaties and models. Here are some of the more notable features of the new proposed protocol to the U.S.-Swiss Income Tax Treaty.

Article 10, pertaining to Dividends, would be, under the proposed protocol, to expand the prohibition on source country taxation of dividends beneficially owned by pension or other retirement arrangements resident in the other treaty country The present treaty generally allows full residence-country taxation and limited source-country taxation of dividends. The present treaty includes a generally applicable maximum rate of withholding at source of 15 % and a reduced five %  maximum rate for dividends received by a company owning at least 10% of the voting stock of the dividend-paying company. Special rules apply to dividends received from regulated investment companies (“RICs”) and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

Article 10, Paragraph 3 of the present treaty exempts from source-country taxation dividends paid to a pension plan or other retirement arrangement that is a resident in the other country if the pension plan or other retirement arrangement does not control the company paying the dividend.

Under the proposed protocol, the prohibition on source-country taxation also applies to dividends that are beneficially owned by an individual retirement savings plan set up in, and owned by a resident of, the other treaty country, so long as the competent authorities agree that the individual retirement savings plan generally corresponds to an individual retirement savings plan recognized in the other treaty country for tax purposes. The prohibition on source-country taxation of dividends is not available where the beneficial owner controls the company paying the dividend.

Under Article 25 (Mutual Agreement Procedure), the proposed protocol changes the voluntary arbitration procedure contained in Article 25 at present to a mandatory arbitration procedure a/k/a the “last best offer arbitration”, pursuant to which each of the competent authorities proposes one and only one figure for settlement, and the arbitrator must select one of those figures as the award. Under the proposed protocol, unless a taxpayer or other “concerned person” (in general, a person whose tax liability is affected by the arbitration determination) does not accept the arbitration determination, it is binding on the treaty countries with respect to the case. A mandatory and binding arbitration procedure is included in the U.S. income tax treaties with Belgium, Canada, France, and Germany. The details and applicable rules of the new mandatory arbitration procedure are set forth in the report.

Another proposed change is replacing Article 26 (Exchange of Information) and paragraph 10 of the 1996 protocol to rules that conform generally to the OECD standards. The proposed rules generally provide that, in response to specific requests, the two competent authorities will exchange such information as may be relevant in carrying out the provisions of the domestic laws of the United States and Switzerland concerning taxes covered by the treaty, to the extent the taxation under those laws is not contrary to the treaty. The information provisions are largely based on those contained in the OECD model and U.S. model treaty, with several exceptions. The United States and Switzerland agree to exchange such information as “may be relevant” in carrying out the provisions of the proposed protocol or in carrying out the provisions of the domestic laws of the two treaty countries concerning taxes that are imposed by a treaty country and subject to the treaty. Thus, the exchange of information is not restricted by paragraph 1 of Article 1 (Personal Scope) but instead is limited by Article 2 (Taxes Covered).

The limitation on taxes that may be the subject of an exchange of information is a significant departure from both the OECD Model and U.S. Model treaties. Information about persons who are residents of neither Switzerland nor the United States may be requested and provided under the proposed protocol. For example, a third country resident with a Swiss bank account that is reportable to the IRS may be the subject of a request by the competent authority for information with respect to the bank account.

Any information exchanged under the proposed protocol is regarded as secret in the same manner as information obtained under the domestic laws of the treaty country receiving the information. The exchanged information may be disclosed only to persons or authorities (including courts, administrative bodies and legislative bodies) involved in the administration, enforcement or oversight of the tax laws. Such functions include assessment, collection, civil and criminal prosecution, and the determination of appeals in relation to the taxes to which the proposed protocol applies. The authority to disclose information to persons involved in oversight of taxes includes authority to disclose to persons or authorities such as the tax-writing committees of the U.S. Congress and the Government Accountability Office. Such persons or authorities receiving the information may use the information only in the performance of their role in overseeing the administration of U.S. tax laws. Finally, exchanged information may be disclosed in public court proceedings or in judicial decisions.

A treaty country is not required to carry out administrative measures at variance with the laws and administrative practice of either treaty country, to supply information that is not obtainable under the laws or in the normal administrative practice of either treaty country, or to supply information that would disclose any trade, business, industrial, commercial, or professional secret or trade process, or information the disclosure of which would be contrary to public policy. The Technical Explanation notes, however, that if a treaty country is asked to provide information, it should provide the information even if its own statute of limitations period has expired for the issue to which the information relates. According to the Technical Explanation, the statute of limitations of the treaty country making the request should govern. The Technical Explanation also states that even if the limitations on information exchange mean that a treaty country is not obligated to supply information in response to a request from the other treaty country, the requested country may choose to supply the information if doing so does not violate its internal law.

The proposed protocol limits the ability of either country to decline a request for information based on the lack of need for such information in a domestic tax investigation, or the expiration of the limitations period in the requested treaty country. If the information may be relevant to the requesting treaty country, the limitations described immediately above will not support a refusal to exchange the information. .

In addition to replacing Article 26, as noted, the proposed protocol also amends the 1996 Protocol that was executed and ratified contemporaneously with the present treaty. Article 4 of  the proposed protocol replaces paragraph 10 of the 1996 Protocol. Under the 1996 Protocol, paragraph 10 detailed the understanding of tax fraud or related fraudulent conduct that would support an exchange of information of banking information. Neither the proposed Article 26 nor the proposed amendment to the 1996 Protocol requires that tax fraud or fraudulent behavior be established in order to permit exchange of information.

Subparagraph (a) of proposed paragraph 10 summarizes the understanding of the treaty countries about the information to be included in a specific request for exchange of information. The required information compromises five elements. They are: (1) information sufficiently specific to identify the person under examination or investigation; (2) the period of time for which information is requested; (3) the information that is sought, including the nature and form in which the information should be provided; (4) a statement of the tax purpose to which the information relates; and (5) the name of the person believed to be in possession of the requested information. With respect to the first described element, the proposed paragraph 10 includes an illustrative list of information that may be sufficient to identify a person, such as name, address, and account numbers.

Subparagraph (b) of proposed paragraph 10 explains the reasoning for requiring that the competent authority explain the purpose for which the information is needed. The treaty countries agree that the information requested need only meet a standard of “may be relevant” to tax matters in the requesting treaty country, to permit the “widest possible” production without authorizing “fishing expeditions.”.

Subparagraph (c) of proposed paragraph 10 provides that, upon specific request by the competent authority of a treaty country, the other competent authority must provide information in the form of depositions of witnesses and authenticated copies of unedited original documents (including books, papers, statements, records, accounts, and writings), to the same extent such depositions and documents can be obtained under the laws and administrative practices of the requested country with respect to its own taxes. A treaty country may request that responsive information be provided in an authenticated form that will facilitate use of that information in the administrative or judicial proceedings in the requesting country.

The proposed protocol commits the parties to honor only specific requests for exchange of information that comply with the requirements of subparagraph (a) of proposed paragraph 10. Subparagraph (d) of proposed paragraph 10 makes it clear that neither automatic nor spontaneous exchanges of information are required by the proposed protocol. Neither the treaty, the proposed protocol, nor the proposed paragraph 10 precludes such exchanges on a voluntary basis.

 Under Article 5 of the proposed protocol provides that the proposed protocol will enter into force upon the exchange of instruments of ratification, and it sets forth rules for when the provisions of the proposed protocol will take effect.

 

Several Musings About Section 704(c), Revaluations of Capital Accounts and Certain Mixing Bowl Provisions Under Subchapter K

 

Section 704(c) sets forth rules which govern  the allocation of the tax items of a partnership with respect to contributed property. More specifically, section 704(c)(1)(A) addresses the question of which partner or partners are to be allocated the unrealized appreciation or loss on property contributed to a partnership. The same principle applies with equal vigor to when additional property is contributed to the partnership or where property held by the partnership is distributed in exchange for a partnership interest. The same may be said for assets-over mergers of partnerships as well as revaluations of capital accounts. For a sampling of recent commentary on this subject see New York State Bar Association Tax Section, “Report on the Request for Comments of Section 704(c) Layers Relating to Partnership Mergers, Divisions and Tiered Partnerships”; See Pillow and Dance, "Notice 2009-70: A Focus on Complex Section 704(c) Netting vs. Layering Issues," 111 JTAX 336 (December 2009) . Other articles that have addressed issues raised in the Notice include: Abrams, ''Reverse Allocations: More Than Meets the Eye,'' 20 Tax Mgmt. Real Est. J. 2 (2004); Harris, ''Federal Taxation of Partnership Asset Revaluations,'' 14 Va. Tax Rev. 257 (1994).

 

Section 704(c)(1)(A) requires that income, gains, losses and deductions that are attributable to built-in gains or losses on contributed property are required to be allocated in a manner which takes into account the variation between the fair market value (FMV) and adjusted tax basis of the property at the time of the contribution. See Deficit Reduction Act of 1984, P.L. No. 98-369, §71(c). The regulations provide that a partnership must account for this “delta” amount or variance between basis and FMV by using “a reasonable method that is consistent with the purpose of section 704(c)”. Treas. Reg. §1.704-3(a)(1); Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(“book-ups”).

 

There are three methods approved in the regulations for making section 704(c) allocations: (i) the traditional method, which is generally preferred by contributors of highly appreciated property; (ii) the traditional method with curative allocations, and (iii) the remedial allocation method. Other methods may be permitted. In general, many if not most partnership agreements will use the “traditional method” explained in Treas. Reg. §1.704-3(b) as modified, by a so-called “ceiling rule”, i.e., the total amortization, depletion, depreciation, or gain or loss allocated to the partners cannot exceed the total amount of the partnership's amortization, depletion, depreciation, or gain or loss. The ceiling rule also can create a lingering disparity between the noncontributing partners' section 704(b) capital account and tax capital account.

 

In Notice 2009-70, 2009-34 IRB 255, comments were solicited by the Treasury and IRS on section 704(c) and its application to revaluations, partnership mergers, divisions and tiered partnerships.

 

Where section 704(c) property contributed to a partnership is distributed to partners other than the contributor, i.e., in a so-called mixing bowl distribution, within seven years of its contribution, section 704(c)(1)(B) mandates that the contributing partner, or her successor in interest under a “step in the shoes” approach, is required to recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the gain or loss that would have been allocated to the contributing partnership under section 704(c)(1)(B) had the property been sold to the distribute(s) at FMV at the time of distribution. Where gain or loss is recognized under section 704(c)(1)(B), the basis of the contributing partner’s interest in the partnership and basis of the distributed property are adjusted to reflect the recognized gain or loss. Such adjustment to basis is made prior to tax affecting the distribution. Treas. Reg. §1.704-4(e)(2).

 

Section 737 requires a contributing partner to recognize gain where the partnership distributes other property to the contributor of appreciated property within 7 years of that partner’s contribution. The gain recognized under section 737 by the distributee-contributing partner is the lesser of: (i) FMV of the distributed property less the adjusted basis of the partner’s interest in the partnership, or (ii) the ne precontribution gain of that partner. The net precontribution gain is gain that the contributing partner would recognize under section 704(c)(1)(B) had the partnership distributed the contributed property to a noncontributing partner within 7 years. §737(b). There are certain exceptions that will override application of section 704(c)(1)(B), such as the termination of a partnership under section 708(b)(1)(B). Moreover, in such instance there is no commencement of a new 7 year period for application of the mixing bowl provision.

 

Partnership Mergers and Deemed Liquidations: Another Exception to Triggering Section 704(c)(1)(B).

 

Where a partnership transfers all of its assets and liabilities to another partnership and liquidates or is deemed to liquidate, section 704(c)(1)(B) does not apply to the liquidation. Instead, it operates on the transferee partnership as a successor to the transferor partnership. Treas. Reg. §1.704-4(c)(4).  In this instance there is the commencement of a new 7 year period with respect to the difference between the section 704(b) book value and FMV of the transferred property. No new 7 year period is imposed with respect to the FMV and adjusted basis  spread existent on date of contribution. Treas. Regs. §§1.704-4(c)(4), 1.737-2(b)(1). The revaluation can result in a new level of section 704(c) gain. In Rev. Rul. 2004-43, 2004-1 C.B. 842, revoked by Rev. Rul. 2005-10, 2005-1 C.B. 492, the Service further stated that section 704(c) principles will apply to reverse section 704(c) allocations. It is noteworthy that the  the regulations under section 704(c)(1)(B) and section 737 do not provide a rule requiring both provisions to apply to reverse section 704(c) applications. See Treas. Reg. §1.704-3(a)(6)(i).

 

 

The Service in 2007 issued proposed regulations to section 704(c)(1)(B) and related provisions confirming and supplementing Rev. Rul. 2004-43, supra., that such provision would not apply to an assets-over merger where the transferor-partnership is terminated as a result of the merger. Still, Prop. Reg. §1.704-4(c)(4)(ii) states that section 704(c)(1)(B) applies to the transferee-partnership’s subsequent distribution of section 704(c) property contributed by the transferor partnership to the transferee partnership in an assets over merger under certain conditions. See Prop. Regs. §§1.704-4(c)(4)(iii)(A)-(D). In an assets over merger, a new 7 year period will not start for the initial section 704(c) gain or loss to the extent such difference has not be eliminated by remedial or curative allocations or by reporting section 704(c) gain or loss. Still, a distribution of contributed property to another partner after the completion of the assets over merger would tripper application of section 704(c) to the original contributor of the property if within the 7 year period. Of course a new section 704(c) amount and commencement of a new 7 year period would apply to booked-up gain or loss as a result of the merger. See Prop. Regs. §§1.704-4(c)(4)(ii)(D). The proposed regulations retain the rule in Rev. Rul. 2004-43 which provided that such rules would not apply to reverse section 704(c) gain or loss. See Treas. Reg. §1.704-3(a)(6)(i).

 

Application to Revaluations

Under Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), the partners in a partnership may agree, as part of the partnership agreement, to revalue the partnership’s property to current FMV on the happening of certain events such as contributions or distributions to or from the partnership. The re-valuation increases or decreases the book-tax differences in the partners’ capital accounts. This in turn re-vitalizes further application of section 704(c) which in such instance is referred to as a “reverse section 704(c) allocation”. Partnerships having reverse section 704(c) allocations do not need to employ the same allocation method used for “forward” section 704(c) allocations. If there are more than one reverse section 704(c) allocations caused by re-valuations, the allocations among the “reverse” allocations can vary as long as the method selected is reasonable. This provides the partnership and its members with flexibility on how to account for and adjust such book-tax differences in the asset pool held by the venture.

It is somewhat agreed by tax practitioners working in the partnership area that clearer and more definitive guidance is needed in this area. This “musing” serves simply as a reminder that this area continues to offer a great degree of flexibility but at the cost of a complex and uncertain landscape.

The Large Business and International Division of the Service Issues Directive on Raising the Economic Substance Doctrine

 

 On July 15, 2011 the LB&I issued a directive (LB&I-04-0711-015) for industry directors and field specialists on when it is appropriate to raise the economic substance doctrine. IRM. 20.11, 20.1.5. The directive follows one issued in September 2010 (LMSB-04-0910-024) that advised IRS attorneys of the need to obtain approval from a field operations director before raising the issue.

Section 7701(o) , which was recently added to the Code as part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, sets forth a statutory definition of the economic substance doctrine.

 

The common law doctrine of “economic substance,” which continues to have application despite the enactment of Section 7701(o) , may be summarized as a principle applied by the courts to deny taxpayers tax benefits arising from transactions that do not result in a meaningful change to the taxpayer's economic position other than a purported reduction in federal income taxes. It can be applied where the IRS and, if litigation ensues, the court believes that a transaction and its projected tax consequences, including associated costs and expenses, should be disregarded for tax purposes. underlying transaction or series is without economic substance.

 

Whether a transaction or series of transactions is “without economic substance” is debatable, as witnessed by the number of cases in which a taxpayer has asserted (presumably in good faith) that there was a real change in his or her economic position independent of federal income tax considerations. A “real change” in “economic position” invariably focuses on whether there is a realistic possibility that the taxpayer will derive a profit from the transaction.

 

The “business purpose” prong requires that the taxpayer, in entering into the transaction, was motivated by a bona fide business purpose and not simply by tax advantages or savings. The business purpose test involves an inquiry into the subjective motives of the taxpayer to determine whether the taxpayer intended the transaction to serve some useful nontax purpose. In making this determination, some courts bifurcate transactions in which activities with nontax objectives are combined with unrelated activities having only tax-avoidance objectives, resulting in the disallowance of the tax benefits of the overall transaction.

 

Under the new legislation, Section 6662(b)(6) imposes a penalty equal to 20% of the portion of any underpayment of tax attributable to any disallowance of claimed tax benefits by reason of a transaction lacking economic substance or failing to meet the requirements of any similar rule of law. The penalty is based on the underpayment attributable to the economic substance failure; it is not imposed on the entire deficiency for the tax year.  In determining whether the penalty is applicable, Section 6662(i)(2) provides that amendments or supplements to an already-filed return are not taken into account if the amendment or supplement is filed after the date the taxpayer is first contacted by the IRS regarding the examination of the return (or an earlier date as specified by regulations). The new penalty provisions are effective for transactions entered into after 3/30/2010.

In addition, Section 6662(i) imposes an increase in the accuracy related penalty for nondisclosed noneconomic substance transactions. More specifically, where “any portion of an underpayment is attributable to one or more nondisclosed noneconomic substance transactions,” the accuracy related penalty with respect to that portion climbs to 40% instead. A "nondisclosed noneconomic substance transaction" means any portion of a transaction described in Section 6662(b)(6) with respect to which the relevant facts affecting the tax treatment are neither adequately disclosed in the return nor included in a statement attached to the return. Unless otherwise provided, an amendment or supplement to a return of tax will not be taken into account if the amendment or supplement is filed after the earlier of the date the taxpayer is first contacted by the IRS regarding the examination of the return or another date as is specified by the IRS.

 

A third principal change made to the accuracy-related penalty rules under the “clarification” of the economic substance doctrine is found in new Section 6664(c)(2) , which provides that the “reasonable cause” exception does not apply to any portion of an underpayment that is attributable one or more transactions described in Section 6662(b)(6) —that is, any transaction lacking economic substance as defined in Section 7701(o).

 

For background on the judicial doctrines that oversee the tax law such as economic substance, the step transaction doctrine, substance over form, etc. and the recent “clarification” of the economic substance doctrine, See August,“The Codification of the Economic Substance Doctrine, Parts I and II,” Business Entities (WG&L), (Sep/Oct 2010) (Nov/Dec 2010). 

 

There is a fair amount of recent judicial commentary in this area dealing with different forms of tax motivated and tax abusive strategies. For a sampling of relevant case law, see Sala et ux, 106 AFTR 2d 2010-5406 , 2010-2 USTC ¶50527 (CA-10, 2010), rev'g and rem'g 101 AFTR 2d 2008-1843 , 2008-1 USTC ¶50308 , 552 F Supp 2d 1167 (DC Colo., 2008); ACM Partnership, 82 AFTR 2d 98-6682 , 157 F3d 231 , 98-2 USTC ¶50790 (CA-3, 1998), aff'g TC Memo 1997-115 , RIA TC Memo ¶97115 , 73 CCH TCM 2189 , cert. den. 526 U.S. 1017 (1999); Klamath Strategic Investment Fund, LLC, 99 AFTR 2d 2007-850 , 2007-1 USTC ¶50223 , 472 F Supp 2d 885 (DC Texas, 2007), aff'd 103 AFTR 2d 2009-2220 , 568 F3d 537 , 2009-1 USTC ¶50395 (CA-5, 2009); Coltec Industries, Inc., 98 AFTR 2d 2006-5249 , 454 F3d 1340 , 2006-2 USTC ¶50389 (CA-F.C., 2006), vac'g and rem'g 94 AFTR 2d 2004-6708 , 62 Fed Cl 716 , 2004-2 USTC ¶50402 (Fed. Cl. Ct., 2004), cert. den. 127 S. Ct. 1261 (2007); TIFD III-E, Inc. (“Castle Harbor”), 98 AFTR 2d 2006-5616 , 459 F3d 220 , 2006-2 USTC ¶50442 (CA-2, 2006), on remand 104 AFTR 2d 2009-6746 , 2009-2 USTC ¶50676 , 660 F Supp 2d 367 , 2009-2 USTC ¶50711 (DC Conn., 2009); BB&T Corporation, 99 AFTR 2d 2007-376 , 2007-1 USTC ¶50130 (DC N. Car., 2007), aff'd 101 AFTR 2d 2008-1933 , 523 F3d 461 , 2008-1 USTC ¶50306 (CA-4, 2008); Cemco Investors, LLC, 101 AFTR 2d 2008-768 , 515 F3d 749 , 2008-1 USTC ¶50178 (CA-7, 2008).There is a fair amount of recent judicial commentary in this area dealing with different forms of tax motivated and tax abusive strategies. For a sampling of relevant case law, see Sala et ux, 106 AFTR 2d 2010-5406 , 2010-2 USTC ¶50527 (CA-10, 2010), rev'g and rem'g 101 AFTR 2d 2008-1843 , 2008-1 USTC ¶50308 , 552 F Supp 2d 1167 (DC Colo., 2008); ACM Partnership, 82 AFTR 2d 98-6682 , 157 F3d 231 , 98-2 USTC ¶50790 (CA-3, 1998), aff'g TC Memo 1997-115 , RIA TC Memo ¶97115 , 73 CCH TCM 2189 , cert. den. 526 U.S. 1017 (1999); Klamath Strategic Investment Fund, LLC, 99 AFTR 2d 2007-850 , 2007-1 USTC ¶50223 , 472 F Supp 2d 885 (DC Texas, 2007), aff'd 103 AFTR 2d 2009-2220 , 568 F3d 537 , 2009-1 USTC ¶50395 (CA-5, 2009); Coltec Industries, Inc., 98 AFTR 2d 2006-5249 , 454 F3d 1340 , 2006-2 USTC ¶50389 (CA-F.C., 2006), vac'g and rem'g 94 AFTR 2d 2004-6708 , 62 Fed Cl 716 , 2004-2 USTC ¶50402 (Fed. Cl. Ct., 2004), cert. den. 127 S. Ct. 1261 (2007); TIFD III-E, Inc. (“Castle Harbor”), 98 AFTR 2d 2006-5616 , 459 F3d 220 , 2006-2 USTC ¶50442 (CA-2, 2006), on remand 104 AFTR 2d 2009-6746 , 2009-2 USTC ¶50676 , 660 F Supp 2d 367 , 2009-2 USTC ¶50711 (DC Conn., 2009); BB&T Corporation, 99 AFTR 2d 2007-376 , 2007-1 USTC ¶50130 (DC N. Car., 2007), aff'd 101 AFTR 2d 2008-1933 , 523 F3d 461 , 2008-1 USTC ¶50306 (CA-4, 2008); Cemco Investors, LLC, 101 AFTR 2d 2008-768 , 515 F3d 749 , 2008-1 USTC ¶50178 (CA-7, 2008).

 

The Field Directive of July 15, 2011

 

As mentioned, the recent legislation enacted a two part or conjunctive economic substance test in new section 7701(o). The new statute defines the economic substance doctrine as the common law doctrine under which certain tax benefits are not allowable if the transaction does not have economic substance or lacks a business purpose and states that "[t]he determination of whether the economic substance doctrine is relevant to a transaction shall be made in the same manner as if [the legislation] had never been enacted." The statute further states that "[i]n the case of any transaction to which the economic substance doctrine is relevant, such transaction shall be treated as having economic substance only if --

(A) first,  the transaction changes in a meaningful way (apart from Federal income tax effects) the taxpayer's economic position, and

(B) second, the taxpayer has a substantial purpose (apart from Federal income tax effects) for entering into such transaction."

 

Passage of section 7701(o) resolved the longstanding conflict among various circuit courts of appeal regarding how the doctrine should be applied by codifying a two-part conjunctive test. It applies for transactions entered into and after March 30, 2010, which was the date of enactment of the 2010 Act.

 

Purpose of the Guidance

 

On September 14, 2010, an LB&I Directive, LMSB-20-0910-024, was issued relating to the codification of the economic substance doctrine in the 2010 Act. This directive stated that to ensure consistent administration of the strict liability penalty related to the application of the doctrine, any proposal to impose the doctrine (and implicate proposing to set forth the penalty) at IRS exam must be reviewed and approved by the Director of Field Operations (DFO).

 

The purpose of this LB&I Directive is to instruct examiners and their managers on the circumstances where it is appropriate to seek the approval of the DFO in order to raise the economic substance doctrine. Once an examiner determines that raising the doctrine may be appropriate, this directive sets forth a series of inquiries the examiner must develop and analyze in order to seek approval for the ultimate application of the doctrine in the examination.

In addition, this LB&I Directive provides, as an important boundary line to LMSB and International, that, until further guidance is issued, the penalties provided in sections 6662(b)(6) and (i) and 6676 are limited to the application of the economic substance doctrine and may not be imposed due to the application of any other "similar rule of law" or judicial doctrine (e.g., step transaction doctrine, substance over form or sham transaction).

 

This LB&I Directive has four steps. First, an examiner should evaluate whether the circumstances in the case are those under which application of the economic substance doctrine to a transaction is likely not appropriate. Second, an examiner should evaluate whether the circumstances in the case are those under which application of the doctrine to the transaction may be appropriate. Third, if an examiner determines that the application of the doctrine may be appropriate, the guidance provides a series of inquiries an examiner must make before seeking approval to apply the doctrine. Fourth, if an examiner and his or her manager and territory manager determine that application of the economic substance doctrine is merited, guidance is provided on how to request DFO approval.

 

Generally, in applying this LB&I Directive, when a transaction involves a series of interconnected steps with a common objective, the term "transaction" refers to all of the steps taken together. However, in certain circumstances, it may be appropriate to apply this guidance separately to one or more steps that are included within a series of arguably interconnected steps. This may be appropriate in situations where an integrated transaction includes one or more tax-motivated steps that bear only a minor or incidental relationship to a single common business or financial transaction. If an examiner wants to apply this guidance separately to one or more steps with a common objective, the examiner is required to seek guidance from their manager and consult with their local counsel before doing so.

 

An examiner should notify a taxpayer that the examiner is considering whether to apply the economic substance doctrine to a particular transaction as soon as possible, but not later than when the examiner begins the analysis in the steps described below.

 

The Directive sets forth additional material under each of the four step process to determine if the issue should be raised under section 7701(o).

 

Many tax practitioners did not feel that it was necessary to codify the economic substance doctrine. Many more practitioners object to the 40% penalty as being too harsh. Perhaps the Service's directive will confirm that LMSB will tread lighly in this area to only go after abusive transactions that are patently obvious.

United Kingdom Still Weighing the Proper Standard for Tax Residency

 

In a recent commentary written by Trevor Johnson, which commentary  was published in International Tax Notes (July 11, 1011) the author describes the long-standing uncertainty surrounding the determining of "residency" for U.K. income tax purposes.

 

The issue is historical since it dates back over 200 years. Yet, the rules do not state explicitly who is and who is not a U.K. resident for tax purposes. While there is some guidance, the overall subject suffers from uncertainty.

 

The commentary quotes the Income Tax Act of 1842:

 

“Any subject of Her Majesty, whose ordinary residence shall have been in Great Britain, and who shall have departed from Great Britain and gone into any part beyond the sea for the purpose of occasional residence . . . shall be deemed, notwithstanding such temporary absence, a person charged with the duties granted by this Act as person actually residing in Great Britain. Provided always that no person who shall . . . actually be in Great Britain for some temporary purpose only, and not with any view or intent of establishing his residence therein, and who shall not actually have resided in Great Britain at one time or several times for a period equal in the whole to six months in any one year shall be charged with the duties mentioned in Schedule D as a person residing in Great Britain in respect of [foreign-source income] but nevertheless every such person shall, after such residence in Great Britain, for such space of time as aforesaid, be chargeable to the said duties for the year commencing on the sixth day of April preceding.”

 

The statutory language capturing the phrase “ordinary residency” should be clear, at least in certain instances, to be clear and predicable.  For example, we are told that a ordinary resident in the U.K. who temporary goes outside of the U.K. is still a resident. Visitors arriving in the U.K. for a temporary purpose without the intention of establishing residence, who spend less than 183 days in the U.K. in any tax year, are not regarded as resident for tax purposes. However, they will become resident for any year in which their presence exceeds 183 days. But as Mr. Johnson points out, there is much work to be done to arrive at a better set of applicable rules and principles.

 

While such rules sourced from the 1842 legislation were simply stated, additional ambiguous concepts were introduced such as the meaning of a “temporary purpose” and what was meant by “residence”. The commentator notes that when tax cases were first officially reported in 1875, one of the first was concerned with tax residence status. The second rule above also had limited application -- it only covered foreign-source income.

 

Since 1842’s version’s of residency was pronounced its principles have been restated in other tax acts and now is warehoused at section 829 and 831 of the Income Tax Act of 2007. Nevetheless, there are the same uncertainties present, which has, over time, led to various judicial decisions. The precedents from these cases are the basis from the current law is applied.

 

In recent years there has been a growing concern that that practice, as set out in publication HMRC6 (previously IR20), Residence, Domicile and the Remittance Basis, does not give certainty, has been changed without notice, and when it comes to the crunch, will not necessarily be supported by the courts. Thus, many in the UK want a more formal statutory definition of residency. The government has responding by forming a working group that will publish a consultative document.

 

Under current law in the U.K. and individual who spends 183 days or more in the U.S. is a resident for tax purposes. In Wilkie, 32 T.C. 485. Mr. Wilkie contended he was not “resident” by submitting evidence he was present in the UK for only 182 days and 20 hours. He was spared U.K. taxation by four hours. Where an individual moves to the U.K. with the intention either of living here permanently or working here for an extended period or for an indeterminate period then residency is also established. In Lysaght, 13 TC 511 (1928), the taxpayer was found to be resident in the U.K. because of his regular visits to carry out duties as a director of a U.K. company even though he had no definite place of residence here.

 

Where an individual comes to the U.K. on a temporary basis and is present for 91 or more days per year on the average over a four year period (based on the Lysaght decision) then he is resident. When an individual comes to the U.S. for a particular purpose and remains for at least two years, regardless of the number of days present in each year, i.e., a “settled purpose”, the such person is resident. See Cooper v. Cadwalader, 5 T.C. 101 (1904).

 

The object of the current consultation project  is to provide greater certainty when individuals determine their residence status under self-assessment, whether that be on arriving in the U.K. or leaving it. The consultation seeks views on a proposed statutory residence test, which would apply from April 6, 2012. It will have three parts:  (i) to determine whether the individual is clearly nonresident; (ii) to determine if the individual is clearly resident; (iii) to resolve the issue where application of the first two tests leads to a conflicting set of conclusions.

 

Under the first test of “clearly non-resident’, such would apply to an individual who is present in the U.K. for less than 45 days and was not a resident in any of the three immediately preceding tax years. If such person was resident in any of the 3 preceding years then he must be present for less that 10 days for the year in question. When an individual leaves the U.K. to work full-time abroad and is present in the U.K. for less than 90 days, of which no more than 20 are "working days", then he is non-resident.  In this context, full-time work, which includes self-employment, means work of 35 or more hours per week carried out over a complete tax year. A working day is one in which three or more hours of work are carried out.

 

Under the second part of the consultative prescription for residence, an individual will be treated as resident for the tax year when: (i) he is present in the U.K. for 183 days or more; (ii) his home is located in the U.K., or if he has more than one home, all of his homes are in the U.K.; and (iii) the individual is in the U.K. to carry out full-time work,i.e. work that is 35 or more hours per week carried out over a period of 9 months, wih no more than 25% of such person’s duties being carried on abroad.

 

Under the third part of the test or the tie-breaker provision, which apply if only if none of the tests in (i) or (ii) are met, factors are used to “connect” the individual to the U.K.  Such person will be “resident” in the year depending on the number of days present in the U.K. and one or more of these so called “connecting” factors: (i) the individual's spouse, civil partner, cohabitee, or minor children are resident in the U.K. for that year; (ii) for children, the individual must spend time with them for at least 60 days per year; (iii) the individual has accommodation in the U.K. which has actually occupied in that year other than hotels or temporary accomodations; (iv) the individual has done “substantive work” in the U.K. during the year of 40 days or 3 or more hours of work albeit not full time work in the U.K.; (v) the individual has spent 90 days or more in the U.K. in either of the immediately preceding 2 years; and (v) the individual has spent more time in the U.K. than elsewhere.

 

For individual arriving in and departing from the U.K., there are special rules or "tariffs" whereby the number of factors needed to make the individual resident for the year varies according to the number of days of presence in the U.K. in that year. The tariff for arrivals -- that is, someone who has not been resident in any of the three immediately preceding tax years -- is proposed to be as follows:

if present in the U.K. for less than 45 days -- none of the factors are taken into account (he would already be nonresident under Part (i));

if between 45 and 89 days -- resident if all four factors are satisfied;

if between 90 and 119 days -- resident if at least three factors are satisfied;

if between 120 and 182 days -- resident if at least two factors are satisfied; and

if 183 days or more -- he would already be resident under Part (ii)

In the case of an individual leaving the U.K. who has been resident in one or more of the three immediately preceding tax years, the tariff is as follows:

if present in the U.K. for less than 10 days -- none of the factors are taken into account (he would already be nonresident under Part (i));

if between 10 and 44 days -- resident if at least four factors are satisfied;

if between 45 and 89 days -- resident if at least three factors are satisfied;

if between 90 and 119 days -- resident if at least two factors are satisfied;

if between 120 and 182 days -- resident if at least one factor is satisfied; and

if 183 days or more -- he would already be resident under Part ii.

 

While the current rules tend to lead to an all or nothing by concession, "split-year" treatment is available in some situations whereby a different residence status can apply before and after the date of arrival or departure. This treatment is granted when the arrival or departure is for the purpose of taking up permanent residence in the U.K. or abroad or when the departure is in order to take up full-time employment abroad. The intention is to replicate, as far as possible, this treatment within the new statutory rules but to avoid the uncertainty inherent in the phrase "permanent residence." The proposal allows split-year treatment when the individual becomes U.K. resident because his only home is in the U.K., he starts full-time employment here, or he returns to the U.K. after working full time abroad. In the case of departures, the treatment will apply when the individual goes to work full time abroad or establishes his home in another country so as to become tax resident there.

 

A few years ago, special rules were introduced for capital gains tax to combat the practice of becoming nonresident for a period of a few years, during which the individual realized gains outside the U.K. tax net and then took up residence again.  In essence, those gains are stored up and taxed in the year in which the individual becomes resident again. The consultation document proposes that a similar rule be introduced for income tax purposes to target some forms of investment income. One example highlighted by Mr. Johnson is when profits of a privately owned company are accumulated and only paid out as dividends once the shareholder has become nonresident.

 

The U.K. is probably unique in that, in addition to the concept of residence, taxation is also levied according to the concepts of "ordinary residence," which is also covered in this document, and "domicile," which  will be the subject of a separate consultation document.

 

Are long-standing allies and friends in the U.K. might want to look at the rules we have under section 7701(b) in defining "resident" and "non-resident" for income tax purposes. Perhaps our approach is more sensible and predictable.

Large Corporations Required to File Statement Disclosing Uncertain Tax Positions with Annual Corporate Income Tax Return

In  IRS Announc. 2010-9, 2010-7 IRB 408 (the “UTP Announcement”),  the IRS announced that it was considering the adoption of an important addition to the income tax reporting requirements of corporations and certain business taxpayers. The new schedule would require certain business taxpayers to disclose annually uncertain tax positions (UTPs) by concisely describing the positions and providing information about their magnitude. Initially, the new schedule was to be filed beginning in tax years ending in 2010 by business taxpayers with total assets in excess of $10 million, provided the taxpayer had one or more uncertain tax positions of the type required to be reported on the new schedule. Eventually, however, the IRS decided to move forward with the UTP schedule and “softened” somewhat its initial approach on the asset threshold of  $10 million, starting with a $100,000,000 gross asset value threshold in 2010, which greatly reduced the number of required uncertain tax position schedules filing on 2010 returns. Now there is a phase of the asset threshold amount for corporations and certain business taxpayers until 2014 when the excess of $10 amount triggers the reporting requirement.  

 

It is clear that the IRS is trying to force corporate taxpayers to bring out into the open tax positions taken on their returns with which the IRS may not agree. Previously, taxpayers only were required to disclose uncertain tax positions to avoid accuracy-related penalties, and then only where there was not “substantial authority” or reasonable reliance on a tax advisor's “more likely than not” opinion (except in limited instances). Now, the IRS may take the view that a tax position having a significant degree of uncertainty must be disclosed and identified on the corporate tax return. This will inevitably lead to further litigation concerning the ability of the IRS to obtain workpapers, memoranda, legal opinions, and work product that are used to support the preparation and filing of Schedule UTP.

 

Various professional groups argued last Summer that the proposed Schedule UTP should be withdrawn as it forces taxpayers to either identify potential tax liability to fulfill its self-assessment requirements or face the possibility of a punishing rebuke should it fail to satisfy the IRS's increasing need for information. This obligation to disclose questionable or uncertain tax positions runs counter to time honored traditions between attorney-client communications, the work product doctrine as well as the relatively new federal tax practitioner privilege under section 7525 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

While interim notices on the uncertain tax position schedule provided a limited form of mitigation, the present UTP form provides a roadmap for the IRS to efficiently audit a subject taxpayer by zeroing in on the taxpayer’s own concerns of what positions may be successfully challenged by the Service.  What happens when a taxpayer omits a item which the Service thought should have been disclosed as “uncertain”? Will penalties be imposed? Unless Congress acts, or a strong lobbying effort by professional groups ultimately is successful, it will be up to the courts to decide if the new burden of disclosing UTP is valid, even if promulgated under final regulations.

For further discussion on the background and implications of this new administrative rule, see August, “The Uncertain State of Uncertain Tax Positions”, Business Entities (WG&L), May/June 2011.

Recent Decision of Judgment of the Court (Grand Chamber) of EU in Akzo Nobel Chemicals, et al v. European Commission Imperils Attorney Client Privilege for Foreign Based Subsidiaries, Including in U.S. Tax Proceedings and Non-Tax Proceedings

In a decision that has wide-sweeping implications for companies that are doing business in the EU or otherwise become a party to a legal or administrative proceeding governed by the EU, as well as to American persons engaged, directly or indirectly such as through ownership of a controlled subsidiary or company in the EU, the Grand Chamber of the EU Court affirmed the decision of the Court of First Review (trial court) holding that various claims of legal privilege made by Akso Nobel Chemicals and Akcros Chemicals for communications made to the companies' in-house companies were not privileged and thus were discoverable under by the European Commission. Article 14 of Council Regulation 17 (anti-competitive practices; violations) of 6 February 1962, First Regulation implementing Articles [81] and [82] of the Treaty. The case was appealed  by the companies from the adverse decision rendered by the General Court in favor of the EU Commission.  The opinion was issued on September 14, 2010.

This Article 14 permits the EU Commission, through its officials, to investigate undertakings and associations of undertakings including: (1) examine books and other business records; (2) take copies or extracts of such business records; (3) ask for oral explanations “on the spot”; and (4) enter the premises (without prior notice), i.e., so called “dawn raids”

 

Factual Background

In early 2003, Commission officials assisted by representatives of the Office of Fair Trading of Great Britain, conducted a “dawn raid” at Akso Nobel’s and Akcros Chemical’s facilities in Manchester, England. During the investigation the Commission officials took copies of documents including documents, e.g., e-mails, asserted by the appellants as privileged communications between attorney and client.  The Commission officials explained they had to briefly examine the documents in question and form their own opinion of privilege.  Following a long discussion, and after the Commission officials and the OFT officials had reminded the applicants’ representatives of the consequences of obstructing investigations, it was decided that the leader of the investigating team would briefly examine the documents in question, with a representative of the applicants at her side. This ultimately led to a dispute as to 5 documents, including e-mails from employees of the company to and between its in-house counsel. In general, the legal issue was whether these documents were privileged and not subject to discovery as lawyer-client communications. The lawyer in question for Akso was in house lawyer licenced as an Advocaat of the Netherlands Bar. The Commission officials disagreed and would render a final decision on 8 May 2003 rejecting the privilege claims as to the e-mails and certain documents.

 

The appellants initiated actions before the General Court in Spring of 2003 to require the Commission to return certain documents seized and to order their return. The General Court dismissed the action on both grounds. (Case T-253/03).

 

The appellants filed with the Grand Chamber to set aside the judgment of the General Court which rejected the claim of legal professional privilege with Akzo’s in-house lawyer; set aside the judgment and cause the relevant privileged documents to be returned. Various groups intervened and filed claims in support of Akzo including the European Company Lawyers Association and the Association of Corporate Council Association (ACCA)-European Chapter, the International Bar Association, as well as the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the Kingdom of Netherlands.

 

The EU Commission contended that the relevant e-mails do not comply with the first condition for legal professional privilege in accordance with AM& S Europe v. Commission [1982] ECR 1575, whereby the legal advice (to be protected from discovery) must be requested and given for the purpose of the defence of the client’s rights. Neither e-mail, in the view of the Commission, met this foundational critierion. Moreover, the second condition of the AM&S Europe case would not be met since the in house lawyer is employed by the company and in-house counsel communications are not privileged under the decision of the EU Courts.

 

Recognizing that Akzo and Akcros both had a sufficient interest to appeal the case, they set forth various grounds for appeal and reversal of the holding of the Court below and of the Commission. The main attack made was the second requirement that in-house lawyers are excluded from legal professional privilege in the EU, even if such counsel is a member of the Bar of a EU country. The protection is only afforded under the AM&S Europe case to independent lawyers of member states of the EU.

.

In opposition, the EU Commission contended that in AM & S Europe v Commission the Court placed lawyers in one of the following two categories: (i) employed salaried lawyers and (ii) lawyers who are not bound by a contract of employment. Only documents drafted by lawyers in the second category were regarded as being covered by legal professional privilege.

 

The Grand Chamber, in its analysis confirmed that the second condition of “indepence” is based on a conception of the lawyer’s role as collaborating in the administration of justice and as being required to provide, in full independence and in the overriding interests of that cause, such legal assistance as the client needs. The counterpart to that protection lies in the rules of professional ethics and discipline which are laid down and enforced in the general interest. Consequently, an in-house lawyer is less able to deal effectively with any conflicts between his professional obligations and the aims of his client.

.

The Grand Chamber then stated that “It follows, both from the in-house lawyer’s economic dependence and the close ties with his employer, that he does not enjoy a level of professional independence comparable to that of an external lawyer.” Thus, the first ground of appeal asserted by the appellants failed.

 

The second argument pertained to the violation of “equal treatment” and that the position of in-house lawyers who are members of a Bar association is no different from that of external lawyers. The principal of equal treatment is a general principle of the EU law, contained in Articles 20 and 21 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union. This argument was also rejected. The appellate court stated that in-house lawyers are in a fundamentally different position from external lawyers and therefore the General Court properly held there was no breach of the principle of equal treatment.

 

Regulation No 1/2003, contrary to the appellants’ assertions, does not aim to require in-house and external lawyers to be treated in the same way as far as concerns legal professional privilege, but aims to reinforce the extent of the Commission’s powers of inspection, in particular as regards documents which may be the subject of such measures. The principle of legal certainty of EU law is further not violated by the decision of the court below. Therefore, the principle of legal certainty does not require that identical criteria be applied as regards legal professional privilege in those two types of procedure. Accordingly, the fact that, in the course of an investigation by the Commission, legal professional privilege is limited to exchanges with external lawyers in no way undermines the principle relied on by Akzo and Akcros. A final argument claimed by the appellants is that the findings of the General court as a whole, violate the principle of national procedural autonomy and the principle of the conferred powers.

 

This principle of national procedural autonomy governs situations in which the courts and administrations of the Member States are required to implement European Union law, but does not apply where the legal limits of the actions of the institutions themselves are at issue. The Court responded that the regulation in question here was to be applied at the EU level and not at the level of the home jurisdiction under its national law. Here, the rules of procedure with respect to competition law, as set out in Article 14 of Regulation No 17 and Article 20 of Regulation No 1/2003, are part of the provisions necessary for the functioning of the internal market whose adoption is part of the exclusive competence conferred on the Union by virtue of Article 3(1)(b). In essence, neither the principle of national procedural autonomy nor the principle of conferred powers may be invoked against the powers enjoyed by the Commission in the area in question.The third ground set forth in the appeal also  failed.

 

Implications of Akso Nobel Chemical and Acros Chemicals Decision.

What is clear from the long-awaited decision in Akso Nobel is that the EU Courts will not accept a claim of attorney-client privilege with respect to in-house counsel situated in EU jurisdictions. Only external lawyers from EU countries, not foreign countries will qualify.

 

This in turn will lead to problems in the U.S. tax proceedings, including trials, where information gathered with respect to a U.S. taxpayer on its international business activities and tax compliance issues can be discovered far more easily. Upon discovery (and production) the waiver of such information and the subject matter is in play even in a U.S. tax proceeding. Moreover, despite the Supreme Court’s decision in Upjohn that in house communications to a ground of employees with in-house counsel as to the subject matter of an internal investigation are privileged, the same case in the EU would yield the opposite result as evidenced in Akso Nobel, supra. Could this lead to even a greater step that when talking to an in house lawyer in Europe such discussions can not be expected to be protected from disclosure in a US tax or other proceeding since there is no expectation of privacy, as the argument would presuambly go?

 

It is clear that the narrow attorney client privilege in the EU threatens the fabric of the attorney-client privilege in the States. I am sure there is more discussion, commentary from bar groups and acadmics, as well as from the courts, to follow.

 

This blogger will be the program moderator and speaker on the Attorney-Client, Work Product and Other Privilelges in Federal Tax Controversies and LItigation for ALI-ABA's National (and EU) webcast scheduled for Wednesday, June 29 at 12 noon (EST) from Philadelphia, Pa. Also speaking on the program is Ian Comiskey, of the Blank Rome law firm also of Philadelphia. Mr. Comiskey is a nationally recognized practitioner and legal authorities on tax procedure and tax litigation.

Representatives of Japan and the United States Commence Negotiations on Amendments to the U.S.-Japan Income Tax Treaty

 

 

The U.S. Department of the Treasury having announced on June 2, 2011 that it planned to begin formal negotiation of amendments to the existing bilateral income tax treaty with Japan, which Treaty was entered into force in 2004, commenced negotiations on June 8-10 in Washington, D.C. The amendments to the Treaty being discussed was the subject of some speculation in a tax publication, i.e., Tax Notes International, June 13, 2011. The topics for discussion should include, dividend exemption, mandatory arbitration procedures under the competent authority provision, and a more expansive exchange of information provision.

Zero Rate Withholding on Dividends

 

One area for discussion that reasonably should be on the agenda, at least that of Japan's agenda, is that the Japanese authorities want to lower the threshold for having a zero rate of withholding on dividends paid by a resident corporation of the other country. Under Article 10, 3(a), the current treaty provides an exemption from withholding tax where the beneficial owner of the dividend is a company that (i) is a resident of the other contracting state and has owned, directly or indirectly through one or more residents of either contracting state, more than 50% of the voting stock of the company paying the dividend for a period of 12 months, ending on the date in which the dividend is declared and (ii) such resident meets the special limitation on benefits provision under Article 22 of the Treaty.

 

Japan has recently been able to obtain a lower threshold for zero dividend withholding in other treaties such as the protocol it signed in 2010 with Switzerland and the new treaty it has with Netherlands, signed also in 2010 but both are not entered into forced as of yet. Under both the Swiss protocol and the new treaty with the Netherlands, the threshold is reduced to "more than 50% of the voting power" to "at least 50%" of the voting power, etc. ending on the date the dividend is declared. Thus, Japan wants a 50-50 joint venture company to qualify for zero rate withholding under the U.S. Treaty. The threshold in Japan’s treaty with Australia is "at least 80%" in contrast. Compare that result with the more liberal provision under the Japan-France income tax convention for zero withholding.

 

Mandatory Arbitration Procedures


The newswire also hinted that the Japanese negotiators want the adopt mandatory arbitration provisions into Article 25 of the Japan-U.S. Treaty. This was recently accomplished in the Netherlands treaty and in a "double tax agreement" recently signed by the Japanese government with Hong Kong in 2010, both of which are pending. This mandatory arbitration provision states that if under the competent authorities process there is no resolution of the case within 2 years of the presentation to the competent authority of the other contracting state, then any unresolved issues will go to arbitration is the petitioner requests but not if a decision on the issue(s) has already been rendered by a court or administrative body of either contracting state. Other special rules are incorporated in the proposals.

 

The U.S. model tax treaty of 2006 does not set forth a mandatory binding arbitration provision under the competent authority process. Still, the U.S. has MAP provisions with its treaties with Belgium, Canada and Germany. The Mexico and Netherlands treaties have adopted language that could establish a voluntary MAP approach. The Treasury’s approach to MAP can be said overall to be favorable and is viewed as a valuable aid in resolving competent authority disputes under tax treaties. Perhaps the current negotiations with Japan will include such an amendment for MAP.
 

Exhange of Information Amendment

It is further reported that the Japanese may want to update Article 26 of the Treaty, Competent Authorities, with respect to an evolving international standard on exchange of information. The thought it that one competent authority will have the right to request information from the other treaty country which the other may not use for its own tax purposes. The provision that Japan is believed to want in the Treaty by amendment is similar to if not identical with 4 and 5 of Article 26 of the 2006 U.S. Model Treaty.

 

Now, with respect to our country's "list" of amendments being sought, the Treasury did not, in its June 2 press release, issue such list of items for inclusion in the Treaty with Japan. It would be reasonable to assume, however,  that differences between the Treaty and the 2006 U.S. Model Treaty could be the subject of proposals requested by the U.S. Treasury.

 

Given the importance of our trading relationships with Japan, it is important that the Treaty can be amended in a manner that conforms with the policies each government feels is important for the sound tax administration of its countries tax laws and in a manner which fosters greater trading and investment in capital among the countries.

Tax Court of Canada Approves of Foreign Tax Credit Generator Arrangement in Canada Limited v. The Queen (Case 4145358); Cross Border Impacts

In General: U.S. Efforts to Thwart Foreign Tax Credit Generator Arrangements

Several years ago a new tax avoidance (or “abusive” as the Service might phrase it) technique was identified by the Large and Mid-Size Business (LMSB) Division of the IRS in a field directive (LMSB-04-0208-003)(3/19/2008) on the subject of foreign tax credit (FTC) generators.

 

The FTC provisions in the Code  allow a U.S. taxpayer to claim a credit against its U.S. income tax liability for foreign taxes paid or accrued, directly or indirectly, with respect to its foreign source income. FTC generators are complex transactions that are designed to: (i) recover the foreign tax paid claimed as an FTC to avoid any foreign tax cost; or (ii) to eliminate the income that resulted in the FTC; or (iii) transactions which have elements of both (i) and (ii).  LMSB in its 2008 directive  noted that the FTC generator is causing a “significant drain” on the Treasury and also has resulted in the Treasury allocation substantial resources to combating transactions that are abusive. Such transactions are difficult to identify on a tax return including Schedule M-3 or Form 1118 (FTC-Corporations) but may be detected during an actual audit. The market for using FTC generators is strong in the financial services industry since these transactions “appear as a par of their general business operations” and are more difficult to identify. LMSB announced the formation of an issue management team to specifically address such transactions and coordinate their efforts throughout the Service and with the Appeals Division as well. On July 15, 2008, Treasury and the IRS issued final Regulations ( TD 9416 ) that were proposed in 2007  ("new Regulations") to address certain types of foreign tax credit generators. Two weeks earlier, on June 30,  2008, the IRS released CCA 200826036 (dated February 29, 2008), addressing a type of FTC transaction that was not specifically covered by the new Regulations.

 

The new Regulations to section 901 disallow FTCs (for foreign taxes paid), in connection with certain inappropriate “passive investment arrangements”, which arrangements, if they meet the six specified conditions contained in the regulations, artificially generate FTCs. See Treas. Reg. §1.901-2(e)(5). The final Regulations apply to foreign tax payments paid or accrued for tax years ending on or after the date of finalization (7/15/2008). Treas. Reg. §1.902-2(e)(5) provides that a FTC may only be claimed if it is involuntary within the criteria set in Treas. Reg. §1.901-2(a), which tests whether the payment of foreign taxes was still the produce of a  bona fide effort to minimize the impact of foreign taxes. 

 

The Regulations categorize three types of passive investment arrangements which involve a U.S. person and a foreign counterparty: (i) U.S. lender transactions; (ii) U.S. borrower transactions; and (iii) asset-holding transactions. In each situation the IRS claims that the U.S. person’s FTC benefit is shared by the parties through the pricing of the arrangement. See also CCA 200826036.

 

The six features that must be present to disallow the FTCs under the final Regulations are:

               

(1)  The transaction uses a "special purpose vehicle” (SPV) entity, the income and assets of which are substantially all passive (under an expansive definition) and the income of which is subject to taxation in a foreign country, other than a withholding tax on its owners (regardless of whether the income is taxed to the SPV or its owners).

(2) From a U.S. federal income tax perspective, a U.S. person has an equity interest in the SPV and is thus able to claim a credit for the SPV's foreign tax liability.

(3) The tax cost to the SPV is greater than the foreign tax expense that would have been imposed on the U.S. investor if the U.S. investor owned its interest in the SPV's assets directly.

(4) A foreign person participates in the transaction by (under foreign law) owning at least 10% of the SPV's equity or acquiring (directly or indirectly) 20% of the SPV's assets.

(5) The structure results in a foreign tax benefit to the foreign person through a credit, deduction, exemption of income, or disregarded payment.

(6) The foreign tax credit claim of the U.S. person results directly from tax arbitrage between the United States and another country involving (a) hybrid entities, (b) hybrid instruments, (c) inconsistent identity of tax ownership, or (d) inconsistent measurement of an entity's taxable income

Recent Attempts to Thwart Application of Foreign Tax Credit Generators in Canada.

A good example or illustration in this area is a transaction that starts with a loan by a Canadian resident corporation to a resident of the U.S..Had the Canadian taxpayer loaned the amount directly to the nonresident, the interest income would have been subject to Canadian tax without any foreign tax being paid by application of treaty reduction. 

The FTC generator inserts a third party, a special purpose entity or SPV, which is generally a flow thru entity for U.S. tax purposes. A  Canadian nonresident, i.e., U.S domiciled corporation, will also invest in the partnership. The partnership then loans an amount (including the amount invested by the Canadian resident) to another member of the nonresident's corporate group. The loan results in  interest income in the partnership and an offsetting interest deduction for the borrower, so there is no net tax to the U.S. nonresident's corporate group. Instead of receiving interest income with no offsetting credit, the Canadian resident receives an allocation of income from the partnership and claims an FTC for its share of the foreign (U.S.) tax paid by the partnership. The Canadian tax savings are divided between the Canadian lender and the nonresident borrower through a reduced yield being given to the Canadian resident taxpayer on what is in substance a loan with a tax receivable adjustment.

Adverse Impact of FTC Generators on Canadian Treasury; Apparantly Not to the Tax Court of Canada in Canada Liimited

In addition to the concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, the Canadian Department of Finance has stated that Canada risks losing billions of dollars in tax revenue from the use of FTC generators.  It therefore has proposed amendments to the ITA (Income Tax Act) to stop the FTC generators for tax years ending after March 4, 2010. Canada also has decided to challenge the FTC generator by taking the issue to the courts. The first judicial review of the subject was recently decided by the Tax Court of Canada in Canada Limited v. The Queen(Case 4145356). 2011 TCC 220, Apr. 21, 2011.

A summary of the facts involve a subsidiary (S) of the Royal Bank of Canada. In 2003, S invested in a Delaware limited partnership, Crown Point Investments LP, for $400 million.  The general partner of Crown Point, Gaskell Management LLC (GM) , and the other limited partner of Crown Point (CP), were subsidiaries of Bank of America.  The U.S. limited partner subsidiary, CP, invested $1.2 billion while the U.S. subsidiary general partner, GM, contributed $15 million to Crown Point Investments LP’s capital. While organized as a limited partnership, Crown Point elected to be taxed as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes.

The Royal Bank’s subsidiary S, and the limited partner (CP), entered into a “repo agreement under which S had the right to require CP to purchase its limited partnership units in Crown Point for $400 million (comprising approximately 25% of the capital in the limited partnership) and GM had the right as well to acquire S’s.  Because of the repo arrangement, S’s investment in Crown Point was treated for U.S. tax purposes as a loan by S (again a Canadian subsidiary to the Royal Bank of Canada) to CP (again a U.S. subsidiary of the Bank of America) . The limited partnership,  Crown Point, made a loan of approximately $1.6 billion to Mecklenberg Park Inc.(MP), another subsidiary of Bank of America.

Under the Crown Point partnership agreement, S was entitled to a cash distribution from Crown Point equal to 4.73%  of the $400 million advanced to Crown Point. In 2003 Crown Point distributed approximately $6.1 millionin  cash to S. Under the limited partnership agreement, the appellant's share of the partnership’s net profit was the lesser of: (i) its pro rata share of net profit of the partnership (that is, total net profit x 25%); and (ii) the total cash distributed to S divided by (1 - the applicable tax rate).


In computing its Canadian tax liability for 2003, S included in its income approximately $9.4 million as its distributive share of partnership income and claimed foreign tax credits of approximately $3.2 which was its share of the foreign tax paid by Crown Point to the U.S. total interest income earned on the MP loan. In 2003 Crown Point earned interest income of $28.7M (U.S.) from theMP loan and paid U.S. tax of approx. $10M (U.S.). The Canadian Revenue Department disallowed the FTC of S and did not reduce the amount of S’s distributive share of the limited partnership’s income.

The first issue was to determine whether the entire limited partnership structure would be respected for Canadian ITA purposes; it was a hybrid entity for Canadian tax purposes since it was a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes. While the partnership rules in Canada resemble the treatment of a flow thru entity for U.S. income tax purposes, even for foreign based partnerships such as Crown Point, While there is no specific rule on partnerships and FTCs under the ITA, in Interpretation Bulletin IT-183 and its replacement, IT-270R3, the Canada Revenue Agency allows a partner to include its distributive share of the foreign taxes paid by a partnership of which it was a member in the computation of its FTC.


Stating that Canadian tax law and not U.S. tax law, would be determinative and that as such, the limited partnership was a partnership for Canadian income tax purposes and that S would have potential liability for Canadian taxes. Therefore, S’s income for 2003 was its distributive share of partnership income or approximately $9.4M. The Canadian Revenue Agency’s argument that its income should be the amount of cash distributed to S or $6.1M, i.e., the fixed return that S was entitled to receive.

 

Under ITA section 126, a Canadian taxpayer is entitled to claim a foreign tax credit for taxes “paid” to a foreign country on foreign source income. The government argued that because the taxpayer was not personally liable for the U.S. tax, i.e., the U.S. corporation (limited partnership) was, it could not claim FTCs in Canada. The Court rejected the idea that ITA section 126 required actual liability. The Court instead viewed, in accordance with the Supreme Court of Canada’s direction that the courts not interpret the ITA in a restrictive manner but to also consider the context or purpose for which the provision was adopted, that no actual liability requirement is implied on the use of the word “paid”  in section 126.

Since S was subject to U.S. tax as an economic matter on its U.S. source income, and even though CP was taxed as a separate entity for U.S. tax purposes, S should be treated as having the foreign taxes charged against the amount that was distributed to it. The Court viewed this outcome as consistent with a strong policy in avoiding double taxation.

The decision may be fair it does not directly address the FTC generator issue and would have been addressed presumably by a U.S. court were the facts of the case inverted. It is noteworthy that Canada’s GAAR provision was not addressed by the Court.

Stay tuned as to whether the Canadian Revenue Agency appeals Canada Limited to the Federal Court of Appeal. 

 

 

 

European Court of Justice Decision in Prunus SARL v. France (C-384/09) Has Major Tax Implications for Companies Established in Certain Off Shore Tax Havens or Territories

France for years has imposed an annual tax of 3% of the value of immovable property situated in France when that property was owned, directly or indirectly, by a legal person. France law provided an exemption from this excise  for those legal persons whose seat of management was situated in a country or territory that had a TIEA or income tax treaty containing a nondiscrimination clause, provided, however, that the identities and addresses of the legal persons’ shareholders were disclosed annually as of a certain date. The exemption also was extended to legal persons that had their effective center of management in France or another EU member state, again provided the identity and addresses of the ultimate shareholders were provided.

 

Prunus, a company organized under the laws of France, was a wholly owned subsidiary of a Luxembourg holding company, Polonium. Polonium was owned 50% each by two companies organized and established in the British Virgin Islands. Prunus owned, directly or indirectly, a number of properties situated in France, but under the French tax rules, Prunus and Polonium were exempt from the 3% immovable property tax. Nevertheless, the two BVI companies were subject to the 3% tax as the BVI and had not entered into a qualifying tax treaty or TIEA designed to combat tax evasion.  The French taxing authority assessed the 3% tax against the French company, Prunus,  who was, under the provision, jointly and severally liable for the tax owed by the two BVI companies. Prunus and Polonium argued that the French rules at issue were contrary to article 63 (free movement of capital) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU).

 

The European Court of Justice, on May 5, 2011, in its landmark decision, Prunus SARL v. France (C-384/09) held against Prunus and upheld the assessment. Noting that the companies in the BVI are not entitled to EU membership benefits derived from EU law, the French anti-avoidance rules were upheld, i.e., the tax may be imposed if the legal person is established in a country that there is no tax information exchange agreement or an income tax treaty containing a nondiscrimination provision between the BVI and France.

 

An English  commentator on the case noted that the decision has “major implications for similar companies established in so-called overseas countries and territories such as Bermuda and the Cayman Islands.

Financial Accounting Standards Board's Oversight Group Will Test a New Review Process for Existing Standards Under FIN 48

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board's oversight organization announced May 20 that it will test a new review process for existing standards with an analysis of FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes."

 

FIN 48, which was promulgated in November 2006,  clarified the guidelines for accounting of uncertainty in income taxes on financial statements of enterprises per FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and removes uncertain income tax positions from the guidance provided under FAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies. See August, “Understanding FIN 48: Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” Business Entities (WG&L), May/Jun 2008.

 

It also applies to purchase accounting in connection with a business combination. Use of a valuation allowance described in FASB Statement 109, therefore, was eliminated as an appropriate substitute for the derecognition of a tax position. The requirement to assess a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on the sufficiency of future taxable income was left unchanged by FIN 48. This situation would arise, for example, where a company with a large NOL carryforward is not likely to produce a sufficient level of future taxable income to fully utilize the NOL within the applicable carryover period.

 

When a position is taken on a tax return that reduces the amount of income taxes payable even though another interpretation of current law can be made that would not reduce current income taxes payable, the enterprise realizes an immediate economic benefit. Under FIN 48, this benefit of a favorable tax position can be recognized in the current period when the position has a more likely than not (MLTN) chance of being upheld through court review despite the presence of contrary interpretations, and the benefit to ultimately be realized can be measured in accordance with applicable rules. Only the difference between the measured benefit and the reported benefit on the tax return is required to be added to the tax reserve. On the other hand, if the position on a particular item, i.e., a so-called “unit of account,” is determined to be less likely than not correct, the full amount of the tax liability, as well as projected interest and possible penalty, must be included in the reserve as a current liability (or reduction in the NOL carryforward or claimed tax refund) where the company anticipates making payment within one year or within the company's next operating business cycle. Non-current liabilities for fully or partially unrecognized tax positions are treated as a deferred tax liability to the extent unrecognized. Such book-tax adjustments will, in certain instances, affect the tax basis of one or more assets thereby differentiating book from tax depreciation - during the applicable recovery periods.

 

In many instances, partial or totally unrecognized tax positions may not later be derecognized, i.e., reduce the amount of the reserve or liability for uncertain taxes, until the statute of limitations has expired for the year in which the position was taken and the position has not been challenged by the taxing authority. Conversely, previously recognized tax positions that subsequently fail the MLTN recognition standard due to an intervening change in the law are required to be derecognized and charged to liabilities in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which such determination is made.

 

Where the MLTN standard is not satisfied (as discussed below), no economic benefit may be claimed and recognized for financial accounting purposes, i.e., a liability is booked or reflected on the financial balance sheet for the total amount of tax due, plus associated interest and penalties.

The Financial Accounting Foundation (FAF), the private-sector organization that oversees FASB, had determined over the last few years that the board required a formal process to monitor and address the issues that can arise after implementation of new accounting standards. The review will determine whether FIN 48 is accomplishing its purpose of providing useful financial information for management’s decision making process and evaluating the standard’s implementation and associated compliance costs. 

 

Many companies filing GAAP financial statements have had to seek legal opinions from tax counsel on issues that present a degree of uncertainty as to wehter the position taken on the tax return can be recognized, and if so, what is its proper "measurement". Such opinions in turn raise questions of attorney-client privilege and work product protection. FIN 48 schedules are reported on financial statements as an aggregate account and adjustment, its the schedules and opinions that contain much more information that the IRS in the event of an audit may want to have the taxpayer produce.

 

The adoption of FIN 48 has not been without its detractors and perhaps those who want to see more relaxed standards re-introduced into GAAP are trying to gain a foothold to causing a return to the former standard used under FAS 109 for reporting uncertain tax liabilities. It may also be something that the International Accounting Standards Board wants to see eliminated so that conversion of GAAP into IFRS can be effectuated.

 

For a related development see August, "The Uncertain State of Uncertain Tax Positions", Business Entities (May/June 2011).

Tax Strategies for Funds Investing In China: China Tax Authorities Aggressively Enforcing GAAR (General Anti-Avoidance Rules)

 

Chinese tax authorities have been aggressively enforcing the application of  its GAAR and are likely to scrutinize exit tax residency and permanent establishment issues as they relate to nonresident funds and management companies. This trend is also accompanied by a set of recent tax changes in China. Moreover, China has recently renegotiated treaties with Barbados, Mauritius, and Singapore, and continue to introduce new rules to address potentially abusive structures or transactions aimed at mitigating Chinese capital gain tax, particularly those based on double tax treaty claims or indirect transfers. These rules include general anti-avoidance rules  (GAARs)reflected in various pronouncements, i.e., Guoshuifa [2009] 2 ("Circular 2"), 3 Guoshuihan [2009] 698 ("Circular 698"), 4 Guoshuihan [2009] 601 ("Circular 601"), 5 Guoshuifa [2009] 124 ("Circular 124"), 6 and Guoshuihan [2010] 290 ("Circular 290").

Potential Investment Fund Structures in China

As most tax practitioners who work with outbound investment into China, there are several structures for effectuating cross-border investments by non-Chinese resident funds in China. One approach is to set up an investment fund in the Cayman Islands as an investment holding company which fund would adopt as its tax residence a jurisdiction which has a tax treaty with China, such as Hong Kong, Ireland or Mauritius. As a holding company, the Caymanian fund would invest in companies doing business in China. A management company could either set up a subsidiary ("wholly foreign owned enterprise" (WFOE) or a representative office in China.

Chinese GAAR Provisions

The corporate Income tax law, as revised, in China (CITL) has included several GAAR rules. Such anti-avoidance provisions permit the taxing to make adjustments when enterprises enter into business arrangements that give rise to a reduction of taxable income and are not supported by a reasonable business purpose. Under Chinese tax regulations, business arrangements without a bona fide business purpose refer to arrangements the primary purpose of which is to reduce, avoid, or defer tax payments. Guidance in this areas has been issued by the Chinese tax authorities which are very broad and cover a variety of contexts, including abuse of tax incentive policies, tax treaty provisions, legal vehicle forms or structures, tax havens, and other arrangements without bona fide business purposes. The Chinese have also adopted principles tax lawyers in the States are familiar with including, step transaction, substance over form, and book-tax differences.

The GAAR rules provide the Chinese tax authorities with the power to make adjustments to certain transactions or deny tax benefits, and allow local tax bureaus to disregard legal entities that are deemed to lack substance. These rules are being used to examine back-to-back loan or financing structures made by off-shore investment funds.

China Treaty Circulars: A Brief Summary

 

In Circulars 601 and 698 the Chinese taxing authorities will attack structures that exploit tax treaties, such as prohibited treaty shopping, and tax avoidance. combating tax treaty shopping and tax avoidance. These Circulars were preceded by some high-profile cases (citations omitted)and the issuance of other guidance aimed at strengthening the taxation of nonresidents.

In Circulars 124, the Chinese tax authorities introduced detailed administrative rules for treaty residents to claim treaty benefits, with an effective date of October 1, 2009. The rules provide that nonresidents will not be automatically granted the benefits under DTAs, and will be required to comply with administrative rules to receive them. Income derived by nonresidents is divided into two categories and is subject to different procedures for claiming treaty benefits.

For benefits attributable to passive income, including dividends, interest, royalties, and capital gains, nonresidents must adhere to an "application-approval" procedure. For active income, such as business income of permanent establishments, independent personal services, and dependent personal services, nonresidents must satisfy the "record-filing" procedure.

Different documentation is required with respect to  the two procedures. Once the application for treaty benefits is approved, the nonresident does not have to reapply to the tax authority to be entitled to benefits for three calendar years (including the year in which the initial application is made) with respect to (1) dividends derived from the same equity investment in the same enterprise; (2) interest derived from the same debt and due from the same debtor; and (3) royalties derived from granting the same right to the same person or enterprise. Eligible nonresidents under the DTAs that fail to apply for approval may cure this failure by filing an application within three years from the date of the tax payment to obtain a refund. Approval may be revoked by the Chinese tax authorities in certain circumstances and the nonresident may be required to pay the taxes plus surcharges, interest, or penalties. Query, how would a US based company issuing GAAP financials set up appropriate reserves under FIN 48 for such procedures and the risk of facing tax assessments in China?

In Circular 290, supplementary rules pertaining to local PRC tax authorities were promulgated including subjects on the timing of internal review procedures, tax filing requirements, and tax residency certificates for nonresidents seeking tax benefits under DTAs. Circular 290 requires a withholding tax agent to complete tax filing procedures regardless of whether the taxpayer has submitted related documents to the tax authority. Circular 290 clarifies that to obtain DTA benefits, a tax residency certificate must be issued exclusively for that purpose or in accordance with the requirements of Circular 124.

Additional Circulars Issued after 2008

Additional Circulars were issued by the PRC in 2009. For example, in Circular 601, rules for determining the "beneficial owner" for the purpose of claiming DTA benefits by treaty residents with respect to dividends, interest, and royalties. Agents and conduit companies (i.e., companies established to avoid or reduce tax or shift profits) are not beneficial owners for purposes of Circular 601. In Circular 698, the PRC addressed issues related to gains from equity sales (i.e., capital gains), specifically to increase the administration and taxation of direct and indirect capital gains derived by nonresidents. The Circular provides that the substance-over-form approach extends to capital gains derived indirectly by nonresidents on share or equity transactions and highlights the willingness of the Chinese tax authorities to disregard certain entities under GAAR if they were established to avoid tax and lack a business purpose and commercial rationale. The rules cover both direct and indirect equity or share transfers by nonresidents, the nonresidents' obligation to report and the Chinese tax authorities' jurisdiction over such gains, subject to certain conditions for indirect equity or share transfers.

The "share transfer" under Circular 698 refers to nonresidents transferring shares of a Chinese resident enterprise or company. Nonresidents are generally exempt from the Circular 698 reporting requirement for the disposal of listed shares of Chinese companies that were purchased and sold on a public stock exchange. For an indirect sale, Circular 698 asserts the Chinese tax authorities' right to invoke GAAR to disregard one or more intermediate holding companies if their existence serves no business purpose except avoidance of Chinese tax liabilities, thus effectively treating the indirect sale as a direct disposition of the Chinese company or enterprise.

There have been several cases that were prosecuted by the Chinese tax authorities under its GAAR Circulars in attacking transactions which the PRC taxing authorities believe does not comport with commercial substance. In the area of treaty shopping, a case arose in Tianjin (2010). The Tianjin case involved a Mauritius nonresident enterprise (MCo) that transferred its direct equity interest in a PRC non-land-equity joint venture (EJV) to another nonresident shareholder in Bermuda (BCo). The PRC tax authorities denied treaty benefits on capital gains derived by MCo from the direct disposal of equity interest in the EJV based on the following points: (i) MCo was merely a conduit company and was effectively managed by the U.S. parent company (USCo); and (ii) USCo is the beneficial owner of the capital gain in question. The PRC tax authorities determined , based on all facts and circumstances, that USCo had absolute control over MCo based on facts including: (i) the majority of EJV's sales were conducted through USCo; (ii) USCo sent its technical personnel into China to conduct product testing on EJV's products; (iii) EJV paid a royalty fee to USCo; (iv) USCo exercised substantial control over the production and operation of the EJV; and (v) USCo controlled the production, operation and funding of EJV.

In another recent case, Fujian (citation omitted), that was issued last year, the Fuzhou State Tax Bureau successfully assessed and collected taxes from a Hong Kong holding company after denying it a tax exemption under the China-Hong Kong DTA for capital gains on its transfers of the stock of a Chinese resident company. The disposing Hong Kong company alone owned less than 25% of the shares in the Chinese resident company and thus was otherwise eligible for relief under the DTA. However, its shareholder, a Hong Kong individual, owned additional shares in the same Chinese resident company through another intermediary Hong Kong holding company such that, in aggregate, the Hong Kong individual owned indirectly more than 25% of the shares in the Chinese resident company. The view of the Fuzhou State Tax Bureau was that the Hong Kong individual shareholder was the ultimate beneficial owner of the income and imposed a 10% withholding tax on the capital gains.

Practitioners working with outbound investments into China through an offshore holding company should review recent protocols entered into force under the China-Mauritius Treaty, the China-Barbados Treaty and the Singapore Treaty.

These developments in the PRC will cause tax practitioners and their clients investing in China to re-assess their tax structures and assess their present tax risk to challenge under the GAAR rules being enforced by the PRC. There are a host of potential problems in this area including the proper use of management entities, tax consequences of equity sales, eligibility for treaty protection, transfer pricing issues, permanent establishment issues, and location for the exercise of corporate governance.

It seems like the "economic substance doctrine", "business purpose", "substance over form", "step transaction", "sham transaction"., improper treaty shopping and related issues are now part of the tax landscape in the PRC.

Canadian Investment in U.S. Based Private Equity Funds: Preference for the U.S. Limited Liability Company

Canadians seeking to make investments in U.S. based private equity funds do face a challenging landscape attributable to the multitude of U.S. taxing authorities, federal, state and local governmental taxing authorities, as well as a somewhat counterintuitive home country tax regime, in reporting their U.S. operations back home in Canada. This is because U.S. private equity funds are frequently organized as limited partnerships which has the consequence that each non-resident U.S. partner is allocated his or its pro rata share of partnership income and is subject to U.S. income tax on such portion. More specifically, with respect to a non-resident investor who is a partner in the fund, its distributive share of partnership income is treated as income attributable to the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. ("effectively connected income" or "ECI") if the equity fund is so engaged. §875(1). Treas. Reg. §1.875-1. Johnston v. Comm’r, 24 T.C. 920 (1955)(Canada-U.S. Income Tax Treaty: Unger v. U.S. 936 F.2d 1316 (CA-D.C., 1991); Rev. Rul. 90-80, 1990-2 C.B. 170.

The Canadian (or non-resident) partners sale of an interest in the partnership also generates ECI, at least that is the Service’s publicly stated position. See Rev. Rul. 91-32, 1991-1 CB 107 . Where the non-US. Investor in the fund is a foreign corporation, the branch tax is implicated but at a reduced treaty rate. §884 ; Canada-U.S. Tax Treaty, Article X, para. 6. Where the US limited partnership operative a private equity fund has ECI, it must withhold at a 35% rate on each non-resident’s share of ECI. §1446.

In order to mitigate these tax impacts, it is common for a foreign investor to own its interest in a private equity fund in the U.S. through a U.S. corporation. The insertion of such entity, frequently referred to as a "blocker" company , is either a de jure U.S. corporation or a de facto corporation for tax purposes which occurs, in the latter instance, through forming, for example, a single member LLC which makes a reverse default election under the CTB regulations to be treated as a corporation. This results in the blocker corporation being subject to U.S. tax on its share of the fund’s income and is the entity responsible for filing U.S. tax returns and payment of U.S. tax. Profits are distributed to the non-resident owner of the blocker as either dividends or a liquidating distribution. As to dividends, if no treaty is involved the withholding tax is 30% but a Canadian investor may qualify for an exemption or a reduced withholding rate under the Treaty. Canada -U.S. Tax Treaty, Article X, para. 2(b). If the Canadian owner holds 10% or more of the U.S. subsidiary’s voting stock, the rate on dividend withholding is reduced to 5%. A special relief rule applies to liquidating distributions.

A special concern for Canadian investors with use of a "corporate" blocker to hold its interest in a U.S. limited partnership is that that the partnership will still be treated as a pass through entity for Canadian tax purposes. Therefore, for Canadian investors, a problem arises when a U.S. fund uses as a blocker a U.S. limited partnership that elects to be treated as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes. The partnership still will be treated as a pass-through partnership for Canadian tax purposes. See §96 of the Canadian Income Tax Act .

The 2007 Protocol to the Canada-U.S. Tax Treaty, which addressed problems associated with the use of hybrid entities for investing in both Canada and the U.S., also impacts blocker structures for Canadians investing in the U.S. First problem pertains to tax reporting. The U.S. K-1 will go to the U.S. blocker entity (corporation) and not to the Canadian investors who will need the same information provided on a K-1 in order to fulfill their Canadian income tax reporting and tax payment obligations since the blocker is treated as fiscally transparent. More critical is the tax consequences in Canada attributable to the use of the blocker structure itself. Generally a dividend paid to a non-U.S. shareholder is subject to a U.S. 30% withholding tax, subject to applicable treaty reduction. Where a private equity limited partnership makes a distribution to a U.S. blocker taxable as a corporation, the corporation, already subject to income tax on ECI and other U.S. source income includible in taxable income, which them makes a distribution from its earnings and profits to its non-resident partners, is required to withhold 30% of the dividend subject to treaty override. A Canadian resident that otherwise qualifies for benefits under the U.S.-Canadian Treaty can reduce this rate to 15% and 5% if he or it owns 10% or more of the subsidiary’s voting stock. Qualified pensions in Canada are entitled to 0% withholding.

Under the 2007 U.S.-Canadian Treaty Protocol pertaining to hybrid entities, paragraph 7(b), Article IV states:

"An amount of income, profit or gain shall be considered not to be paid to or derived by a person who is a resident of a Contracting State [Canada] where ...

"(b) The person is considered under the taxation law of the other Contracting State [U.S.] to have received the amount from an entity that is a resident of that other State [U.S.], but by reason of the entity being treated as fiscally transparent under the laws of the first-mentioned State [Canada], the treatment of the amount under the taxation law of that State [Canada] is not the same as its treatment would be if that entity were not treated as fiscally transparent under the laws of that State [Canada]."

Under this provision, for Canadian income tax purposes, a U.S. "blocker" corporation is still treated as a pass through entity and the income of the U.S. limited partnership is still allocated as ECI to the Canadian owner of shares in the blocker company. The transfer of funds by the "blocker" to Canadian residents is not taxable. (Were the U.S. blocker treated as a corporation for Canadian income tax purposes, then the payments by the blocker would be considered to be a dividend which is the U.S. treatment of the payment). Still, there would seem to be a withholding obligation of 30% by the U.S. blocker on cash funds distributed to the Canadians. In other words, treaty benefits presumably are to be denied to the Canadian investors on the dividends. See Technical Explanation of the 2007 Protocol. As a result, paragraph 7(b) of the 2007 Protocol would apply to provide that the dividends are not considered to be paid to or derived by either the Canadian corporation or the Canadian pension fund.

So direct investment by the Canadian in the U.S. limited partnership (private equity fund) results in ECI on its distributive share of the income and is subject to withholding subject to treaty reduction. Investment in a U.S. blocker corporation doesn’t change the result and perhaps could inspire another level of withholding on dividends paid by the blocker to its non-resident shareholders.

The potential solution to this "whipsaw" situation is the use of a U.S. limited liability company (instead of a limited partnership) to perform the role of the blocker, i.e., the use of a domestic LLC that elects to be treated as a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes. Canada views the LLC as a corporation. See, e.g., CRA Document Nos. 9729780 (11/14/97) and 9713120 (5/20/97); Income Tax Technical News No. 29 (10/30/02); CRA Interpretation Bulletin IT-343R, "Meaning of the Term ‘Corporation’" (9/26/77), at para. This offers the benefits of the U.S. blocker structure and reduction of withholding levels on distributions made by the LLC to Canadian residents.


Caution: This BLOG does not in any way render legal advice to persons reading the material contained in this or any other filing made on this site and may not be relied upon as legal advice. If you have this issue described in this submission to resolve you must consult with your tax counsel in reviewing the options that you may consider and their impacts.

Service issues New Procedure On Adequate Disclosure for Accuracy Related Penalty Purposes


The Service has just issued Rev. Proc. 2011-13, 2011-3 I.R.B.1, which updates Rev. Proc. 2010-15) as to whether whether disclosure of a position taken on a tax return is adequate for purposes of the section 6662(d) accuracy-related penalty and the section 6694(a) tax return preparer penalty.  The guidance updates the Service’s position to new section 6662(i) which provides an enhanced accuracy related penalty for  non-disclosed noneconomic substance transactions; the section 6662(j) increased accuracy-related penalty for undisclosed foreign financial asset understatements; and the Schedule UTP that must be filed by some corporations. The revenue procedure applies to any income tax return filed on 2010 tax forms for a tax year beginning in 2010 and to any income tax return filed on 2010 tax forms in 2011 for short tax years beginning in 2011.


Background

This revenue procedure updates Rev. Proc. 2010-15, 2010-7 I.R.B. 404, and identifies circumstances under which the disclosure on a taxpayer's income tax return with respect to an item or a position is adequate for the purpose of reducing the understatement of income tax under section 6662(d) and for the purpose of avoiding the tax return preparer penalty under section 6694(a) (understatements due to unreasonable positions on any income tax returns). The new procedure does not apply with respect to any other penalty provisions (including the disregard provisions of the section 6662(b)(1) accuracy-related penalty, the section 6662(i) increased accuracy-related penalty in the case of nondisclosed noneconomic substance transactions, and the section 6662(j) increased accuracy-related penalty in the case of undisclosed foreign financial asset understatements). This revenue procedure has been updated to include reference to: (i) the section 6662(i) increased accuracy-related penalty in the case of nondisclosed noneconomic substance transactions; (ii) the section 6662(j) increased accuracy-related penalty in the case of undisclosed foreign financial asset understatements; and (iii) the Schedule UTP, Uncertain Tax Position Statement, a new schedule required of certain corporations.

Section 6662

Section 6662 imposes a 20% accuracy related penalty with respect to  any portion of an underpayment of tax required to be shown on a return. The penalty is increased 100% to 40% of the underpayment of tax attributable to gross valuation misstatements under section 6662(h), nondisclosed noneconomic substance transactions under section 6662(i), or undisclosed foreign financial asset understatements under section 6662(j)). Section 6662(b)(2) applies to the portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to a substantial understatement of income tax.  See §6662(d)(1) for definition of substantial understatement of income tax. See also §6662(d)(1)(B) for corporations. Understatement is defined in section 6662(d)(2), i.e., the excess of the amount of tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year over the amount of the tax that is shown on the return reduced by any rebate (within the meaning of section 6211(b)(2)).

Section 6694

Section 6694(a) imposes return preparer penalty on a return or claim for refund which reflects an understatement of liability due to an "unreasonable position" if the tax return preparer knew (or reasonably should have known) of the position. A position (other than a position with respect to a tax shelter or a reportable transaction to which section 6662A applies) is generally treated as unreasonable unless (i) there is or was substantial authority for the position, or (ii) the position was properly disclosed in accordance with section 6662(d)(2)(B)(ii)(I) and had a reasonable basis. If the position is with respect to a tax shelter (per §6662(d)(2)(C)(ii)) or a reportable transaction (per §6662A), it is more difficult to have the penalty lifted for reasonable cause. See Notice 2009-5, 2009-3 I.R.B. 309.

The Notice announces that an accurate disclosure of a tax position on the appropriate year's Schedule UTP, Uncertain Tax Position Statement, will be treated as if the corporation filed a Form 8275 or Form 8275-R regarding the tax position. The filing of a Form 8275 or Form 8275-R, however, will not be treated as if the corporation filed a Schedule UTP.

Operative Provisions

The Procedures addresses the quality and quantity of information required to make an adequate disclosure For example, the Procedure addresses how much factual information is sufficient and requires that the money amounts entered on the forms must be verifiable, i.e., if on audit, the taxpayer can prove the origin of the amount (even if that number is not ultimately accepted by the Internal Revenue Service) and the taxpayer can show good faith in entering that number on the applicable form. Special scrutiny is given to understatements arising from transactions involving related parties. The relationship must be disclosed on Form 8275 or Form 8275-R. Parts of the Procedure are quite detailed as to what is required to be stated on the disclosure. As set forth in the regulations, a properly or adequately disclosed position still does not have a “reasonable basis” per Treas. Reg. §1.6662-3(b)(3) or is attributable to a tax shelter (per §§6662(d)(2) or (d)(3), or is not properly substantiated or the taxpayer failed to keep adequate books and records with respect to the item or position. The Procedure warns that disclosure will not avoid a tax return preparer penalty where the position is taken with respect to a tax shelter (per §6662(d)(2)(C)(ii)) or a reportable transaction to which section 6662A applies.

A separate section of the Procedure addresses the required information needed for taxpayers itemizing deductions, claiming charitable contributions,  casualty and theft losses, certain expenses related to the ownership of rental property, the reasonableness of officers compensation claimed on Form 1120 and other specific items. The Procedure addresses information required to be shown on Forms M-1 or M-3, partnership returns and other return information.  As to foreign tax items, the Procedure provides information related to international boycott transactions as well as treaty based return positions.

 
Effective Date

This revenue procedure applies to any income tax return filed on a 2010 tax form for a taxable year beginning in 2010, and to any income tax return filed on a 2010 tax form in 2011 for a short taxable year beginning in 2011.

 

Structuring Compensation Arrangements For U.S. Individuals Working Overseas

A frequently raised issue in tax planning for U.S. companies engaged in business operations overseas is the proper employment type relationship that should be used for the business person who is going to be rendering services in one or more foreign jurisdictions. There are at least four general ways that such relationshipo could be structured: (i) the service provider is treated as an employee of the foreign employer; (ii) the service provider is retained as the employee of the U.S. employer with a secondary relationship with the foreign affiliate; (iii) the service provider serves "two masters" by being employed by both the U.S. employer and foreign employer; or (iv) the service provider is treated as an employee of a special services company and then the special services company loans out the services the service provider to the foreign company.

 

The following is a short explanation of the various options present. No legal advice is being rendered in this summary and a reader may not rely or act upon this explanation as such. In all events the reader must consult with his company’s lawyer or law firm on the points discussed.

 

Service Provider Works as an Employee of the Foreign Company

 

This form of arrangement is good for long-term projects or working on a permanent basis. The foreign employer places the service provider on its payroll and such worker's proper immigration status must be obtained. The foreign employee may be paid in foreign currency (see section 988) and is permitted to participate in employee benefit plans, including share option agreements and other emoluments of service. The problem with this arrangement is that the U.S. individual may no longer be able to continue to participate in the U.S. employer's employee benefit plans. It is also possible that the foreign "wages" will not be counted for FICA purposes. But see §3121(l). Since the service provider is an employee of the foreign affiliate, it may not be possible for the U.S. company to expense the compensation and other deductible payments made. This could even apply to a bonus paid by the U.S. parent corporation for services rendered by the service provider to the foreign subsidiary. See Young & Rubicam, Inc. v. U.S., 410 F.2d 1233 (Ct. Cl. 1969). It could even extend to the employee’s exercise of previously issued (U.S. employer) stock options when the service provider is employed by the foreign subsidiary at the time of exercise. Some companies do permit foreign based employees to remain in U.S. employee benefit plans but again there may be issues on the deductibility of the contributions for services rendered through a foreign affiliate-employee relationship unless the foreign employer adopts the plan and is a member of the same controlled group.

 

Service Provider Remains Employee of U.S. Employer With Secondary Relationship with Foreign Affiliate

 

In this situation the employee is leased to the foreign employer by the U.S. employer with the contractual right retained by the U.S. employer to direct and control the service provider’s work regardless of where such services are being rendered. In general, such "secondary" arrangements are of relatively short duration. This arrangement keeps the U.S. employee as a participant in the U.S. employer’s qualified retirement programs and his compensation constitutes "wages" for FICA purposes. The U.S. employer can deduct the amounts of compensation paid in accordance with §162(a)(1). Frequently the employee will be "charged out" as a cost to the foreign based affiliate.

 

The problem with the "loan out" or "secondary arrangement" is that depending on the nature of the services rendered, especially where a key executive is involved, the foreign based services may give rise to a permanent establishment issue or engaged in a trade or business issue for the U.S. parent corporation. This possibility must be carefully evaluated in advance and monitored during the term or period that the foreign based services are rendered. There could also be awkward withholding and income tax rules based on the foreign taxing authorities possible approach that the income from the services rendered is taxable in the country in which the services are rendered and there is a withholding requirement. Pertinent treaty provisions must be reviewed.

 

Service Provider Serves "Two Masters" As Being Employed by a U.S. and Foreign Company

 

Under this form of arrangement, the executive is hired by both companies and has separate employment agreements with each. She is able to participate in both companies employee benefit plans. This arrangement will be used where there are also some tax benefits inuring to the employer or employee. While this arrangement may carry a greater administrative cost, depending on the jurisdictions involved, it could provide tax benefits for the three parties.

 

Service Provider is Hired by Services Management Company

 

Yet another variation is for the U.S. employer to establish a special management services company to hire service providers as employees and lease out such employees to foreign companies where and as needed. This is a well-used format for multinational companies having a pool of foreign service providers working in different companies. The practice has been to form the global service management company in a tax-haven or low tax jurisdiction to reduce the corporate income tax on profits earned by the leased employees. This arrangement may mitigate somewhat the risk of a permanent establishment issue for the U.S. employer. The risk with this arrangement is that it is subject to an "alter ego" attack based on all facts and circumstances by a foreign jurisdiction. The services management company must be a separate and profitable entity in its own right to reduce the risk. As with the foreign employee arrangement, the U.S. employer may lose the tax deduction associated with the compensation paid unless the management company is a domestic corporation.

 

The foregoing four options are by no means the exclusive means for establishing the relationship between a U.S. individual rendering services to a foreign affiliate. Other options such as a so-called "dormant contract" or even a joint venture could be considered. Moreover tax equalization clauses and calculations are important aspects of the employment agreement with a foreign based employer. In all cases it is important to assess the tax impacts and potential risks to the various parties.

 

Other Possibilities

 

The foregoing four options are by no means the exclusive means for establishing the relationship between a U.S. individual rendering services to a foreign affiliate. Other options such as a so-called "dormant contract" or even a joint venture could be considered. Moreover tax equalization clauses and calculations are important aspects of the employment agreement with a foreign based employer. In all cases it is important to assess the tax impacts and potential risks to the various parties.

Department of Justice Dismisses Criminal Charges Against UBS

The Justice Department on October 22 dismissed criminal charges against the Swiss bank, UBS AG, which had been accused of helping thousands of Americans evade U.S. taxes in the billions of dollars by concealing their assets in foreign accounts , The dismissal of the criminal chargers is part of UBS’ complying with an 18-month deferred prosecution agreement , which required UBS to pay $780 million in fines and taxes, exit the U.S. cross-border banking business, and turn over over account information of about 250 American clients. Based on such compliance with the DPA, the prosecutors moved to dismiss the criminal charges. According to the motion, UBS has met all the conditions set forth in the DPA. 

The Department of Justice had filed the DPA on February 18, 2009. The next day, the DOJ asked a federal district court to enforce the government's John Doe summons, which would have required UBS to divulge the names of as many as 52,000 taxpayers. In August, UBS further agreed to turn over the names of 4,450 account holders.

As many tax practitioners are aware, the Department of Justice, Criminal Tax Division, is continuing in its efforts to file similar legal actions and proceedings against other so-called tax haven banks in other countries or parts of the globe in continuing to flush out U.S. tax evaders.

IRS ISSUES NOTICE 2010-62 STATING HOW IT WILL APPLY THE ECONOMIC SUBSTANCE CLARIFICATION RULE IN SECTION 7701(o)

Under newly enacted 7701(o), This newly issued Notice provides interim guidance regarding the codification of the economic substance doctrine, for any transaction to which the economic substance doctrine is relevant, the transaction shall be treated as having economic only in instances where: (i) the transaction changes in a meaningful way (apart from Federal income tax effects) the taxpayer’s economic position; and (ii) the taxpayer has a substantial purpose (apart from Federal income tax effects) for entering into the transaction.

Section 7701(o)(5)(A) defines the “economic substance doctrine” as the common law doctrine under which income tax benefits (as well as corresponding costs) with respect to a transaction are not allowable if the transaction does not have economic substance or lacks a business purpose. Both tests have to be met. 

Section 7701(o)(5)(C) states that the determination of whether the economic

substance doctrine is relevant to a transaction shall be made in the same manner as if

section 7701(o) had never been enacted. With respect to individuals, however, section

7701(o)(5)(B) states that the two-prong analysis in section 7701(o)(1) applies only with respect to a transaction entered in as part of a trade or business or an activity engaged

in for the production of income. Transaction, per §7701(o)(5)(D), includes a series of transactions.

 

Section 7701(o)(2)(A) provides that a transaction’s potential for profit shall be

taken into account in determining whether the requirements of section 7701(o)(1) are

met only if the present value of the reasonably expected pre-tax profit is substantial in

relation to the present value of the claimed net tax benefits. For purposes of computing

pre-tax profit, §7701(o)(2)(B) provides that the Secretary shall issue regulations

treating foreign taxes as a pre-tax expense in appropriate cases.

 

The Act also added §6662(b)(6), which provides that the accuracy-related penalty imposed under §6662(a) applies to any underpayment attributable to any disallowance of a claimed tax benefit because of a transaction lacking economic substance (within the meaning of §7701(o)) or failing to meet any similar rule of law (collectively a § 6662(b)(6) transaction). The Act also added section 6662(i), that increases the accuracy related penalty from 20% to 40% for any portion of an underpayment that is attributable to one or more §6662(b)(6) transactions which were not adequately disclosed on the return or statement attached to the return. In addition, §6662(i)(3), also a new provision, provides that certain amended returns or any supplement to a return shall not be taken into consideration for purposes of section 6662(i).

 

The Act amended §6664(c) so that the reasonable cause exception for underpayments found in §6664(c)(1) shall not apply to any portion of any underpayment attributable to a § 6662(b)(6) transaction. The Act similarly amended  §6664(d) so that the reasonable cause exception found in § 6664(d)(1) shall not apply to any reportable transaction understatement (within the meaning of §6662A(b)) attributable to a § 6662(b)(6) transaction. The Act further revised §6676 so that any excessive amount (within the meaning of §6676(b)) attributable to any §6662(b)(6) transaction shall not be treated as having a reasonable basis.

 

After providing a summary of the new “clarification” of the economic substance test, the Notice states that for transactions entered into on or after March 31, 2010, the IRS will apply §7701(o)’s two-prong conjunctive test. In determining whether a transaction has a

sufficient nontax purpose to satisfy the requirements of §7701(o)(1)(B), the Service announced that it will apply cases under the common-law economic substance doctrine pertaining to whether the tax benefits of a transaction are not allowable because the transaction lacks a business purpose. The Service will therefore challenge transactions where the taxpayer asserts that either the business purpose test or economic tests are applicable.

 

As a second guideline, Notice 2010-62 provides that the IRS will continue to analyze when the economic substance doctrine will apply in the same fashion as it did prior to the enactment of §7701(o). Therefore, if legal authorities, prior to the enactment of §7701(o), provided that the economic substance doctrine was not relevant to whether certain tax benefits are allowable, the IRS will continue to take the position that the economic substance doctrine is not relevant to whether those tax benefits are allowable. The IRS anticipates that the case law regarding the circumstances in which the economic substancedoctrine is relevant will continue to develop. Consistent with §7701(o)(5)(C), codification of the economic substance doctrine should not affect the ongoingdevelopment of authorities on this issue.

 

Third, Notice 2010-62 states that the Treasury Department and the IRS do not

intend to issue general administrative guidance regarding the types of transactions to

which the economic substance doctrine either applies or does not apply. Inotherwords, there will be no “angel list” of approved transactions as many tax professionals had hoped for.

 

Fourth, in calculating  the net present value of the reasonable expected pre-tax profit under §§7701(o)(1)(A) and (B), the IRS will take into account the taxpayer’s profit motive only if the present value of the reasonably expected pre-tax profit is substantial in relation to the present value of the expected net tax benefits that would be allowed if the transaction were respected for Federal income tax purposes. In performing this calculation, the IRS will apply existing relevant case law and other published guidance. Query, however, what is the discounted rate in computing present value, and what costs are allowable as directly related?

 

Fifth, Notice 2010-62 restates that §7701(o)(2)(B) grants the Secretary with authority to issue regulations requiring foreign taxes to be treated as expenses in computing the pre-tax profit in certain appropriate instances. Until such regulations are issued, the Notice states that §7701(o) does not restrict the ability of the courts to consider the appropriate treatment of foreign taxes in economic substance cases.

 

Sixth, as to disclosure issues, the Notice declares that unless a transaction is a reportable transaction per Treas. Reg. §1.6011-4(b), the adequate disclosure requirements of §6662(i) will be met where disclosure is made on a timely filed original return (determined with regard to extensions) or a qualified amended return (as defined under Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-2(c)(3)) the relevant facts affecting the tax treatment of the transaction. If a disclosure would be considered adequate for purposes of §6662(d)(2)(B) (without regard to §6662(d)(2)(C)) prior to the enactment of codification of economic substance it will be deemed to be adequate for purposes of §6662(i). The disclosure will be considered adequate only if it is made on a Form 8275 or 8275-R, or as otherwise prescribed in forms, publications, or other guidance subsequently published by the IRS

consistent with the instructions and other guidance associated with those subsequent

forms, publications, or other guidance.

 

Disclosures made consistent with the terms of Rev. Proc. 94-69 also will be taken into account for purposes of  §6662(i). However, where a transaction lacking economic substance is a reportable transaction, as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.6011-4(b), the adequate disclosure requirement under section 6662(i)(2) will be satisfied only if the taxpayer meets the disclosure requirements described earlier in this paragraph and the disclosure requirements under the §6011 regulations. In other words, a taxpayer will not meet the disclosure requirements for a reportable transaction under the  §6011 regulations by only attaching Form 8275 or 8275-R to an original or qualified amended return.

 

Finally, Notice 2010-62 states that the Service  will not issue a private letter ruling or determination letter regarding whether the economic substance doctrine is relevant to any transaction or whether any transaction complies with the requirements of section 7701(o).

 

The Notice is effective as of the enactment of §7701(o), March 10, 2010.

Special Deferral of Cancellation of Indebtedness Income Under Section 108(i) Continues Through This Year

 

Under § 108(i) , enacted into law in  2009, a taxpayer may elect to defer recognition of discharge of business indebtedness income resulting from a “reacquisition”, a technical term contained in the statute, with respect to an “applicable debt instrument” during the calendar year 2009 or 2010. An “applicable debt instrument” is a debt instrument issued by a C corporation or by “any other person in connection with the conduct of a trade or business by such person.”  A “reacquisition” is an acquisition of a debt instrument by the “debtor” that “issued (or is otherwise the obligor under) the debt instrument” or by a person related to the debtor. In addition, a total forgiveness of the debt by the holder or a contribution of the debt to capital are also treated as “reacquisitions”. Where a taxpayer elects under §108(i), any cancellation of indebtedness income arising from the reacquisition is including in gross income ratably over a five year period beginning in 2014. Stated differently, the  deferral period for a reacquisition during in 2009,  starts with the fifth taxable year following the taxable year during which the reacquisition occurs and for a reacquisition during in 2010, the  five year deferral period starts with the fourth taxable year following the reacquisition year. If the §108(i) election is made as to a particular debt, the taxpayer may not elect to exclude the same income under another exception contained in §108, including the insolvency exception, the qualified farm or real property business indebtedness exceptions. Where, for example, a partnership reacquires its debt with COD income, the partnership must elect under §108(i). In such case, the partnership allocates the deferred income among its partners immediately before the discharge in the manner that it would have allocated the income if it had not elected to defer the income. Each partner then  recognizes his or her distributive share of the deferred income over the relevant five-year period. Any decrease in a partner's share of partnership liabilities as a result of the discharge is disregarded at the time of the discharge to the extent it would cause the partner to recognize gain. This is to prevent whipsaw from occurring under the §752 rules for deemed distributions of cash resulting from the discharge of the debt. Instead, a partner must take into account any liability decrease so disregarded “at the same time, and to the extent remaining in the same amount, as [the deferred income] is recognized.” There are events which will cause the deferral to accelerate and be included in gross income. This will occur where the taxpayer dies or he sells substantially all of the assets of the business or ceases to operate the business.

Service Issues Notice 2010-58 In Providing Guidance Under Longer Net Operating Loss Carryback Periods Recently Granted by Congress

Background

Section 172(a) allows a taxpayer to claim a deduction in an amount equal to the aggregate of the NOL carryovers and carrybacks to the taxable year. Section 172(b)(1)(A)(i) provides that an NOL for any taxable year generally must be carried back to each of the 2 years preceding the taxable year of the NOL. Section 172(b)(3) provides that any taxpayer entitled to a carryback period under § 172(b)(1) may make an irrevocable election to relinquish the carryback period for an NOL for any taxable year.

Under the alternative minimum tax, adjustments are required to be made to taxable income under §56 in computing alternative minimum taxable income (AMTI). In the NOL area, §56(a)(4) provides that the alternative tax net operating loss (ATNOL) deduction applies in lieu of §172’s NOL deduction in computing AMTI. Section 56(d)(1) provides certain adjustments and limitations used in determining the ATNOL deduction for the taxable year. Under § 56(d)(1)(A)(i), the ATNOL deduction generally cannot exceed 90% of AMTI, determined without regard to the ATNOL deduction and the deduction under § 199 (deduction with respect to manufacturing expense attributable to U.S. production activities). 

Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009

Section 13 of the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 (“WHBAA”), P.L. 111-92 (Nov.6, 2009) amends §§ 172(b)(1)(H) and 810(b)(losses from operations of a life insurance company) permitting taxpayers to elect to carry back an applicable net operating loss (NOL) for 3, 4, or 5 years, or a loss from operations for 4 or 5 years, in claiming overpayments in tax in one or each of such preceding taxable years. The IRS, in providing guidance in this area, just released Notice 2010-58, 2010-37 IRB, 08/20/2010  to offset taxable income in those preceding taxable years.

This entry will not address the impact of §13 of WHBAA on life insurance companies.

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009

Section 1211 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Tax Act of 2009, P.L. 111-5(2/17, 2009) (ARRA), amended § 172(b)(1)(H) to allow an eligible small business (ESB) to elect to carry back a 2008 applicable NOL for a period of 3, 4, or 5 years (ARRA election)(emphasis added). Unlike the § 172(b)(1)(H) election under the WHBAA (WHBAA election), the ARRA election is applicable only to an NOL attributable to an ESB. The ARRA election is irrevocable and may be made for only one taxable year. Rev. Proc. 2009-26, 2009-19 I.R.B. 935 (April 25, 2009), modifying and superseding Rev. Proc. 2009-19, 2009-14 I.R.B. 747 (March 16, 2009), advises taxpayers how to make the ARRA election. In contrast the election under §172(b)(1)(H)(i), as amended by WHBAA, i.e., the 3, 4 or 5 preceding taxable year rule, is not limited to ESBs. Under the WHBAA, the term “applicable net operating loss” is with respect to a taxpayer’s NOL for a taxable year ending after December 31, 2007 and beginning before January 1, 2010.

Revised Section 172(b)(1)(H)

 Section 172(b)(1)(H)(iii) provides that the election under § 172(b)(1)(H) is to be filed by the due date (including extensions) for filing the return for the taxpayer’s last taxable year beginning in 2009.  The election is irrevocable and, in general, may be made for only one taxable year. However, §172(b)(1)(H)(v) allows a taxpayer that made or makes an ARRA election also to make a WHBAA election.

Section 172(b)(1)(H)(iv) limits the amount of an applicable NOL that a taxpayer elects under § 172(b)(1)(H)(i) to carry back to the 5th taxable year preceding the taxable year of the loss but subject to a limitation that the amount of the reduction to taxable income can not exceed 50% of the taxpayer's taxable income for such 5th  preceding taxable year. The taxable income for the 5th preceding taxable year is computed without regard to the NOL for the loss year or any taxable year thereafter. The excess amount (for the 5th year rule) may be carried to later taxable years. For the carryback of an ATNOL to the 5th preceding taxable year, the 50% limitation is applied separately based on the AMTI. The limitation on the amount of an applicable NOL that may be carried back to the 5th preceding taxable year does not apply to an NOL carryback under the ARRA election.

Section 13(b) of the WHBAA amends § 56(d)(1)(A)(ii) to remove the 90% limitation in computing ATNOL attributable to an  applicable NOL for which a taxpayer made an election under § 172(b)(1)(H).

Section 13(e)(4) of the WHBAA provides that a taxpayer who elects under § 172(b)(3) to forgo a carryback for a loss for a taxable year ending before the date of enactment of the WHBAA (11/6/2009) may revoke that election before the due date (including extensions) for filing the return for the taxpayer's last taxable year beginning in 2009. An application under § 6411(a) for the applicable NOL is treated as timely if filed before that due date.

Section 13(f) of the WHBAA provides that the election under § 172(b)(1)(H) is not available to certain taxpayers that receive benefits under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, Title I of Div. A of P.L. 110-343, and certain affiliates of these taxpayers.

Notice 2010-58, supra, adopts a question and answer format which should facilitate a more complete understanding of the new labyrinth of rules to wade through in a timely manner.

Anticipated Up-tick in Merger and Acquisition Activity; Don't Forget About the Change of Control Provision, Section 280G

 

Congress enacted §280G in 1984 over concern that contracts between a corporation and its employees providing golden parachutes directly (or indirectly) attributable to a takeover of a target company would have an adverse effect on takeover activity in general, elevate the concerns of the management of the target company beyond permitted boundaries, including the deflection of shareholder value from the target’s shareholders to key management and control shareholders of the target company. S280G applies to payments under agreements entered into or renewed after June 14, 1984. Section 280G also applies to certain payments under agreements entered into on or before June 14, 1984, and amended or supplemented in significant relevant respect after that date. This section applies to any payment that is contingent on a change in ownership or control and the change in ownership or control occurs on or after January 1, 2004.

 

 As a result, § 280G disallows any deduction for certain payments to a “disqualified individual” (whether or not incident to termination of the individual's employment) if the payment: (i) is contingent on a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation or in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation's assets, provided the present value of the payment exceeds 3 times a defined base amount, or (ii) is paid pursuant to an agreement violating any generally enforced securities laws or regulations. Any payment pursuant to an agreement or amendment thereof entered into within one year before a change of ownership or control is presumed to be contingent on the change unless the contrary is established by clear and convincing evidence. Stated in more technical language, a parachute payment means any payment (other than an exempt payment, as defined in the regulations), that is: (i) in the nature of compensation; (ii) is made or is to be made to (or for the benefit of) a disqualified individual; (iii) is contingent on a change—(a)in the ownership of a corporation; (b)in the effective control of a corporation; or (iii) in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation; and (iv) has an aggregate present value of at least 3 times the individual's base amount.

 

A “disqualified individual” includes an officer, shareholder, or highly compensated individual (including a personal service corporation or similar entity), as well as any employee, independent contractor, or other person who performs personal services for the corporation and is specified in regulations. A disqualified individual's “base amount” is defined by reference to the individual's average annual taxable compensation for a five-year base period preceding the change of control or ownership. The parachute payments that are compared with three times the base amount to determine the excess parachute payments are net of an allowance for amounts established as reasonable compensation for personal services that were rendered before the change (if not already compensated for) or that are to be rendered after the change. The definition of “base amount” not only determines whether § 280G will apply but also determines the amount of the deduction limitation, since only payments in excess of the portion of the base amount allocable to the payment are nondeductible.

 

While many compensation agreements will be, by statutory presumption, subject to § 280G because they were made or modified within one year before the change in ownership, others must be shown to be contingent on the change. The arrangement must also be pursuant to a prescribed “change in ownership” transaction. Generally, “change in ownership” means the acquisition of more than 50% of the corporate stock (tested by vote or value) by one person or by a group of persons acting in concert. A change in effective control is presumed to occur when one person or a group acting in concert acquires 20% or more of the total voting power or when a majority of the board is replaced during a twelve-month period against the wishes of a majority of the old board. See Square D Co and Subsidiaries v. Comm’r,  121 TC 168 (2003).

 

Section 280G applies whether a change in ownership or control is friendly or hostile and whether the corporation is closely held or publicly traded. There are, however, two important exceptions that cause the change of control transaction to be exempt from application of §280G and §4999: (i) a “small business corporation,” defined by § 1361(b) as a corporation that is eligible to elect S corporation status or ii) a corporation whose stock is not readily tradable (on an established securities market or otherwise), provided the parachute payment is approved by the owners of more than 75% of the corporation's voting stock after adequate disclosure of all material facts. The provision is also inapplicable if the acquirer enter into a separate and independent contract with an employee (otherwise a disqualified person) after the change of ownership.

 

When §280G applies, there is also imposed on the recipient of the payment an excise tax under §4999(a) equal to 20% of an “excess parachute payment” . For this purpose, an “excess parachute payment is defined under the golden parachute rules, which deny a deduction to a corporation for any excess parachute payment that it makes §4999(b) .

 

The disallowance of the target corporation’s deductions under §280G will have a direct economic impact on the target shareholders. Such shareholders will bear the economic cost by the additional corporate level tax that will be imposed as well as the required withholding on the 20% excise tax. See §4999(c). Unfortunately, a disallowance of the corporation's deductions under § 280G will increase the loss suffered by the target shareholder group. This is because the target group bears the ultimate burden of both the golden parachute payments and the additional corporate tax attributable to § 280G , even if the shareholders sell out, because the well-advised buyer of stock will discount the value of the corporation by this dual burden on the corporation.

Congress again, also provided in §4999, to impose a 20% excise tax on the recipient of the parachute payment. Some  insiders will require the corporation to reimburse them if subject to the excise which in turn will increase the excess payment and in turn the excise payment. reimbursements will be additional parachute payments, creating a pyramid effect. On the other hand, corporations may attempt to write caps into parachute agreements to avoid excess payments or may attempt to characterize such excess amounts as loans. But see Yocum v. U.S., 96 AFTR2d 2005-5030 (Ct. Fed. Cl. 2005)(§4999 penalty imposed on retired CEO/president for payments received under restrictive stock agreement in  connection with corporation’s asset transfer to new co./joint venture: change in ownership occurred under §280G(b)(2)(A)(i)(II) triggering excise tax upon stock that became vested as result). See CCA 200923031 (June 5, 2009).

Update on Offshore Bank Secrecy Directives by the United States and the Internal Revenue Service: "Mining the UBS Lake" for US Tax Evaders

 

At the present time the good people of the Swiss Federal Tax Administration are sorting out which of the thousands of requested names of US persons and account numbers with UBS will be turned over to the United States shortly in accordance with the U.S.-Swiss agreement.

In 2008 the Department of Justice and the Internal Revenue Service filed a court action in Federal District Court for the Southern District of Florida seeking to obtain information on UBS account holders through a John Doe summons. This led eventually to a February 2009 deferred prosecution agreement between the Department of Justice and UBS in which the bank accepted responsibility for a charge of conspiracy to defraud the United States admittedly perpetrated by its bankers and account managers. What some consider to be tantamount to a “slap on the wrist”,UBS agreed to pay $780 million in fines, penalties, interest, and restitution; close down its private wealth pitch to US persons from  its foreign based executives and disclose the names of U.S. clients. The agreement requires UBS to present to the IRS the remaining 4,500 names of U.S. clients of UBS AG owning or having beneficial interests in Swiss Accounts. The US government is moving forward beyond the UBS scandal to pursue other jurisdictions which have bank secrecy rules which are utilized by US persons and others to avoid detection and to potential evade the payment of income tax.

The Internal Revenue Service has indicated that it will use more John Doe summonses to identify U.S. taxpayers and others who are using offshore accounts and entities in tax haven and bank secrecy jurisdictions to evade U.S. tax as well as failing to report foreign financial accounts under the FBAR reporting requirements. Under § 7609(f) , a so-called John Doe summons is one that does not identify the person under investigation. It may be issued after a federal magistrate or district court judge determines: (i) the summons relates to the investigation of a particular person or ascertainable group or class of persons, (ii) there is reason to believe that the person, group, or class may fail or may have failed to comply with the tax laws, and (iii) the information sought and the identity of the persons whose liability is involved cannot be readily obtained from other sources. See. e.g., US v. Samuels, Kramer & Co., 712 F2d 1342 (9th Cir. 1983) .

 

Whistleblowers have also played an important role in assisting the U.S. investigations of offshore accounts, both inside and outside UBS, including former UBS banker Bradley Birkenfeld.   See §7623(b).

 

Under the limited amnesty program offered last year, it has been reported that 14,700 returns were filed under this special voluntary disclosure program for taxpayers with unreported income from offshore accounts. Under limited amnesty, taxpayers coming forward and reporting past omissions were required to pay either a 20% accuracy related penalty or a delinquency penalty on up to 6 years of non-compliance covered under the program plus a 20% penalty on the amount in the foreign bank account (FBAR penalties) in the year with the highest aggregate account or asset value, in lieu of all other applicable penalties.

 

It is presently uncertain as to how the IRS will generally treat those who decide to come forward and make a disclosure after the limited amnesty period has ended. The Service will obviously decide each of those disclosures on a case by case basis and decide which of the disclosures are appropriate for criminal prosecution as well. They already have.

 

More updates on this area in the future.

The Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development ("OECD") Issues Discussion Draft on Athletes and Entertainers Under OECD Model Treaty

 

The United States has entered into approximately 50 income tax treaties with various countries, including most of all the economically developed countries. Most tax treaties or tax conventions are negotiated using as a guide patterns established by a model treaty promulgated by the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) , an organization of the developed countries of the world. The United States has its own model treaty which is used in general as a starting place for negotiations but  the U.S. Model  generally follows the OECD Model. Special provision is contained in the OECD Model as in most tax treaties for the treatment of nonresident income of athletes and entertainers. See OECD Model Treaty, Article 17.

The OECD Committee on Fiscal Affairs published a discussion draft on April 23, 2010 on the present uncertainty as to whether certain persons should be treated as entertainers or athletes (“artistes and sportsmen”) for purposes of Article 17 and is proposing a clarification by adding a ¶9.1 to the official Commentary on Article 17.

.

Under Article 17, the country in which a nonresident entertainer or sportsman performs  may tax the income from these activities.  This special rule varies from that applied to the treatment of services rendered by non-residents in general. Thus, whether the personal services or activities of an entertainer or sportsman are involved must be determined and then the source and and allocation rules for activities performed in one or more countries of non-residence. The April draft proposal would clarify that contained within the definition of an entertainer or sportsman is anyone who acts as one, even for a single event, which of course is a very broad and somewhat all encompassing approach. Thus, one hockey game played in Canada by a U.S. citizen who resides in the U.S. would be sufficient or, as applied to entertainers, a U.K. actress permanently resident in England who receives a one-time fee for making a cameo appearance in a movie which was filmed in Spain.   Activities covered under Article 17 also include income from advertising or interviews derived by an entertainer or sportsman in the other state that are directly or indirectly related to an entertainment or sports event. The draft provides as an exception to the wide net set under the draft is for reporting or commenting on an entertainment or sports event where the reporter does not participate. In such instance the draft provides that such activity is not that of an entertainer or sportsman and is not covered under Article 17. Presumably coaching is not the same as reporting or commentating and presumably is within the scope of Article 17. The draft also addressed the source and allocation rules for activities performed in various countries as well as special categories of payments.  

Service Issues Guidance to Examination Division On Deferred Gain Recognition Agreements Involving Outbound Transfers of Stocks and Securities to Foreign Corporations

In LMSB-4-0510-017 (7/26/2010), the Deputy Commissioner International (LMSB) of the IRS set forth guidance under IRM: 4.51.5 with respect to certain gain recognition agreements ("GRA"). Section 367(a) or §367(d) may require a U.S. person to recognize gain on the transfer of property, including intangibles, to a foreign corporation unless one of several statutory exemptions is applicable, several of which require the filing of a GRA. The Treasury Department and the IRS issued final regulations under section 367(a) and on GRAs in February, 2009 (T.D.9446), replacing temporary regulations (T.D. 9311) that were issued in 2007, which final regulations increased the list of exceptions to §367(a).

Continue Reading...

LeBron James, the Miami Heat and Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

After an hour long television special last Thursday night, the "Decision" was announced on national television. LeBron James told the basketball world that he is taking his talents to South Beach and will play for the Miami Heat, joining superstars Dwayne Wade and Chris Bosh. The Miami Heat will be paying James over $100 Million over a 6 year period. As with many highly paid athletes and corporate executives, some of the compensation to be received by James may be deferred. Quite frankly, none of us at this time really know what the exact payment terms and schedule of payments were agreed to.


The deferral of compensation generally provides an advantageous tax result by delaying the taxation of such amounts. But to achieve this advantageous result, the requirements of Section 409A must be satisfied assuming, of course, that there is no income trigger resulting from application of the economic benefit or constructive receipt doctrines.


As the ink dries on James’ new employment agreement, as well as those of Dwayne Wade and Chris Bosh, the Miami Heat and James’ attorneys will have inevitably contemplated and believed, in good faith, to have satisfied the requirements contained in the statute and in the accompanying regulations. .


Section 409A enacted by Congress as part of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. The somewhat "over the top" provision was what Congress felt was necessary to respond to corporate excess and perceived abuses of Enron, WorldCom, and others. Also targeted were off shore deferred compensation arrangments.


Section 409A generally provides that if, at any time during a taxable year, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan such as an employment agreement fails, in form or in operation to meet certain requirements, then all compensation deferred under the plan for that taxable year, and all preceding taxable years, will be immediately included in gross income to the extent not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and not previously included in gross income. To add insult to injury, in addition to the immediate taxation of the deferred compensation, when compensation is required to be included in gross income under Section 409A, an additional tax of 20% and interest, will be imposed on the amount included by the employee.


The application of Section 409A is surprisingly broad so as to include any delayed payment of compensation such as sign-on bonuses and certain severance benefits and payments. For example, if James is entitled to a sign-on bonus of $10 million from the Miami Heat that is paid over five years and James’ employment agreement does not comply with the requirements of Section 409A, then James in year 1 would receive $2 million in actual compensation but be responsible for payment of overover $5 million in taxes. James would most likely be unhappy with this result.


Earlier this year the IRS issued a notice which allows nonqualified deferred compensation plans to be corrected for certain Section 409A document failures with reduced current income inclusion and additional taxes. Fortunately, as part of the notice, the IRS provided a transition period so that the employee may avoid both income inclusion and additional taxes if the Section 409A document failures are corrected before December 31, 2010.


Section 409A essentially requires nonqualified deferred compensation plans to comply with three design and operational requirements to avoid immediate inclusion and additional taxation. First, the plan may not allow any deferred compensation to be distributed earlier than the occurrence of certain permissible distribution events such as a separation from service, disability, death, a time or a fixed schedule specified under the plan, a change in control, or an unforeseeable emergency. Second, except as otherwise provided, the plan may not permit the acceleration of the time or form of the payment of the deferred compensation. Finally, elections to defer compensation must be made within certain time periods that are set forth under the Section and its related regulations.


While I doubt LeBron focused on the Section 409A requirements in coming to terms with the Heat,  I am fairly certain his tax advisors were "right there" making sure the plan and payout requirements were satisfied for any deferrals agreed upon or timing for severance payments in the event of a termination.

Renewed Emphasis By Internal Revenue Service in Auditing International Concerns and Policing Transfer Pricing Requirements

We are on notice that a significant increase in the number of transfer pricing examinations will be initiated by the IRS, both inbound and outbound. It is also expected that the Service will be asserting more frequently additions to tax under section 6662(e) for faulty transfer pricing practices. Taxpayers can expect additional penalty assertions, even if they have contemporaneous documentation. On the treaty side, Competent Authority personnel are increasingly available to field examiners to make sure that the proper documentation is provided and work on a coordinated basis in negotiating issues with foreign governments. Also expect a up-tick in information sharing with tax treaty countries. In this regard, it is reported that the process for IRS examiners to obtain information from foreign jurisdictions has been significantly streamlined, which has resulted in increased activity. Moreover, as recently mentioned in this blog, the United States is also working on a protocol to conduct joint audits with some U.S. tax treaty partners.

 

The IRS has recently announced that it will continue to emphasize transfer pricing issues as a key element in its efforts to foster international tax compliance. It is obvious that such renewed vigor is required due to the enormous and continuing growth in foreign based operations and foreign source income realized by U.S. multinational corporations. A second problem area is the continuation of efforts by taxpayers to engage in earnings stripping strategies employed by foreign based companies doing business in the United States. Some of these strategies violate arms length pricing standards and are in certain instances abusive and unsupportable on any level, particularly in the financing area. A third trend is the aggressive approach taken by some taxpayers who are residents of countries in which the U.S. has a tax treaty. To meet these challenges the IRS has embarked on a program of increasing LMSB staffing, selecting transfer pricing issue specialists, expand the number of economists in LMSB, and form a new LMSB transfer pricing practice, i.e, a nationwide group of transfer pricing experts. Thus, transfer pricing, together with withholding taxes and treatment of hybrid entities will be key facets of the international tax compliance initiatives of Commissioner Shulman.

UBS UPDATE: SWISS PARLIAMENT GIVES FINAL APPROVAL TO RELEASE 4,450 BANK DEPOSIT INFORMATION OF US PERSONS

 

 

The Swiss parliament has finally given its approval to the settlement reach with the United States in attempting to resolve the UBS dispute for discovery of information related to US persons holding undisclosed bank accounts in Switzerland. The parliament has renounced a call to put the settlement for a voter referendum which had been called for by the lower house.Now, the agreement had been passed by both houses of the parliament, following a meeting last week of a settlement conference convened to work out differences between the two houses. In breaking the impasse, the lower house agreed to drop its demand for a referendum. In the end, many members of parliament abstained from the vote allowing the resolution for approval without a referendum to pass by a vote of 81 to 63 with 47 abstentions.

The August 19, 2009 settlement agreement, authorized the disclosure of client data, including client identiy, of 4,450 UBS accounts to resolve and settle the John Doe summons enforcement action pending in the Federal District for the Southern District of Florida. The deal required UBS make such disclosure. Parliamentary approval of the agreement became necessary following a January 21, 2010 adverse decision by the Swiss Federal Administrative Court holding that the agreement was insufficient to change the interpretation of "tax fraud and the like" as contained in the Switzerland-U.S. tax treaty.

Parliamentary approval of the agreement gives it the legal force of a treaty in Switzerland, allowing authorities to follow through with the disclosure of data on 4,450 UBS client accounts that was blocked by a January decision of the Federal Administrative Court. The court objected to the government's claim that the agreement could expand the definition of the treaty term "tax fraud and the like" to include long-term tax evasion.

Internal Revenue Service Commissioner Shulman stated in a press release that he was very pleased with the Swiss parliament’s decision and promised the IRS would "vigorously enforce the law" against offshore tax evaders.

The Swiss government said that following the approval of the agreement, "nothing stands in the way of UBS client details being disclosed" and that 1,200 cases are ready for immediate delivery. The Swiss Federal Tax Administration (SFTA) has also issued final decisions on 400 cases, with another 650 to follow shortly. Once a final decision has been issued, the subject individual is permitted to file an appeal within 30 days with the Federal Administrative Court.

It is reported that 500 disclosures have been made where U.S. clients of UBS consented to the release of their bank information. The remaining 1,450 cases are being processed by the Swiss taxing and should be completed by the agreement's August deadline.

Outbound Transfers of Appreciated Property by U.S. Persons to Foreign Corporations: Avoiding the Pitfalls

 

With the ever-increasing size of the global economy, more privately owned American companies are engaging in business operations outside of the United States. Whether the particular activity being set up outside of the US is capital and/or labor intensive, frequently the legal and tax advisors for the US company will recommend the formation of a foreign corporation be established in each jurisdiction in which the company intends to carry on business operations through a permanent establishment.  There may be a variety of reasons offered for such recommendation. Still, in some instances use of a foreign partnership or "hybrid" entity may be more suitable.

Still where a foreign corporation is the desired entity choice, the first issue is to what extent materials, capital and labor will be used in the foreign location.  Transfers of assets to a controlled foreign corporation does not always have a tax-free consequence. Ineed, the transfer of appreciated assets to a foreign corporation must run through the requirements under section 367 in order to determine whether and to what extent the transfers are non-taxable.

Section 367(a)(1) provides, subject to certain exceptions, that transfers of appreciated property to a foreign corporation will not qualify as a tax-free exchange for stock under section 351. Instead, gain must generally be recognized where the transferee is a foreign corporation. Exceptions are provided by the Code and in the regulations.

One of the more notable exceptions is made with respect to outbound transfers of stock or securities to a foreign corporation which is part of an overall reorganization or tax free exchange of stock. This is set forth under section 367(a)(2).

Another and perhaps broader exception is for transfers of property to a foreign corporation that will be used by the foreign corporation in the active conduct of a trade or business outside of the US. §367(a)(3). There are some types of property which will not qualify as part of the active trade or business exception. Such list includes inventory, installment obligations, accounts receivable, foreign currency intangible property, and property being leased by the transferor (except where leased to the transferee). Still, the incorporation of a foreign branch by transfer of its assets to a foreign corporation will result in the recapture of the excess foreign losses.

Section 367(a)(1) reaches out to tax transfers of appreciated property by a domestic partnership to a foreign corporation unless an exception can apply. This is treated as an indirect transfer of the assets by the partners.

Intangibles transferred to a foreign corporation present a major trap for the unwary. Generally, where a transfer of intangible assets is made to a foreign corporation, the transferor will generally be treated as having sold or transferred the intangible for payments which are contingent upon the productivity, use or disposition of the property. Thus, under section 367(d), the U.S. transferor of such intangibles must including in gross income each year over the useful life of the intangible or intangibles involved, an amount which reflects the amount which would have been received in the intangible(s) were sold. §367(d). In many instances it is far more preferable to license intangibles to the foreign based entity. Until regulations are issued, transfers of intangibles to entities taxable as partnerships do not run afoul of section 367(d).

Also under section 367(e) and accompanying regulations, gain is required to be recognized in two prescribed instances: (i) a US subsidiary corporation is required to recognize gain on the distribution of its assets to a foreign parent corporation and a foreign subsidiary which is also engage in a liquidation must also generally recognize gain in transferring its US business assets to its foreign parent corporation, subject to pertinent exceptions; and (ii) a US corporation which transfers the stock or securities of a controlled corporation recognizes gain to the extent such stock or securities are distributed to a foreign corporation.

The point being made in this short entry is that businesses seeking to expand their operations overseas must be advised from the inception of the expansion plan by tax counsel to ensure that the overall tax structure selected is sound, known in advance, and the associated costs are budgeted and predictable. The starting line in many cases is section 367. While this provision has many twists and turns that obviously could not be touched upon with any detail or completeness in this short message, it is also important to warn that there are indeed many other substantial tax considerations that touch upon planning for the expansion of business operations overseas.

 

Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service Announces Joint Audits for Persons with International Tax Profiles; Update on UBS Initiative

On June 8, 2010, Commissioner Douglas H. Shulman addressed members of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (the "OECD") and leaders in the international tax and business community in Washington, D.C. The topic of his address was coordination of international tax compliance and tax administration. In starting off, Commissioner Shulman remarked that the "next rung in the evolutionary ladder of international tax administration is the progression from cooperation to coordinated action on global tax issues. This is a gradual process that will not take place in a day and a night. It will take time and deliberate and focused action".

This need for global cooperation on the audit level has become required due to an ever increasing globalization of capital markets, cross border flow of funds, technology advancements and off shore investment. This not only affects the US, Shulman noted, but the entire world. As Chair of the Forum on Tax Administration (FTA), the Commissioner acknowledged that he has been working with his international counterparts to build greater cooperation between tax authorities both domestically and internationally. Among the critical matters that need to be addressed with a "unified voice" include offshore compliance, corporate governance, high net worth individuals, coordinated joint audits and early competent authority resolution. Indeed, Shulman announced, the IRS is working on a protocol for joint audits with other countries. A joint audit does not necessarily mean a simultaneous exam but instead is a process where two or more countries join together to carry out a single audit of a company with cross-border business activities. The intended objective is increasing international tax compliance and perhaps reduce audit costs while increasing the level of service.

Benefits are also foreseeable in the competent authority Shulman added. Now and in prior years it could take years to resolve double-tax cases through the CA process. With a joint audit, identification of issues and assembling the material facts may be expedited and accelerate the time that the CA process needs to play itself out.

In moving forward with the joint audit approach, Shulman revealed that the FTA is developing a guide that would provide a how-to, practical approach that highlights pitfalls to avoid, and possible best practices to employ.

Commissioner Shulman also spoke of the updates on enforcement efforts pertaining to the Swiss government on the release of information on U.S. account holders of UBS and the number of individuals, approximately 15,000, who made timely disclosures under the VDP program initiated last year in response to the UBS crisis. Shulman noted that 97% of those who filed were accepted into the program.

The Permanent Establishment of a Foreign Person in the United States Under U.S. Income Tax Convention

 

It is a generally accepted axiom of international income taxation that a U.S. tax treaty will prevent the taxation of the business profits of a resident of a treaty county, unless the profits in question are attributable to a "permanent establishment" that is maintained by that resident in the United States. See, e.g., U.S. treaties with Canada art. 7(1) ; Japan art. 8(1) ; Netherlands art. 3(1) ; United Kingdom art. 7(1) . Thus, in planning for a foreign person’s inbound investment in the U.S., and based on such foreign person’s status as a resident of a treaty country, the critical terms will be evaluating whether the foreign persons’ activities constitute a "permanent establishment" and the definition of "business profits". As to the latter term, see See, e.g., Japan art. 8(5) (manufacturing, mercantile, insurance, agricultural, fishing, or mining activities); Netherlands art. 3(5) (active conduct of trade or business); United Kingdom art. 7(7) (manufacturing, mercantile, banking, insurance, agricultural, fishing, or mining activities).

Where a permanent establishment is maintained in the U.S. the source country can tax the the business profits of the foreign person but only to the extent that the business profits that are attributable to the permanent establishment. If a taxpayer has a permanent establishment, a U.S. treaty does not exempt the resulting business profits but may limit the U.S. taxation. Typically, the treaty allows U.S. taxes to apply only to the business profits that are "attributable" to the permanent establishment. See, e.g., Canada art 7(1) ; Japan art. 8(1) ; Netherlands art. 3(1) ; United Kingdom art 7(1).

Where U.S. business type activities are conducted through a pass through entity such as a partnership, the character of the income passes through to any foreign partner. Therefore if the partnership maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S., any foreign partner will be treated as so engaged. Rev. Rul. 85-60, 1985-1 CB 187 (U.S. tax applied to foreign beneficiary of foreign trust that was limited partner in partnership with U.S. permanent establishment). Rev. Rul. 91-32, 1991-1 CB 107 (situation 3). See also Donroy, Ltd. v. United States, 301 F2d 200 (9th Cir. 1962), aff'g 196 F. Supp. 54 (ND Calif. 1961); WC Johnston v. Comm'r, 24 TC 920 (1955) (Canadian individual was taxable on his share of income of general partnership with a U.S. permanent establishment); Robert Unger v. Comm'r, P-H TC Memo. ¶ 90,015 (1990), aff’d 936 F.2d 1316 (DC Cir. 1991

 

While there are various formulations of the term "permanent establishment" under our tax treaties, generally it means a "fixed place of business" through which the business is carried on. See, e.g., Canada art. 5(1) ; Japan art. 9(1) ; Netherlands art. 2(1)(i)(A) ; United Kingdom art. 5(1) . Some examples may be listed in the statute as falling within or outside of the definition. For example, a "branch, office, factory or workshop" may be a permanent establishment. Another term used is "place of management". Generally tax treaties consider a mine, oil and gas well, quarry, or other place of extraction of natural resources as a permanent establishment. It is generally understood that the Service he Service ordinarily will not rule whether a taxpayer has a U.S. permanent establishment.

 

A treaty may list certain activities that a taxpayer may perform in the United States without being treated as having a U.S. permanent establishment. A list of such exceptions include: (i) facilities used for storage, display, or delivery of goods or merchandise belonging to the foreign person; (ii) storing goods or merchandise belonging to the resident for storage, display, or delivery or for processing by another person; (iii) the purchase of merchandise or collection of information; and (iv) advertising, research activities or similar activities that are preparatory in nature.

A growing concern in this area is when an agent of the foreign person can cause the principal to be treated a maintaining a permanent establishment in the U.S. A principal generally will not be deemed to have a U.S. permanent establishment merely because of carrying on business through a broker, general commission agent, or other independent agent. However, where a principal conducts business in the U.S. through an agent that is not independent and has and habitually exercises its authority to conclude contracts in the name of the principal such can cause the activity to be treated as part of a permanent establishment. See, e.g., Canada art. 5(5) ; Japan art. 9(4); Netherlands art. 2(1)(i)(D); United Kingdom art. 5(4) . For example, in Frank Handfield v. Comm’r, 23 T.C. 633 (1955) a Canadian manufactured postal cards in Canada which were sold in the United States through an agreement with a news company. The Tax Court held that under the agreement, the news company was the petitioner's agent for distributing the cards in the United States. It therefore concluded that the petitioner was engaged in business within the United States and income from sales in this country is subject to income taxes. Taisei Fire & Marine Ins. Co. v. Comm’r, 104 TC 535 (1995), acq. 1995-2 CB 1 .

The foregoing provides an over-simplified view of the permanent establishment concept. If the IRS successfully determines that a foreign person (of a treaty country) does have a permanent establishment in the US, then the foreign person will be subject to full U.S. income tax on the attributable profits. Employees or service providers of the foreign entity may also fall into a US employment tax whole as well with withholding consequences for the employer. It is possible that a branch tax issue may arise if the foreign person is incorporated, subject to treaty rate reduction. These are  just a few of the major consequences of a permanent establishment finding.

Therefore, it is critical in planning for a non-U.S. person’s investment in a business operation in the U.S. to carefully analyze whether and to what extent a permanent establishment risk is present.

Gross Up Payments Made with Respect to Golden Parachute Payments Under Section 280G

 

 

 

Section 280G provides, in general, that the service provider receiving an excess parachute payment must incur a 20% nondeductible excise tax on the excess portion of the parachute payment which is usually associated with a payment triggered by virtue of "change of control" provision in an executive employment agreement. An executive for this purpose is generally a highly compensated employee (top 1%), a 1% or more employee-shareholder or an officer or director within a certain time frame before the change of control event.

While there are several methods to mitigate the imposition of the excise tax under section 280G, such exceptions have limited access for many public companies. Legal counsel for service providers have also negotiated for gross-up payments (including double-gross ups) for reducing the cost to the service provider. The tax gross-ups, which are a function of the incremental excise tax , have provided comfort to key executives whose parachute payments have an "excess" component and run outside of the less than three to one (average past years compensation).

In November 2008 RiskMetrics Group (RMG), formerly known as ISS, announced a policy that it would consider tax gross-up payment for golden parachute treatment a "poor pay practice." With this pronouncement it is speculated among commentators who specialize in executive compensation planning that shareholders will not be so willing to approve golden parachute payments particularly those with "excess" amount profiles. Indeed, on commentator recently reported a recent study by Pearl Meyer & Partners for the National Association of Corporate Directors found that 61 Fortune 500 companies made material alterations to change in control benefits from November 2008 to August 2009 and that more than 10 percent of these agreements eliminated excise tax gross-up provisions. If a tax gross-up payment is to be eliminated, a cap on payments may be beneficial in avoiding falling into the excess category.

Public companies are therefore evaluating whether payments triggered on a change of control can be deflected over to a noncompetition agreement. Still, the regulations provide for compliance with a covenant not to compete to be treated as the equivalent of providing services after a change in control. Post-control services generally fall outside of the section 280G provision where the value of the future services is substantial, the covenant not to compete is "real" and has a "reasonable likelihood" of being enforced. .


There are several other strategies that are available to public companies and their executives to increase the amount that may be paid under the tipping point. The base amount used to determine the tipping point can be increased by exercising stock options, electing not to defer amounts under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, and paying bonuses during the five-year period ending before the year of a change in control.7 The value of payments for purposes of the tipping point calculation can also be reduced by cashing out options on a change in control, which limits the value to the cash-out amount (as opposed to a higher fair value associated with an unexercised option that could be exercised for a prolonged period after a change in control).28 Also, reasonable compensation for services to be rendered after a change in control includes payments received by an executive as bona fide damages for breach of contract because of an involuntary termination without cause.29 This exemption may apply when the payments do not exceed the present value of the compensation that would have been paid during the remainder of the contract term, the executive demonstrates a willingness to work that is rejected by the buyer, and the amounts to be paid as damages are reduced to the extent the executive has earned income from other sources during the remainder of the contract term.

 

Thus, the planning environment on highly compensated executives, officers and directors of public companies and other taxpayers subject to the excess parachute provisions may be tilting strongly towards dropping the gross-up concept in mitigating the service provider’s cost. This means that a more careful analytical and legal analysis must be made as to the package of compensation benefits a particular executive is presently receiving and what is required to be paid out on a change of control as defined in the regulations.

 

 

 

Shrink-Wrapped Software: Royalty Versus Business Income Under The Domestic Tax Law of India

A issue of some significance in international taxation is the distinction required to be made by the taxing authorities as to the character of income derived from “shrink-wrapped” software, i.e., whether it is income from the license of a copyright itself or is income from a copyrighted article.  This in turn leads to the interrelated question of whether related receipts constitute “royalty income” or “trade or business income”. 

 

The distinction is critical of course since royalties are generally subject to flat rate tax and withholding from the source country (or no source taxation under applicable treaty) whereas business income can be taxed on a net basis in the jurisdiction in which the foreign company maintains a permanent establishment.  

 

A recent article on this issue authored by S. P. Singh and Sharad Goyal which was published in the Journal of International Taxation, April 2010, briefly addressed the treatment given under the Indian domestic tax law and tax treaties, i.e., a royalty is taxed irrespective of whether the foreign company has any presence in India. Business income, in comparison, is only taxed under Indian tax treaty it is reported only if there is a permanent establishment in India. In contrast, business income is taxable in the hands of a foreign company only if it has a permanent establishment in India.

Messrs. Singh and Goyal report that Indian revenue authorities have consistently taken the position that payments from the sale of software, regardless of whether it is over the counter type shrink-wrapped software or customized software, are both royalty income. While neither the Supreme Court of India nor an appellate court has not addressed this issue, the Indian Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) has held that the payments amount to business income and not royalties. This decision was reached in Infrasoft Limited, where the ITAT (Delhi Bench) held that the amount received by a nonresident under a license agreement for allowing the use of standard software was not a "royalty" under either the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 (ITA) or the India-U.S. income tax treaty . Infrasoft Limited v. ADIT, Order of the Delhi Bench of ITAT, 2009-TIOL-21-ITAT-DEL (2009). As pointed out by the authors, the position taken by the Indian revenue authorities is not entirely consistent with the approach taken in other jurisdictions.

 

Shrink-wrapped computer software is usually sold under a licensing agreement whereby the buyer is granted limited right to use the program for business or personal purposes. The copyright or patent remains owned by the seller/manufacturer of the material. The buyer is precluded from transferring or altering the program. If all rights with respect to the copyright are not transferred to the buyer, the issue is whether the transaction is taxable as royalty income for the use of the copyright or involves the purchase of copyrighted material taxable as business income.

 

The Model Treaties, i.e., OECD Model and U.N. Model, treat the taxation of royalties differently. Under the OECD model, the country of residence alone has the right to tax royalty income whereas the U.N. Model permits taxation in the source country as well. With respect to “software”, the starting point is to determine if the transaction involved is in fact a software transaction as well as how the transfer of the intellectual property is made. Transactions in intangibles are usually either transfers of full ownership or limited transfers of rights. Transfers of full ownership are taxable as "business income," as the payment is not consideration for “the use of, or the right to use” the property. If the payment is for partial rights in the copyright, it will be considered a royalty. This approach is applicable as well with respect to transactions in software. See Article 12 (Royalties) of the 2008 OECD Model. Again, where only part of the rights in the copyrighted software material is transferred, the transaction is generally treated as a royalty.  Compare Article 7 (Business Profits).

 

The authors point out that one of the problem areas involves the taxation of software distributors who are generally granted the right to copy the material and re-sell the copyrighted material in certain locations. Does this right to copy convert royalty income into business income? Presumably receipts from such reproduction and sale constitutes  business income to the software distributor. But there are countries such as Canada, Spain, Korea, Portugal and Mexico that are reported to disagree with this approach and treat such receipts as royalty income and impose a concomitant withholding obligation.  The approach in the OECD commentary, however, is not acceptable to some tax jurisdictions, including Canada, Spain, Greece, Korea, Portugal, and Mexico, which impose withholding tax on royalty income. For U.S. income tax treatment of copyrighted materials see Treas. Reg. §1.861-18.

 

 

IRS Provides Guidance For Small Business That Qualify For the New Healthcare Tax Credit

IRS Notice 2010-44

The IRS, on May 17, 2010, released Notice 2010-44 as new guidance for small businesses in determining to what extent they are eligible for the new health care tax credit under Section 45R that was enacted as part of the Affordable Care Act, that was signed into law on March 23, 2010.

Section 45R provides a federal income tax credit for eligible small employers, including tax-exempt organizations, that make nonelective contributions towards their employees’ health insurance premiums. An "eligible" employer must have fewer than 25 full time equivalent (FTE) employees for a tax year; the average annual wages must be less than $50,000 per FTE and the employer must maintain a "qualifying arrangement" as defined in the Notice. Notice 2010-44 provides guidance for tax years beginning prior to January 1, 2014 and transition relief for tax years beginning in 2010. The Notice outlines steps which must be met in order to qualify for the credit. The credit is not reduced by the value of available state healthcare credits. The credit is available for limited scope health insurance programs such as dental and eye care where the employer provides at least 50% of those benefits. There are three methods set forth in the Notice for computing how many FTE employees the business has.

It should be noted that while the guidance was needed and is generally favorable, it is complicated in its content, including required calculations of FTEs.

 

Canadian Tax Court Rules Delaware LLC is U.S. Resident for Treaty Purposes in TD Securities (USA) LLC v. Her Majesty the Queen; 2008-2314(IT)G [2010 TCC 186

 

In a detailed and comprehensive review of the US-Canada Income Tax Convention, the recently issued Fifth Protocol, and the OECD Model Treaty and related Commentaries, as well as the domestic tax law treatment of single member limited liability companies, pass through entities and other organization, the Canadian Tax Court, in an opinion written by Patrick Boyle, on April 8, 2010, concluded that implicit in the clear intention of the OECD countries, including Canada and the US, that treaty benefits be enjoyed by TD LLC in the present circumstances, and given the context of the Canadian and US tax régimes and the text of the US Treaty : (i) TD LLC must be considered to be a resident of the US for purposes of the US Treaty otherwise the treaty could not apply; (ii) TD LLC must be considered to be liable to tax in the US by virtue of all of its income being fully and comprehensively taxed under the US Code albeit at the member level; and (iii) the income of TD LLC must be considered to be subject to full and comprehensive taxation under the US Code by reason of a criterion similar in nature to the enumerated grounds in Article IV, namely the place of incorporation of its member which is the very reason that TD LLC's income is subject to full taxation in the US. the Tax Court of Canada held that a single member US LLC was a US resident for the purposes of the Canada-US Tax Treaty. As "resident", the US LLC was entitled to branch tax relief on Article X (Dividends) under the U.S.-Canada Tax Treaty. The decision overrides the long-standing position adopted by the Canada-Revenue Agency that a US LLC is not"resident in the U.S." for treaty purposes on the rationale that income is not subject to the most comprehensive form of taxation in the U.S. at the entity level.

 

Continue Reading...

Who Needs to Fight Textron Type Litigation Summons Cases for Tax Acrrual Workpaper and FIN 48 Workpaper The Government Effectively Asks? Just Make Disclosure of Uncertain Tax Positions Part of the Return. IRS Annoucement 2010-9, 2010-7 IRB 408. 2010-7

The IRS recently startled the corporate tax community, which community stills is struggling to effectively deal  with, i.e., successfully block,  Textron type summonses for the production of tax accrual workpapers and FIN 48 workpapers, by announcing in Annoucement 2010-9, a proposal which would require, for the first time,  “large corporations” to  report uncertain tax positions on a new schedule to be filed with their annual tax returns. I

In Textron v. United States,  an en banc decision of the First Circuit Court of Appeals,  held  that the work-product privilege was not implicated with regard to the taxpayer's tax accrual workpapers, because it found that the workpapers were not prepared “for” litigation and were required to be produced pursuant to an IRS administrative summons. 104 AFTR 2d 2009-5719 , 577 F3d 21 , 2009-2 USTC ¶50574 (CA-1, 2009), vacating and remanding 100 AFTR 2d 2007-5848 , 2007-2 USTC ¶50605 , 507 F Supp 2d 138 (DC R.I., 2007), aff'd in part and remanded in part 103 AFTR 2d 2009-509 , 553 F3d 87 , 2009-1 USTC ¶50167 (CA-1, 2009), vac'd by 560 F.3d 513 , 103 AFTR2d 2009-1436 (CA-1, 2009). Compare, the Fifth Circuit's decision in El Paso Co., 50 AFTR 2d 82-5530 , 682 F2d 530 , 82-2 USTC ¶9534 (CA-5, 1982) (primary purpose test) with various circuits applying the broader “because of ... in anticipation of litigation” or “but for ... in anticipation of litigation” tests used in describing work product. See, e.g.,  Roxworthy, 98 AFTR 2d 2006-5964 , 457 F3d 590 , 2006-2 USTC ¶50458 (CA-6, 2006); Adlman, 76 AFTR 2d 95-7188 , 68 F3d 1495 , 95-2 USTC ¶50579 (CA-2, 1995) (memorandum containing opinion work product relating to potential tax litigation arising out of a proposed merger may be protected);  Binks Mfg. Co. v. Nat'l Presto Indus., Inc., 709 F2d 1109 (CA-7, 1983); Senate of Puerto Rico, 823 F2d 574 (DC D.C., 1987); In re Sealed Case, 146 F3d 881 (DC D.C., 1998); In re Grand Jury Proceedings, 604 F2d 798 (CA-3, 1979); Simon v. G.D. Searle & Co., 816 F2d 397 (CA-8, 1987); In re Grand Jury Subpoena, 357 F3d 900 (CA-9, 2004); National Union Fire Insurance Co. v. Murray Sheet Metal Co., Inc., 967 F2d 980 (CA-4, 1992). See, in general,  August & Grimes,  “The Discovery Status of Tax Accrual Workpapers After Textron”, Business Entities (WG&L), Jan/Feb 2010. See also  August and Grimes, “Ability of IRS to Discover Tax Accrual and FIN 48 Workpapers”, 10 BET 6 (November/December 2008); August “Attorney-Client Privilege and Work-Product Doctrine in Federal Tax Matters,” 10 BET 4 (July/August 2008); and August, “Understanding Fin 48: Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” 10 BET 30 (May/June 2008). 


Inviting comments from the tax professional community, which deadline recently passed at the end of March and the tenor of which can be expected to be particularly critical of the proposed measure, the IRS should be expected to require such reporting.  Why? Because it bypasses litigation over summonses enforcement actions under §§7602 or 7609 (third party recordkeeper).  It’s the economical way to get to the taxpayer’s innermost thoughts and anxieties over which items on the return may not survive “sunshine” and challenge from the IRS and if challenged what is the “worst case” economic impact from the positions disclosed.   Because the prospect that the form request may in effect ask clients to waiver privileged information communicated with its outside or in-house tax or general counsel, federal tax practitioner or the work product , particularly mental impressions of its tax and financial advisers on the same subject, litigation  with respect  to the form should be anticipated. Yet, since the form initiative, if passed, would be required to constitute a return, the non-complying large business taxpayer may fail to disclose at the risk of an extended or no statute of limitations for such year and face the prospects of penalties. Tax return preparers who fail to make the required disclosure face the prospect of preparer penalties and possible charges for violation of Circular 230.


While the Service could yank its proposal over the overwhelming criticisms it will undoubtedly hear, its litigation position on required return information may pose to bid a formidable obstacle to challenge successfully.  See, e.g., litigation arising under §6050I. Yet, in its Annoucement the Service was undoubtedly concerned about its “image” in this effort and therefore backs off slightly, at least from an appearance standpoint,  by stating at the same time that it otherwise plans to continue its policy of restraint for requesting tax accrual workpapers during an examination. The schedule will require the annual disclosure of uncertain tax positions in the form of a concise description of those positions and information about their magnitude.


Let’s get more specific about what Annoucement 2010-9 would, in its present proposed form, require be filed by corporations that have more than $10 million in assets and one or more uncertain tax positions to disclose those positions to the IRS. The businesses would file a IRS form schedule with the corporate income tax return or other business tax return, i.e., if an unincorporated entity has one or more large corporations as partners or members. 

The schedule would require (1) a concise description of each uncertain position for which the taxpayer or a related entity has recorded a reserve in its financial statement and (2) the maximum amount of potential federal tax liability attributable to each uncertain position -- determined without regard to the taxpayer's risk analysis of its likelihood of prevailing on the merits.  Uncertain tax positions also would include any position related to the determination of any U.S. tax liability for which a taxpayer or related entity has not recorded a tax reserve because the taxpayer (1) expects to litigate the position or (2) has determined that the IRS has a general administrative practice not to examine the position. A related entity is any entity related to the taxpayer under §§ 267(b), 318(a), or 707(b).
 

The proposal does not require the taxpayer to disclose the taxpayer's risk assessment or tax reserve amounts, even though the Service can compel the production of this information through a summons. United States v. Arthur Young, 465 U.S. 805, 815 (1984). While the Service, again, intends to require the reporting of uncertain tax positions, the Service is proposing to otherwise retain its existing policy of restraint as described in Announcement 2002-63, 2002-2 C.B. 72, and IRM 4.10.20.
 

Selling Off A Member of a Consolidated Group: Intercompany Debt

Typically, the parent  corporation of a U.S. based consolidated group of corporations will act as the primary source of capital to members of the group. Thus, for example,  the parent corporation may borrow funds from a third party lender and then loan such funds to finance its subsidiaries' business operations. 

When the consolidated group engages in a sale of one of the debtor subsidiaries, frequently efforts will be made to pay back the parent corporation prior to the sale for obvious reasons, i.e., the buyer does not want the target subsidiary to owe funds to the seller (parent).  In many instances, however, the pay back or forgiveness of the indebtedness can result in offsetting income and deduction items to the members.  

In general, where  the intercompany receivable (held by the parent corporation for example) has a value worth less than face, the parent may claim a bad debt expense while the subsidiary recognizes cancellation of indebtedness income. While these amounts will frequently result in a "wash", the results are not entirely neutral. Where there is cancellation of indebtedness income, such amount will  increase the adjusted basis of the debtor subsidiary's stock under the consolidated return "investment adjustment" rules. If the parent recognizes a loss on the sale of the subsidiary's stock, some or all of the loss attributable to that last-minute stock basis increase may be disallowed.

The unified loss and investment basis adjustment regulations to the consolidated return rules must be carefully analyzed and applied when engaged in "cleaning up" a target subsidiary's balance sheet prior to a sale of its stock.

Service Releases Notice 2009-78, 2009-40 IRB 1 To Thwart Efforts to Avoid the Application of the Anti-Inversion Rules under Section 7874

As previously reported, the IRS published in June, 2009, temporary and proposed regulations to §7874 which modified an example contained in former Temp.Reg. §1.7874-2T(e)(5), Ex.3 that may have created an unintended or unforeseen method of avoiding the 80% stock ownership test under §7874(b).

The Notice states that the IRS and Treasury have become aware of transactions intended to avoid §7874 that involve a transfer of cash or other assets to the foreign corporation in a transaction related to the acquisition described in §7874(a)(2)(B)(i). The transaction minimizes the former shareholders' ownership in the foreign corporation for purposes of falling short of the 80% stock ownership condition. Similar transactions may be structured for the acquisition of a domestic corporation in a bankruptcy reorganization or a case involving a domestic partnership. Also of concern is the possible exploitation of the public offering rule of §7874(c)(2)(B) which applies to all public issuances of stock by a foreign corporation, regardless of the property exchanged for the stock.

A so-called corporate "inversion" transaction involves the restructuring of a U.S. based group of corporations, frequently engaged in multinational operations, so that a newly organized foreign corporation, generally organized in a tax haven or low tax jurisdiction, becomes the parent corporation of the prior U.S. parent corporation and group of subsidiaries. An inversion transaction can be effectuated through the movement of stock or assets, or a combination of both. For example, a stock inversion would involve a parent U.S. corporation forming a new foreign corporation which forms a domestic acquisition subsidiary. The U.S. subsidiary is merged into the U.S. parent corporation surviving as the first tier subsidiary of the foreign parent. The U.S. parent corporation's shareholders exchange their shares of U.S. (parent) stock for shares of the foreign corporation. An asset inversion achieves the same result but through direct merger of the parent US. corporation into a new foreign corporation. Further restructuring efforts could involve moving U.S. subsidiaries into a foreign grouping.

Prior to the enactment of §7874, inversions had the potential to cause immediate U.S. income taxation to the shareholders exchanging U.S. for foreign parent shares in accordance with §367(a). The transfer of foreign subsidiaries or other assets to the foreign parent corporation also may trigger income taxation for U.S. purposes at the corporation level. With an asset inversion, e.g., direct merger approach, the transferor U.S. parent corporation generally has gain (but not loss) recognition in accordance with §368 and relations. After the inversion is completed, foreign source income of foreign companies are outside of the jurisdiction of the U.S. tax authorities. This reduction in U.S. income tax liability can be further reduced by other earnings stripping strategies involving payment s of deductible amounts of interest, rents, management service fees or royalties, subject to certain policing rules.

Section 7874 was enacted to eliminate the major tax benefits of an inversion involving "expatriated entities," including either a domestic corporation or domestic partnership with respect to which a foreign corporation is a "surrogate foreign corporation," or a company related to such a domestic corporation or partnership. More particularly, a surrogate foreign corporation is a foreign corporation that acquires, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the properties held directly or indirectly by a domestic corporation if at least 60% of the foreign corporation's stock (by vote or value) after the acquisition is held by former shareholders of the domestic corporation by reason of holding its stock. As to a domestic partnership, a surrogate foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation that acquires, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the properties of a trade or business of a domestic partnership if at least 60% of the foreign corporation's stock (by vote or value) after the acquisition is held by former partners of the domestic partnership by reason of holding a capital or profits interest. Regardless, a foreign corporation is a surrogate foreign corporation only if, after the acquisition, the "expanded affiliated group" (EAG) does not have "substantial business activities" in the foreign country in which, or under the law of which, the foreign corporation is created or organized, when compared to the total business activities of the EAG.

If §7874 applies, the "foreign corporation" is nevertheless treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of local in which it is organized or managed, provided at least 80% or more of its stock is owned by former shareholders of the now "inverted" domestic corporation. Alternatively, where only 60% or more of the stock is owned by former shareholders of the inverted domestic corporation, then the underlying inversion transaction is respected so that the foreign parent is not "domesticated", but during the ten-year period following the inversion transaction, any applicable gain or income recognition required as a result of the inversion can not be offset by the group’s favorable tax attributes to mitigate the extent of the gain.

Under §7874(c)(2), certain shares of stock of a foreign corporation are ignored in determining whether the ownership tests are met:(i) stock of the foreign corporation held by members of the expanded affiliated group that includes the foreign corporation, and (ii) stock of the foreign corporation sold in a public offering related to the acquisition described in §7874(a)(2)(B)(i). Regulations on the ownership tests were published in 2008 and later in 2009. TD 9399; TD 9453. See §7874(g) which grants the Secretary broad powers to regulate in this area and prevent avoidance. See also §7874(c)(6) as well which permits the issuance of regulations to determine whether a corporation is a surrogate foreign corporation, including regulations to treat stock as not stock.

In TD 9453, the IRS and Treasury modified § 1.7874-2T(e)(5), Example 3, to eliminate an unintended benefit flowing from the public offering rule of §7874(c)(2)(B).

In Notice 2009-78, supra, the Service acknowledged the presence of transactions planned to avoid §7874 which involve a transfer of cash (or certain other assets) to the foreign corporation in a transaction related to the acquisition described in §7874(a)(2)(B)(i), thereby minimizing the former shareholders' ownership in the foreign corporation to fall below the 80% threshold. In one such transaction, for example, the shareholders of a domestic corporation (DC) transfer all their DC stock to a newly-formed foreign corporation (New FCo) in exchange for 79% of the stock of New FCo and, in a related transaction, an investor transfers cash to New FCo in exchange for the remaining 21 percent of the New FCo stock. Some are of the view that the New FCo stock issued to the investor is not "sold in a public offering" and thus is not subject to §7874(c)(2)(B). It was also stated in the Notice that the IRS and Treasury understand that similar transactions may be structured with respect to the acquisition of a domestic corporation in a title 11 or similar case (as defined in §368(a)(3)) or a domestic partnership.

The IRS and Treasury also understand that taxpayers are concerned the public offering rule of section 7874(c)(2)(B) applies to all public issuances of stock by a foreign corporation, regardless of the property exchanged for the stock. For example, assume that, pursuant to a business combination, the shareholders of a publicly-traded foreign corporation (FT) and a publicly-traded domestic corporation (DT) intend to transfer their FT and DT stock, respectively, to a newly-formed foreign corporation (FA) that will be publicly-traded. To effectuate the transaction, as part of a plan FA acquires all of the FT and the DT stock, respectively, from the FT and DT shareholders in exchange solely for newly-issued FA stock. If the FA stock issued to the FT shareholders is considered "sold in a public offering" and thus subject to §7874(c)(2)(B), the former shareholders of DT would be treated as owning 100% of the stock of FA for purposes of the ownership of stock requirement, and FA would therefore be treated as a domestic corporation for purposes of the Code under §7874(b). A similar result would occur if instead FT merged with and into FA and the FT shareholders exchanged their FT stock for FA stock pursuant to the merger. The IRS and Treasury believe that such a result could be inappropriate in certain cases.

In the Notice, the IRS and Treasury intend to issue regulations identifying stock of the foreign corporation that is not taken into account for purposes of the ownership test. Suchregulations will provide that stock of the foreign corporation issued in exchange for "nonqualified property" in a transaction related to the acquisition described in §7874(a)(2)(B)(i) will not be counted for under the stock ownership condition regardless of whether such stock is publicly traded on the date of issuance or otherwise. The regulations will also address other issues to prevent end runs on §7874.

Service Recently Issued Final Regulations on Taxation of Corporate Inversions

With baseball season in full swing this Spring, many following America’s favorite pastime may have overlooked the issue of important and final regulations on the taxation of corporate inversions under §7874. The IRS issued final regulations on May 19, 2008 on the taxation of corporate inversions in which U.S. companies effectively reincorporate offshore by merging into a foreign surrogate.

As background, during the 1990s and early 2000s, several large, public, domestic corporations, reincorporated as foreign corporations, i.e., by establishing a foreign parent holding company over the U.S. subsidiary group, without changing the mode of their business operations or management oversight conducted primarily within the U.S. Inversion transactions can be effectuate several ways, including asset inversions, stock inversions or a combination of the two. Thus, for example, a stock inversion is effectuated by a U.S. corporation forming a foreign (parent) corporation, which then organizes a domestic merger subsidiary. The U.S. merger subsidiary then merges into the U.S. corporation with the U.S. corporation surviving (reverse triangular merger). The U.S. shareholders exchange stock of the foreign corporation for their U.S. shares. As part of the inversion planning, the U.S. corporation may transfer some or all of its foreign subsidiaries directly into the new foreign parent corporation or other related foreign corporations. Additional features of the well-designed inversion included earnings stripping exercises such as payments of interest, rents, fees or royalties to the new foreign parent or other foreign affiliates.

Inversion transactions are typically not tax-free to all participants. U.S. shareholders generally must recognize gain (but not loss) under §367(a), upon exchanging stock of a domestic corporation for shares of the new foreign parent. A domestic corporation may also recognize gain on transferring stock of a foreign subsidiary or other assets to a foreign member of the newly constituted group. For example, a domestic corporation recognizes gain under § 367(b) on the exchange of stock of a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) for stock of another foreign corporation which is not a CFC.

What §7874 attacks, which generally applies to inversions occurring after March 4, 2003, is by providing that the foreign corporation following an inversion will still be considered as “domestic” corporation for U.S. tax purposes, even though it is organized under the laws of a foreign country, if at least 80% of its stock is owned by former shareholders of the inverted domestic corporation. Where ownership by former shareholders of the inverted corporation is less than 80% but 60% or more, special rules apply to ensure that the corporation pays U.S. tax on gains recognized in transactions carried out to effectuate the inversion. Recognizing that the U.S. shareholders were required to pay capital gains taxes on the exchange, Congress also decided to imposed a 15% excise tax on the value of options and other stock-based compensation outstanding when a corporation inverts. The statute sets forth a set of complex definitions and applicable rules pertaining to a so-called “expatriated entity” which includes a domestic corporation or partnership to which a foreign corporation is a “surrogate foreign corporation.”

The IRS issued final regulations (T.D. 9399) maintain much of the provisions set forth under the temporary regulations in determining the scope of the inverted company’s expanded affiliate group of subsidiaries. Many tax practitioners have been reported by the tax press to be concerned about the overbreadth of the final regulations, in particular, the failure for the Service to provide an exception for the issuance of plain vanilla preferred stock in apply the stock percentage tests. Yet, on the other hand, certain rules pertaining to ownership by affiliates seems to make it easier to avoid the inversion provision. The final regulations add that Treasury is aware some taxpayers may be attempting to avoid the application of §7874 by structuring the inversion of a U.S. entity into a foreign entity through the use of intervening partnerships, resulting in an ownership fraction of zero. The IRS announced it was considering publishing additional regulations to address end around inversion strategies that in substance fall within Congress intent as what would constitute an inversion transaction for purposes of §7874.

Following or Ignoring Capital Accounts Maintenance Rules For Partnerships: In General, Be a Follower.

Tax practitioners, and particularly tax lawyers drafting, reviewing and/or negotiating partnership or limited liability company agreements for clients engaged in a business or investment joint venture, know the importance of meeting the substantial economic effect test under the regulations to §704(b), which is a form of safe harbor contained in federal income tax regulations. But capital accounts, as determined for book purposes as compared to for tax purposes, are critically important in understanding the economics of the particular business venture or “deal” as many are prone to say. Clients may think percentage of ownership in the deal or cash flow preferences are critical to set forth in the document. Of course they are. But added to the mix is the idea that for liquidations or other asset bailout strategies, the joint venturers, be it as partners in a partnership, or as members in a limited liability company, must understand capital accounts and the requirement under the regulations that liquidating distributions must be made in accordance with positive capital account balances. Where a partner has a deficit capital account on liquidation, strict capital account rules require that the partner must be obligated to restore its deficit balance, etc., to meet the safe harbor test.

The safe harbor “substantial economic effect” test, set forth in substantial detail in the regulations, permits the partners to allocate tax items among the participants so that the allocations have a corresponding substantial economic effect. Otherwise, allocations of tax items which do not meet the requirements of the safe harbor are respected only if in accordance with the partner’s interest in the partnership. Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(1)(i) . Where the applicable standards are left unsatisfied, i.e., where the partners are reluctant to put in deficit capital account restoration provision, the Service may reallocate tax items to reflect each partner’s economic interest in the partnership. Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(3)(i). This analysis generally has the Service (or a court in review) looking at how would the sales proceeds be divided among the members if all of the partnership’s assets were sold and the partnership liquidated. While both tests essentially are evaluating the allocation of tax items within the context of their economic interests, the partner’s interest in the partnership method for testing allocations is certainly unpredictable.

The lack of client understanding or acceptance of the role of maintaining and distribution out assets (in liquidation) in accordance with capital accounts has, in certain instances, given thought to more creative methods for determining a partner’s interest in the venture. The thought is that the percentage of ownership in the venture, by analogy to corporate law concepts, should be paramount. Indeed, there may be various instances where clients sign a partnership type agreement and really do not understand the capital account concept and its impact on the rights and interests of the partners. Some have, in response to the criticisms leveled at the complex capital account maintenance rules, permit distributions of cash and other assets to lead the allocation of income and loss. If the draftsmen is not sufficiently sophisticated in drafting legal agreements of this type, it would be best to avoid using this architecture. Those who prefer such other formulas, including corporate type proportionate ownership formulas, run the risk that the Service will have a great degree of flexibility in reallocating tax items among the parties in the event of an audit which predictably would require a fair degree of involvement by tax counsel for the partnership and perhaps counsel for the partners in avoiding an adverse impact for their clients.

The overriding point to be made here is that lawyers drafting partnership and LLC agreements must clearly understand the terms of the deal, whether there are distributional preferences for net cash flow from operations, refinancings, sales and liquidating distributions and how income or loss allocations will be made and to what extent such allocations will effect the partners’ rights in the deal. In many instances a business lawyer may trust the language used in a form from another deal with differing economic formulas and allocations, and assume it will work in the current deal she or he is involved with as well as pass IRS muster. The suggestion here, go over the cash flow, allocation of tax items and distribution provisions, including liquidating distributions, so that clients understand the economics and sign off on the deal. It helps for the client to recognize that normal corporate share ownership norms can frequently vary from capital account rules and principles. Clients and their legal counsel must carefully evaluate whether or not to apply strict capital account based principals in entering into partnership and LLC agreements.

Accuracy Related Penalty Under Section 6662 Imposed on Joint Return Despite Claimed Reliance on Tax Return Preparer. Prudhomme et us v. Commissioner, Fifth Circuit, July 16, 2009

The Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals, in a per curiam decision, affirmed the findings and holding of the Tax Court and upheld the imposition of an accuracy related penalty on a husband and wife based on the record before the court. The testimony proferred by each side was conflicting, which is frequently if not generally true in tax litigation proceedings, but the Tax Court found that the taxpayer had not met its burden of production that it acted in good faith and reasonable cause in relying on their accountant who prepared their returns. See §6664(c)(1). Tax Court held that the Prudhommes did not meet this standard because they provided their accountants with insufficient information to prepare the tax return accurately and did not make a reasonable effort to assess their proper tax liability.

After operating a family business for a period of years, the taxpayers sold the business for approximately $11M with approximately one half or $5.5M received in cash, the acquiring company’s stock, valued at $2M and a promissory note for $3.5M. The sale took place in 2003 and the Prudhommes long-standing accounting firm prepared the return which was timely filed after extensions were applied for. The tax return omitted substantial amount of the sales proceeds resulting in additional taxes that were assessed by the Service in the amount of $576,728 which was paid in November, 2005. The accounting firm admitted during the audit that the error was its error. The taxpayers challenged a 20 percent underpayment (accuracy related) penalty and small penalty for failure to pay the correct amount of estimate taxes. The IRS contended that the taxpayers failed to properly notify the accounting firm of the total amount of sales proceeds it received in the transaction, including a $3.2M dividend they received from the sale. A Tax Court petition subsequently followed on the issue of the penalties.

On appeal to the Fifth Circuit, the Prudhommes asserted that the lower court’s findings of a lack of reasonable cause or acting in good faith on the part of the taxpayers was clearly erroneous. The Fifth Circuit was faced, under its applicable standard of review under §7482(a)(1), as to whether the Tax Court’s fact findings were clearly erroneous.

The Treasury regulations provide that "[t]he determination of whether a taxpayer acted with reasonable cause and in good faith is made on a case-by-case basis, taking into account all pertinent facts and circumstances." Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(b). "Generally, the most important factor is the extent of the taxpayer's effort to assess the taxpayer's proper tax liability." Id. The regulations also state that a court must consider whether the taxpayer made "an honest misunderstanding of fact or law that is reasonable in light of all of the facts and circumstances, including the experience, knowledge, and education of the taxpayer." Id. That is, even if a taxpayer relies on an expert, the court still must take into account "[a]ll facts and circumstances" regarding whether that reliance was reasonable and in good faith, including the "taxpayer's education, sophistication and business experience."Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(c)(1). Case law reveals that the most important factor is "'the extent of the taxpayer's effort to assess [his] proper tax liability' is '[g]enerally[] the most important factor' in determining reasonable cause and good faith." Stanford v. Comm'r, 152 F.3d 450, 460-61 (5th Cir. 1998) (quoting Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(b)). In other words, reliance on a tax professional, however, must be reasonable, and simply relying on a professional is not dispositive. While a taxpayer in avoiding the penalty based on reliance on a tax professional does not require obtaining a second opinion, there is no good faith reliance wheref the taxpayer fails to disclose a fact that it knows, or reasonably should know, to be relevant to the proper tax treatment of an item." Treas. Reg. § 1.6664-4(c)(i); see Srivastava v. Comm'r, 220 F.3d 353, 367 (5th Cir. 2000) (rejecting argument that the taxpayers reasonably relied upon a professional because, inter alia, they never gave their accountant a copy of the settlement agreement subject to the tax).

The record established at trial, in the view of the Fifth Circuit, supported the Tax Court’s holding on the imposition of the penalties. First, the taxpayers did not fully reveal the details of the sale to the accounting firm. This included bank records, a large dividend distribution and other documents of the sale. Second, the court concluded that the Prudhommes did not make a good faith effort to assess their correct tax liability. The court noted that Richard Prudhomme did not even read or sign the return, that Cathy Prudhomme did not verify that all income from the sale of the company was on the return, and that both Prudhommes were not unsophisticated taxpayers but were successful business people.

"Primary Purpose Test" Applied to Work Product of Outside Attorney Conducting Internal Investigation on Behalf of Corporate Client

In SEC v. Microtune, Inc. (N.D. Tex. 6/4/09), the District Court for the Northern District of Texas held that documents, notes, memos and other material produced and maintained by a law firm and its agents for the purpose of conducting an internal investigation of alleged improper practices with respect to reporting stock options was discoverable by the SEC through the issuance of its subpoena over the company’s claims (motion to quash) of attorney client privilege and the work product doctrine.

The case involved an enforcement action by the Securities and Exchange Commission against the former Chairman and CEO, Bartek, and the former CFO, Richardson, for their role in an alleged backdating scheme involving stock options of Microtune.

In June 2006, Microtune hired outside counsel, Andrews Kurth law firm, to conduct an internal investigation into the company’s stock option practices. Such legal counsel hired an outside accounting, Grant Thornton LLP, to assist in its efforts. In February and July 2007, Andrews Kurth presented its findings to the SEC, in the process turning over hundreds of pages of documents and other information gathered during the internal investigation. Approximately one year later, the SEC filed civil charges against Microtune, Bartek and Richardson allegeding the perpetration of a fraudulent stock option backdating scheme that had as its intended effect the improper awarding the defendants and other employees of millions of dollars in undisclosed compensation. Bartek and Richardson caused Microtune to grant backdated options, cancelling those options after the company's stock price dropped precipitously, and subsequently re-granting the same options at a substantially lower exercise price. According to the SEC's complaint, the re-grants were not, as required, accounted for using variable accounting, in part because Richardson and Bartek allegedly concealed the nature of the re-grants from Microtune's outside auditors and others.

There were SEC financial disclosure violations caused by the scheme as the backdated options resulted in the filing of false and misleading financial statements with the SEC. In particular, the SEC alleged that “Bartek directed others to backdate employment records, including offer letters, to establish falsified start dates and grant dates that preceded the actual dates when the new hires began working for Microtune.” The SEC sought penalties and other relief under Section 304 of the 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in order to prevent corporate executives to profit from money wrongfully earned while their companies mislead investors with false financial statements. Microtune, without admitting or denying wrongdoing, agreed to a permanent injunction against violations of the antifraud, financial reporting, books and records, internal controls, and proxy provisions of the federal securities laws. The SEC sought injunctive relief, disgorgement of wrongful profits, civil monetary penalties, officer and director bars, and reimbursement of profits from stock sales pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act against Bartek and Richardson. The company settled its liability out separately with the SEC, which presumably is proceeding against Bartek and Richardson.

Now for the production request made by the SEC. During discovery, the SEC subpoenaed internal investigation documents from Microtune, Andrews Kurth, Grant Thornton, and other law firms that had provided services to Microtune. Microtune moved to quash the subpoena on grounds of attorney-client and work product privileges. The District Court ruled in favor of the SEC in its June 4, 2009 decision. The attorney-client privilege was waived by Microtune’s voluntarily disclosing the internal investigation documents to the SEC and others.

The work product argument was also rejected because the evidence did not suggest that litigation concerns were the “primary motivating purpose” behind the documents' creation. The work product doctrine, sourced from the Supreme Court’s decision in Hickman v. Taylor, 329 U.S. 495 (1947) and now settled in FRCP 26(b)(3), holds that the work of preparing for trial demands insulation from opposing counsel's inquiries on a lawyer's research, analysis, legal theories, and mental impressions. The courts have used two tests in determining what is work product, which does not necessarily have to be prepared by a lawyer. The broader test is the “because of” test, which widens substantially the scope of what is work product. See United States v. Textron Inc. & Subsidiaries, 103 AFTR2d 2009-509, 520-23 (1st Cir. 2009), pending rehearing en banc. The other standard is that announced in the El Paso decision rendered by the 5th Cir., 682 F2d 530 (5th Cir. 1982), cert. denied, (1984) which asks if the primary purpose or motivation for engaging in the analysis, here the internal investigation, was in anticipation of litigation. If not, the work product doctrine does not apply. In is obviously of great difference whether the court applies the “because of……litigation” test versus the “primary purpose of …..litigation” test.

The decision in Microtune is presumably one of the first cases to extend such an analysis to internal investigation documents such that the documents are not protected unless the primary motivation behind their creation was the anticipation of litigation. This case should stand as a sharp reminder to counsel engaged in internal investigations to earmark that their work, memos, e-mails, power points, etc., are documented as primarily engaged in anticipation of litigation. For further background and analysis see, August, the Attorney-Client Privilege and Work-Product Doctrine in Federal Tax Matters, Business Entities (WG&L), Jul/Aug 2008.

Southern District of New York Bankruptcy Court Issues Final Order Restricting Transfers of Shares in General Motors Corp. In Order to Preserve GM's Tax Attributes

On June 25, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, Bankr. S.D. N.Y. No. 09-50026 (REG) June 25, 2009, issued a final order under §§105(a) and 362 of the Bankruptcy Act setting forth notification procedures and transfer restrictions pertaining to the transfer of GM stock retroactive to the filing of the petition before the court. It also scheduled a final hearing on open issues under the Chapter 11 proceeding.

As part of its final order the Court held: (i) that the Debtors’ net operating loss carryforwards "NOLs", foreign tax credits and other excess credit carryforwards, inotherwords the Debtors’ aggregate tax attributes, were property of the Debtors’ estates and are protected by section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; (ii) unrestricted trading in GM stock could, before the Debtors' emergence from chapter 11 could severely limit the Debtors' ability to use the tax attributes for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (i.e., by application of section 382 ownership change of the Code and related provisions); and (iii) with a view to preserving the maximium benefit or use of such tax attributes, set out detailed share transfer notification procedures and restrictions viewed as necessary and proper to preserve the tax attributes and in the best interests of the Debtors, their estates, and their creditors.

As background, where a corporation possessed with carryovers, i.e., NOLs, excess business or foreign tax losses, etc., undergoes an ownership change, section 382(a) imposes prospective use of such tax attributes. More specifically, an ownership change occurs if, for example, the percentage of stock owned by one or more of the corporation's 5% shareholders increases by more than 50% points over 3 year "testing period" on the day of any owner shift involving a "5% shareholder" as defined. As is true with public companies, section 382(g)(4) provides that stock owned by all shareholders who are not 5% shareholders is generally treated as owned by one 5% shareholder group n determining whether an ownership change has occurred. However, unless the corporation elects otherwise, the section 382(a) limitation does not apply to an ownership change if the old loss corporation is under the jurisdiction of a court in a Title 11 or similar case and the shareholders and qualified creditors, as defined, of the old loss corporation (determined immediately before the ownership change) own, as a result of being shareholders or creditors immediately before the change, stock of the new loss corporation constituting at least 50% of the total voting power and 50% of the total value of stock of the new loss corporation. See also Treas. Reg. §1.382-9(d)(3)(i)(debt "as always" equity rule). This paragraph is an oversimplification of the breadth and depth of section 382 to a corporation with tax attributes both in bankruptcy and non-bankrupcty contexts.

Chief Counsel Announces Standard of Review Under Innocent Spouse Equitable Relief Provision

Chief Counsel’s Office Announces Standard of Review for Litigating Cases Involving Innocent Spouse Relief Under Section 6015(f). (CC-2009-021)(June 30, 2009), supplementing CC-2004-26 (July 12, 2004).

The subject of "innocent spouse" relief is not new to tax practitioners and to many individuals who have had to endure the situation where signing a joint income tax return exposed the "non-liable" spouse, so to speak, with the spectre of joint and several liability. Section 6015(a) provides three avenues for a spouse filing a joint return to obtain relief. Under § 6015(b) , innocent spouse relief is available if the understatement of tax is attributable to erroneous items of one individual and the other individual did not know, or have reason to know, of the understatement and, taking into account all the facts and circumstances, it would be inequitable to hold that spouse liable. Section 6015(c) provides, for taxpayers who are no longer married, are legally separated, or not living together, for the liability of each spouse to be computed separately as if the spouses had filed separate returns for the taxable year if certain pre-requisites can be met. Finally, § 6015(f) is a general equity or "catch-all" rule that taking into account all the facts and circumstances, it would be inequitable to hold the spouse claiming innocent spouse status liable.

Chief Counsel’s Office sets forth a short history of recent case law under the general equitable relief rule, §6015(f). In Porter v. Comm’r, 130 T.C. 115 (2008) ("Porter I"), the Tax Court, following its prior opinion in Ewing, 122 T.C. 32 (2004), vacated, 439 F.3d 1009 (9th Cir. 2006), held that in determining whether the Commissioner abused his discretion in denying the petitioner relief under section 6015(f), the court conducts a trial de novo and may consider evidence introduced at trial that was not included in the administrative record developed during the administrative consideration of the claim. In Porter v. Commissioner, 132 T.C. No. 11 (April 23, 2009) ("Porter II"), the court reconsidered the standard of review in section 6015(f) cases and concluded that a de novo standard of review is proper. Thus, the Tax Court now will make its own de novo determination regarding whether a requesting spouse is entitled to relief under §6015(f) and will not be limited to evidence in the administrative record. The proper standard for review if that of "abuse of discretion". The Chief Counsel’s Advisory directs that attorneys should, therefore, continue to argue that, under an abuse of discretion standard of review, the scope of the Tax Court's review is limited to issues and evidence presented before Appeals or Examination. Attorneys should raise the scope and standard of review arguments whenever appropriate (e.g., in the pre-trial memo, at trial, and on brief), noting the Service's disagreement with the holding in the Porter I and II opinions.

To preserve the Porter issues for appeal, attorneys should continue to work with the petitioner to stipulate to the administrative record and should continue to raise a continuing evidentiary objection if the petitioner attempts to testify or otherwise enter evidence into the record that was not made available to the Service's examiner or Appeals Officer. If the court denies the evidentiary motion, additional evidence outside of the administrative record that may strengthen the Commissioner's case should be introduced into evidence . Other information and guidance is set forth in the Advisory.

Seventh Circuit Limits Scope of Federal Tax Practitioner Privilege

There is no accountant-client privilege recognized by the common law. U.S. v. Frederick, 182 F.3d 496, 500 (7th Cir. 1999); FREV 501. In 1998, Congress provided a limited shield of confidentiality between a federally authorized tax practitioner and his client. This privilege is no broader than the existing attorney-client privilege. This is set forth in §7525, and in particular §7525(a)(1), which provides that "…with respect to tax advice, the same common law protections of confidentiality which apply to a communication between a taxpayer and an attorney shall also apply to a communication between a taxpayer and any federally authorized tax practitioner to the extent the communication would be considered a privileged communication if it were between a taxpayer and an attorney. This federally recognized privilege can only be asserted in any noncriminal tax matter before the Internal Revenue Service; and any noncriminal tax proceeding in Federal court brought by or against the United States. §7525(a)(2). Moreover, the relatively new privilege does not apply to the rendering of business advice, accounting advice or tax return preparation advice. On the other hand, communications on legal matters raised in litigation or in anticipation of litigation are privileged by application of the work product doctrine. See FRCP 26(b). On the other side of the spectrum, communications about legal questions raised in litigation (or in anticipation of litigation) are privileged. The policy rationales under the attorney client privilege and the work product doctrine are distinctly different. As to the former, the courts give a narrow construction to the scope of the attorney client privilege inasmuch as such privilege runs contra to the search for truth. See U.S. v. Evans, 113 F.3d 1457, 1461 (7th Cir. 1997).

The Seventh Circuit, in Valero Energy Corp. v U.S., affirmed the U.S. District Court’s for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, order partially granting enforcement of an IRS summons issued to a company's tax advisers and directing the company to produce documents previously withheld under the tax practitioner privilege, upholding the court's finding that the tax shelter exception to the privilege applies. The tax issue pertained to a merger of Valero Energy and a Canadian company in 2001. Arthur Andersen LLP rendered tax and accounting advice on the transaction, including structure a purchase and disposition of certain financial instruments or positions which would generate large foreign source tax losses to offset gain realized in the acquisition. After finding out about the strategy in the financial press reporting the strategy saved Valero approximately $46M in taxes, the IRS issued a third party administrative summons on Arthur Andersen under §7609. Valero moved to quash the enforcement of the summons.

The lower court held that the tax practitioner privilege applied to some documents and the government had failed to meet its burden of showing that the tax shelter exception to the privilege applied. In a second ruling, the same district court found the government had established that some documents were discoverable under the "promotion" of tax shelter exception. Valero appealed to the Seventh Circuit.

The Seventh Circuit affirmed the district court's ruling. First, it agreed that certain documents were not privileged on the grounds that such documents were in the nature of business or accounting advice. Moving to the more noteworthy aspect of its opinion, the Appeals Court found that the exception under §7525(b)(2) did apply to certain materials sought to be produced. The appellant-Valero argued that to apply §7525(b)(2) there had to be a finding that the documents pertained to the "promotion of the direct or indirect participation of the person in a tax shelter". Here, Valero argued, there was no promotion since Arthur Andersen presented the tax strategy to it alone in order to reduce the tax impact of the merger and not as part of a pre-packaged promotion to various persons.

The appeals court rejected Valero’s argument which it found to create a conflict as far as Congress’ intent in defining tax shelter in §6662(d)(2)(C)(ii). "Nothing in this definition limits tax shelters to cookie-cutter products peddled by shady practitioners or distinguishes tax shelters from individualized tax advice," the court wrote. "Instead, the language is broad and encompasses any plan or arrangement whose significant purpose is to avoid or evade federal taxes." It also distinguished the case from Textron, 507 F. Supp. 2d 138 (2007), on the basis that the tax accrual workpapers involved in that case were not to be evaluated in the same light as pre-transactional documents and written advises rendered by a tax practitioner in the case before it. The Seventh Circuit added additional ingredients to its holding by stating in its opinion that the summons power held by the IRS goes to the "flip side of [the] coin" of our country’s self-reporting system. The section 7525 privilege "chips away at the IRS's summons power: we will not broaden it by narrowly interpreting exceptions without clear direction from Congress," the court stated.

The Seventh Circuit’s decision in Valero Energy reaches an opposite conclusion from the Tax Court’s recent decision in Countryside Limited Partnership et al.,132 T.C. No. 17 (June 8, 2009). In Countryside, Tax Court Judge James Halpern held that the section 7525(b) privilege exception for tax shelter promotion while not clear perhaps on its face did find support for the thought that it was not intended to apply to "routine relationships" between advisers and taxpayers as present before the Court.

In short, Valero Energy Corp. provides the government with a clear victory in its continued efforts to obtain tax opinions and related materials issued to clients by federal tax practitioners through the use of its summons power. Since the various courts that have looked at this issue previously gave the §7525(b)(2) exception a more narrow read, it will be interesting to follow how the issue continues to be received by the courts.